.'"SiHinr: 
 
£#•! 
 
 1 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 ft 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 3 
 5 
 
 
 S o 
 
 ^ g 
 i 
 
 S> ft 
 
 Collection of Puritan Lit* 
 
 J 
 
 
 4 
 
 oB 
 
 It 
 
 »Sf? 
 
SHORT 
 
 TREATISE 
 
 Containing all the Princi- 
 pal Grounds of Chriftian 
 RELIGION. 
 
 By way of Qucftions and 
 
 Anfwers, very profitable for 
 
 all forts of men, but efpcci- 
 ally for Houfholders. 
 
 Whereunto are added feverall 
 
 Queftions,by the Reverend Author's 
 own Pen .• to clear the Expofiti- 
 on : As you may perceive by the 
 Epiftletoihe Reader. > ; 
 
 The fifteenth Imprejflon; more 
 corrected then, the former. 
 
 Imprinted at London 9 fotjohn Wright 
 at the figne of the Kings-head m 
 
 theOldBaily. 1656, 
 
 1 
 

ro&aj&Jijfe 
 
 To the Reader. 
 Chriftian Reader 3 
 
 He many Imprejfions of 
 this Catechifm>(both with 
 And wit hpm theExpofiti- 
 on)domanifefi what good 
 acceptance it hath found 
 among ft the people of God. And I hope 
 that by means of this change y with which 
 ■it is now put into thy hand, it will prove 
 much more prof table unto alifuch who 
 fhall diligently improve it. - •' ;S 4 
 . The Quefiions which the Reverend 
 Author ■( Mt. ]ohn Mall ) did by his own 
 pen y put into the Margin of the Boo^ 
 to clear the Expofitionyfor the benefit of 
 fome private friends^ are now upon the 
 requeft of many, both. Mini 'fieri and 
 others (wha have experienced the profit 
 hereof) published for more common ufe. 
 The Catechlfm a$ now Printed-) remains 
 the fe If- fame for fubftance>wi thout ad- 
 dition or diminution, and there is no 
 A i more 
 
To the Reader. 
 
 more change in the phrafie of words 9 
 then necejftty compelled \th at these might 
 bs an harmonious fuitabienefs betwixt 
 the Quefiions and Answers. If any 
 through the quiches of their own parts , 
 fhall complain of fame needle fs repent i- 
 ons which might have hen for born 9 and 
 oflefisexaclnefs then might here have 
 be$n expreffed, they are mere at ed to con' 
 fider, I. That as the fir (I compofing of 
 the Catechifm^fo this new modelling of 
 i-^intendeth efpeclally the tnfilruBion of 
 Children and ignorant Chriflians^whofe 
 weaknefs requires fittch condsfcent ions, 
 2. That ca'itiou fine fis to kjeepoff^from 
 allfeeming mater iall alterations, may 
 make afatisjying Apologie. 
 
 Some care hath been taken, to correct 
 former over- fights of the Printer jn the 
 Scripture quotations, thoug h p robably 
 there may yet foms Errata be efpyedy 
 amongfi fo great a multitude of proofs. 
 In this Impreffion, where the Anfwers 
 in the fhort Catechifm are large-, the 
 pa ticulars are noted and numbredby 
 fever all figures ; and in the Expofition, 
 fomepajfages are more clear ely ex pre fi- 
 fe d 9 and fame tranfpofied according to 
 the Authors own minde and prattice, 
 
 Will 
 
To the Reader. 
 
 well 'known to fome , who were fully ac- 
 quainted with his tattchiftlcall Exer- 
 cifeSy both in his own ftmilh and the 
 publitk Congregation, Mafier Thomas 
 Langky.( afaithfull fervant ofChrifiy 
 and Minifier of the \ G of pell at Middk- 
 wich m Chefliire) may be jufily judged 
 by thofe who know him (^ as he is indeed 
 by my fiif} the meetejt man to have 
 appeared by an Epifile in \ this pub'tcati* 
 on^becaufe he was the Authors mofian- 
 clenty much endeared friendy andcvuld 
 havefpoken experiment ally y very much 
 in reference to this work* being one of 
 them (as I conceive} who concurred fat 
 leafl ) with the worthy Author y in the 
 firfi publijhing of this Catechifm 5 yet 
 his great modefly hath put it upon my 
 hand 9 rho#gh he hath been pleafed(with 
 his Son ) to afford good affi (fiance in this 
 fervicj. The following Epiflle doth 
 faggefi both the fummary Matter and 
 Method of the who!e Bool^y with *fa 
 regions to make it the more profitable. 
 Here I might fay mac h y to per f wade all 
 perfons carefully to husband fuck li^e 
 helps y for the infiruVtion of mom filv.es 
 and their relations in the Vr'mciples of 
 Religion. Wifdome ( faith Solomon) 
 A 3 is 
 
To the Reader. 
 
 is the principall thing , therefore get 
 wifdome ; and with all thy getting, get 
 tmderftanding, Prov.^.j. It is one part 
 of Gods Image upon mans keart 9 Co\. 
 3 . 1 \a [over a\gn Antidote agalnft er- 
 rour and fin, Pro. 2.1 1 ; addeth ftrength 
 Prov. 24. 5 . and delight unto the [only 
 Prov. 2. 10. I? is the guide of our affe- 
 daor\s,Phil.i .9. and of a Chriftian con- 
 verfation 9 Col, 1. 9^0: yea it is the key 
 of heaven, Luk^ 11.52. Whereas by ig- 
 norance, people are alienated from the 
 life of God, Eph. 4.18. and fir angers to 
 the rich Treasures of the Gofpell 3 2 Cor. 
 4.4. The plague of darknejfe in Egypt 
 tv as neither fo doleful nor dangerous as 
 this, bee au fe itfals upon the foul, -which 
 /J the candle of the Lord, Prov, 20. 27. 
 and if this light bedarknefle, how great 
 is that darkneffe ? Mat, 6. 23. The E- 
 gyptians likewife rofe not from their 
 plates during their darknejfe' but mans 
 foul is always in motion, and they who 
 walk in darknefle know not whither 
 they go 3 John 12.35. ^ Ht ftumble* John 
 1 1. 10. and are in danger every flep to 
 fall into the pit of perdition, Mat 15.14. 
 when Sampfons eyes were put out, the 
 Philiftines carried him to prifon, and 
 
 caufed 
 
To the Reader. 
 
 caufedhimto grinder a (lave, Judg. 
 16. 21. In like manner ignorant {i\iy 
 creatures are carried captives by fdu, 
 cers y 2 Tim. 3, 6. and kept inbondag e 
 Hnder'Szxam power> Eph.6. \ijn dan. 
 ger to lofe their immortal fouls unt 
 eternity 3 2 Cor.4.3,4. from which there 
 is no hope of ddiuerance without know- 
 ledge^ Acts 26.18. -dndalaSy alas 9 how 
 fad is it to confder(much more to fuffer^ 
 that mine without remedy 3 and perdi- 
 tion without pitty \which will undoubt- 
 edly be the portion of all them who live 
 and dye in fpirituall darkneffe, Prov. 1 . 
 26? 30 Efay 27. 11.fi Theff 1. %>9.ds 
 thefe brief hints may ferve to quicken 
 peoples induflry, in fe If -love to lay-in a 
 ftock^cf divine knowledge for their own 
 ufe ■ fo may they move indeavours, to be 
 herein helpfull unto their fever al rela- 
 tions^whomthey are obliged to love as 
 themfelves, Mat. 22.39. // the oxeor 
 afle of an enemy goingafir ayfnould be 
 brought into his wayJiomewardJLxod. 
 23,4. how much rather ouqhtChriflians 
 to teach one another the way unto hea» 
 ven&ol . 3 . 1 6 . / * imitation of Gods fer- 
 vants in former ^ f^Pfal. 3 2. 8> 9. and 
 5 1.13. Afts 18.25,26* But care in this 
 
 kind 
 
To the Reader. 
 
 The reading of the holy Scriptures and 
 other good Bookj y as alfo the hearing of 
 Sermonsywid be much more deliqhtfui. 
 and profitable^ when people jhall he able 
 to refer truths unto their proper he Ads 
 in Divinity. By this means likewife the 
 fiafhinefs andunfoundnefs of many jo- 
 gether with their ignorance in the prin* 
 ciples ofRcligion p wilbe made manifeft> 
 whofe proud blindnefs or in con fi derate - 
 fiefs imboldens them to adventure upon 
 freachlng-wor^ which they have mm 
 ther competent firength to wield^ nor a- 
 ny warrant from God to undertake. 
 
 My heart unfainedly defireth that 
 thisCatechifm(as it is now tendred^may 
 prove thus fsrvlceable to the fouls of 
 many^ through Gods rich bleffing^n the 
 Lord our Saviour. I am 
 
 Thy fervant in and 
 for JefusChrift, 
 
 SIMEON ASHE, 
 
 Febr.s, 
 
J£*» J^efe» £&* £&> c&> 
 
 To THE 
 
 CHRISTIANS AVER. 
 ffi offer here unto thy view 
 (good ChrifHan Reader) 
 the Principles of Religion^ 
 with a ffiort Exposition 
 upon the fame, for the explanation of 
 what may feem difficult, the confirma- ' 
 tion of the truth profeffed 3 againft Po- 
 pery, and the inforcing of fundy du- 
 ties of weighty and great importance. 
 The method we have followed is plain 
 and natural ; the matter wholfome, but 
 not adorned with flowres of eloquence. 
 We begin with the main end that all 
 men ought to aim at : becaufe there caii 
 be no motion but for fome end,as there 
 can be no effeft but from fome effici- 
 ent. Thence we proceed to the means 
 whereby the end may be attained : for 
 it is in vaine to propound an end unto 
 our felves, if either the way be impoffi- 
 ble or imperfect; if either it cannoc 
 be known, or do not lead to the fruiti- 
 on thereof. In the means, we confider 
 whence direction is to hi taken, and 
 a a what 
 
To the Chriflian Reader. 
 
 what is to be learned : and there ive 
 (hew what and who God is, how we 
 nmft concave of him, why He ought to 
 be worftupped, what covenant he made 
 with Adam in the time of innoctncy> 
 and how Adam by tranfgreflion fell, 
 and plunged himfelfe, and his pofterity 
 into' woe and mifery unfpeakabkj in- 
 tolerable and eternal. In the next 
 place we lay downe the means that 
 God hath ordained for mans recovery; 
 and there is handled what Chrift is, 
 what he hath don for us, how we are 
 made pertakers of his benefits, how 
 faith is wrought and increafed in us, 
 and what obedience we owe to God 
 in Chrift, who is theobjett ofChrifti- 
 an Religion. And because the godly in 
 thiscourfeoft hriftianity are compaf- 
 fed about with infirmities, fubjecl to 
 many falls and afiTaults, with many 
 tentations,which might difcourage and 
 turne them out of the way, therefore 
 we have added what cour(e a Chriftian 
 fhould take to grow in grace, how he 
 may be preferved from falling, how he 
 fhould recover after his Fall, and of 
 What priviledges the sodly are or may 
 be partakers, in this lif -. And in the laft 
 
 place, 
 
To the Chriftian Reader. 
 
 place, the blefTednefle of the Saints after 
 this life is endd, is touched in few 
 words ; whereby the fufficiency of the 
 means is minifefted. For as it is a way 
 prefcribed of God, fo it ieadeth us un- 
 to God, the firft, chief, and all fuffici- 
 entgood. Our defire herein is to teach 
 the fimple Chriftian,how he may grow 
 from grace to grace, and from faith to 
 faith : and to further fuch Godly hou£ 
 holders as defire to inftruft and train 
 up their children and fervants in the 
 information and fear of the Lord, but 
 want leifure or ability to furnifli them- 
 f:!ves out of larger and more] learned 
 Treatifes • For their fakes we have ad- 
 ventured to compile this poorTreatifc 
 and make it common, that they might 
 have fome help at hand, whereby they 
 might be confirmed in the truth againffi 
 the vaine cavils of the Papifts, and the 
 better inabled to inform them that be 
 committed to their charge. If any fuch 
 (hall vouchfafe to make ufe of this 
 book, we would defire him to mark 
 and obferve thefe few things Firft, that 
 the letters *, and 6 9 and c, 8cc. fet in the 
 Anfwer, doe direct what part of the 
 Anfwer the Teftimonies of Scripture 
 a 3 al* 
 
To the Chriftian>%idder. 
 
 alleadged doe ferve to confirm . And 
 thefe direcYions,|| f * do intimate what 
 words, or which part of the Anfwer 
 are explained in the Expoiition. Se- 
 condly, in teaching theQucftions and 
 Anfwers , take the pains to fearch into 
 the proofs which are alleadged for con - 
 firmation of the matter ; and if the 
 fame things, word for word, be not 
 Found in theVerfes of Scripture cited, 
 then be pleated further to enquire what 
 reafons or arguments may be drawn 
 from the place to prove what is in ten- 
 ded .This we command bwcaufeit is a 
 courfe behoofeful for the obtaining of 
 . well grounded knowledge, the getting 
 offfcclfoft and affured faith and com- 
 fort 9 and growing to be familiarly ac- 
 quainted with the Word. Thirdly, m 
 reading the Exposition of every An- 
 swer, take notice what is delivered by 
 way of explication or confirmation) 
 and what realbns, and how many, are 
 brought to prove any point. Thereby 
 a man (hall be inabled to refer that 
 which he heareth in the publick affem- 
 bly, or readeth in godly and learned 
 Books, to fome head, apply it to right 
 purpofe, treafure it up fafe in memory 
 
 for 
 
to the Chrifiian Reader. 
 for ufe in the time of need, and have m 
 readinefs to anfvver the gain-foyers. 
 
 Thus heartily defiring and hoping 
 (good Reader)that thou wilt make ufe 
 of thefe dire&ions given, profitably to 
 guide thee through this fmall work ; we 
 commit thee to God and the word of 
 his grace, who is able to direft and 
 fofely lead thee unto eternal happinefs ; 
 craving that if thou receive benefit 
 from God upon the perufal of this Am- 
 ple Treatife, thou be careful! to pour 
 out thy foul unto God for us 5 that he 
 would enrich us with his grace more 
 and more, for the glory of God, the 
 good of his Church, and the comfort 
 of our own fouls. 
 
 Whereas many of Mr Ball his Manufcripts 
 were lent unto friends, and not reftored* 
 it is defired that thofe who have any of 
 them in their hands, would be pleafed to 
 fend them unto Mr.Sawbridge Stationer 
 at the Signe of the Bible on Ludgate-hill 
 in London, to be delivered by him unto 
 Mr. Afhefto whom Mr. Ball committed 
 the care of all his written Books J that 
 fuchofthem may be publifhed as {hall 
 by him be judged fit for publike ufe. 
 
 •a 4. A 
 
«*h» c£o «&♦ <&* *&> «&» *&» *A» A 
 
 A Generall Table of the 
 chief and principall Heads of 
 Do&rine,handled in 
 this Book. 
 
 WHat it is tog/ortfte God,andwhy 
 manfoould be care full thereof 
 co ntinu ally, page I . & ij\ 
 
 Why every man fhould be care full of his 
 falvation y p. I •.% 
 
 The -word of God alone doth teach the 
 way to life eternally P*3>4 
 
 The word of God is now fully contained 
 ■in writing, and is called the Scripture, 
 and the holy Scripture* P« 5 > 6 
 
 The Scripture is given by infpir at ion y 
 
 P-5 7 
 
 Of the books of holy Scripture, p. 8.9 
 
 Arguments by which it may be proved, 
 
 that the Scriptures are the word of 
 
 God : and rules to be obfervedfor the 
 
 under ft anding thereof* £, 1 1 3 1 2 3 U , 1 4. 
 
 Of the teftimony of the Church* p.l$ 
 
 ltf.i7.18 
 
 Of the conftancy of the Saints , p. 1 9 
 
 Of miracles wnught to confirm the 
 truth, p. 20 
 
 Of the an tiquity of Gods word* p. 2 1 
 
 0/ 
 
The Table. 
 
 Of the ft He of Scripture y p. 2 2 to 25 
 Of the efficacy of the fV^rd of God, p 27, 
 
 28329 30 
 Oftheftveet harmony andconfemofhj- 
 
 ly Scripture , p. 31, 32 33^34 
 
 Of the heavenly DoCirine treated of, n 
 
 Scripture P35 3^37 
 
 77?* end of the Scripture is divine^S 39 
 7/><? teftimony of the Scripture it felfls 
 
 fluff cient to prove that it is ofGod 3 
 
 P3M 
 
 The teftimony of the flpirit is nccef\ary 
 and all-fluff cient to affure and per- 
 f wade the heart 9 that (he Scriptures 
 are of God, p 40 
 
 Rules to be obferved concerning the te- 
 ftimony of the Spirit, p 41 .42 43 
 
 What is the divine authority oftheScr',- 
 pture p.44.45 
 
 Th ? Scripture is the rule of faith and 
 manner s^ p. 45 
 
 How the Scripture is neceffary^ p. 46 
 
 The Scripture is p^re^.^y . and per felt-, 
 p. 48.. A*d plain^ p.49 
 
 Of the end why the Scriptures were 
 written j P5 *5* 
 
 All men ought to reade the Scriptures 
 
 P.5 2 -53 
 
 Oft he Tr an flat ion and Interpretation of 
 
 the 
 
The Table. 
 
 the holy Scriptures j and what rules 
 
 are to be observed therein, 5 4 55«S^ # 
 
 The knowledge of GodmChrifl is ne- 
 
 ceffary to falvation, P*57*58 
 
 This h^nowledg is eafie,excellent,found, 
 
 fttfficiem and comfortable. p. 59 
 
 Arguments whereby it may be proved 
 
 that there is a God, p. 606 1- to 67 
 
 What God is. p. 67-68. 
 
 God is one in effcnce^ but in persons 
 
 three, p.68 
 
 What a per f on in Trinity is, & how the 
 
 three perfons are diftingm^ '^69,70,71 
 
 What a property in Godis 9 p.7 1 , 
 
 Of Gods wifdvm,power,goodnefs,graci~ 
 
 oufnefs, lufike^ mercy, per fell ion, and 
 
 blefednefe, , P7 2 737475-7 6 
 
 Of Gods glory, & how it is ntanifeft,yy 
 
 Of Gods decree, and the parts thereof, 
 
 P78,79.8o.8i.82. 
 
 Of Creation, p.83 
 
 Of Providence, p 84 
 
 Of the Providence ofGodin *W,85.86 
 
 Of Angels. p.87.88 
 
 Man was good by creation, p.8 9 
 
 The image ofGodin man what it is, & 
 
 ■wherein it con ft ft s, p 89.90.91 
 
 Of f tin dry privileges which Man enjoy- 
 
 ed in the eft ate of Inno cency^ p. 9 2 
 
 Of 
 
The Table, 
 
 Of the Covenant which God made with 
 
 man in the ftate efinnocency, 93. 94.-, 
 Adam by tranfgreffion fell from God^y^ 
 The fin of Adam was wilful and excee- 
 din o- great-, p . 9 6 . 9 8 
 
 All men by nature are dead in fit.% 
 p.99.100.101,103. 
 All the A 'tl ions of natural men are od'- 
 ous unto God, p. 1 04 
 
 What things are required i?i a good 
 wor!^ y p. 105 
 
 Why the ieafi fin doth deferve e ver la- 
 fling- death y ibid. 
 Of blindnefs of Mind y hardnefs of 
 hearty&c. p.106.107108 
 Of mans recovery by Chr J fljp.io^ t no 
 OfChriftsfcrfon. p.Iio.in.112. 
 Chrifi is our Mediator both as God and 
 man. p'li^.lld. 
 Chrifi fuffcred in foul as well as in body 
 
 p.ri7,ii8 
 Of Chrifi his death, and the diferences 
 betwixt it and the death of the Mar- 
 tyrs, p. 1I9 
 Of Chrifi s refurretlion^ afcemion^ and 
 fitting at the right hand of the Father , 
 
 p.121.122 
 Chrifi is ourPro$het>Priefty& King 9 i2* 
 Of his Prophetical off Iceland the maner 
 
 how 
 
The Table. 
 
 how he hath and doth execute the 
 fame-, p. 124.125126 127. 12$ 
 
 Differences betwixt the Priefthood of 
 thrift, and the priefthood of Aaron, 
 p.129.130.131.13. 2 
 Of the fmftions of Chrifts Prieftly 
 office % and the properties of his inter- 
 ceffwn y p.133 
 
 Of thrifts Kingly office , and the fun- 
 ctions thereof^ p. 134. 135.136. 137. 
 
 138.139. 
 
 Chrift is the only head of the ( hurch* 
 
 P- 1 39 
 
 Of the bene fm of Chrifts death^refur- 
 
 yecJion 9 afcention ^andlnterceffton, p. 
 
 I4O. 141. 142. 1 3 
 
 How the know led o-e of mans mifery by 
 
 nature andrecovery by Cbrijl y will 
 
 work-in the heart of him whom God 
 
 witlfave, p. 144.145. 
 
 7 he properties of true thir ft , p. 145 
 
 Of the nature^ objett^autho r and inftru* 
 
 ment of ju (lifting faith jp i^.to 151 
 
 Of catechiftng&the benefits therofy 45 
 
 The bene ft s of hearing the Word prea- 
 
 ched 9 pag. 151.152 
 
 How we ?nufthear,ifwe lool^ to profit^ 
 
 What it is to apply the Word unto our 
 felveSj^i^y. Of 
 
The Table. 
 
 Of Prayer 7 the farts thereof^ «nd encou- 
 ragements thereunto, p. 159. 1 60 
 
 Prayer mufl be made to God alonejn the 
 name of Chrijl-, p. 160161 
 
 Angels or Saints departed do notfrefenv 
 our prayers before God^ p. 161 
 
 Liberty to pray is a facial I privlled^ 1 6 1 
 
 Ofconjeffion of fins , p. 1 6 2 
 
 Of Petition ) and things required there- 
 in, P 163 ^4. 165.166 
 
 Of thanksgivings and things required 
 therein^ p. 167.168 
 
 An Expofitwn of the Lords Prayer ^ p. 
 
 169 to 191 
 
 The benefits ofobfervinq- how we (p?ed 
 in Prayer, p'I9i.l92. 193 
 
 Rules to be obferved therein 9 p. 1 94. 
 
 Somtimes we ask^ and receive not, bj- 
 caufe we askjimifs^ P« 1 9 4 
 
 Why God for a, time denyes what we ask^ 
 
 P- 195 
 
 None can fray with hope tofpeed i but 
 they that depart from iniquity 9 p. 1 96 
 Prayer for the dead unlawful and un- 
 charitable, p. 1 99.200 
 Of publick^Prajsr^ p 200.20 1 
 Of private Prayerin the family, &r by a 
 mans fe If a' one- p. 202 
 Of the fignlficationof ' the word Sacra- 
 «??»/» p. 203. None 
 
The Table* 
 
 All the godly do not enjoy their privl- 
 ledpeSyrtvdthe hinder arize thereof \ p. 
 
 324-335 
 
 How a man [ho a Id bridle and reform 
 
 his unruly paffwnS) P» 3 2 5 
 
 How a man jhould overcome his tenta- 
 
 tions to d'ftrufl) p. 326327. 328 
 
 A man may have faith that feels not 
 
 comfort^ P-3 2 P«330 
 
 The fruits of the fpirit do not alwaies 
 
 appear in t he faith full, P • 3 3 3 
 
 The danger offeturitj, of leaving our 
 
 fir ft love 9 and of a relapje , [> 3 3 5 
 Such as have fallen into fome grofs Jin 
 after repent ance, jhould not utterly de- 
 
 fpair> p.337 
 
 How a man fhould recover out of a re- 
 
 Mpfe, P337 
 
 Of the ft ate of the g odly as fooon as 1 his 
 
 life is ended) P« 3 3 8 • 3 3 9 
 
 Of the mi for y of the wicked of er this 
 
 life^ " p. 3 40 
 
 Of the day of Judgement) andgfnera'l 
 
 re furred Ion) p 34.1.342. 3 43*344 
 Of the eternal! perdition of the wicked) 
 
 and the everlaftwg bleffedn efs of the 
 
 Saints after the day of Judgement^ p. 
 345,"adfinem. 
 
 Afliort 
 
A SHORT 
 
 CATECHISM, 
 
 With an 
 
 Exposition upon the fame. 
 
 Qiieftion. 
 Hat ought to be the chief 
 and continual care of eve" 
 ry man i n this life ? 
 
 A.SEoaglo^fie ®0&a 
 ana b fate bf* t f cwl, a 
 i Cor. io. 31. bAfts 16. 30331. Mat. 
 16.26. 
 Expof || Qjvhat is Gods glory ? 
 A. Gods glory is his furpafling 
 worthineffe. 
 
 Q._ Can it be increafed t 
 A. It cannot be increafed nor fully 
 manifefted, Exod.tf. 20. 
 Q^ Why fo > 
 
 A, Becaufehe ismoft perfect:, PfaL 
 
 16. 2. and infinite, Job 22. 2. & 3*. 7. 
 
 O. When is God f aid to glorijie him- 
 
 A. God is laid to glorifie himfelf. 
 when hemaketh his excellency to ap* 
 pear, Num. 14. 21. PJalm 72. if. 
 Ez,eh^ 43 . 2. 
 
 B Q^yPhen 
 
A fhort Catecbifrxy 
 
 QJVhen do angels & men glorify him 
 
 A. Angels and men glorifie'him, 
 when they extoll his greatneffe, and te- 
 ftirle the acknowledgment of his glo- 
 ry, Lnkji. 14, Rev. 14. 7. Exod. 15.2. 
 
 QjffiJk is it then to glorific God ? 
 
 A\ To glorifie God is inward- 
 ly in heart, Rom. 4.20. 1 Cor. 6. 20. 
 and outwardly in word and a&ion 
 Match. 5. 16. 1 Pet. 2. 12. toacknow* 
 ledge God to be fuch a one as he hath 
 revealed himfelf, Rev. 4. 9, 1 1. Pfalm 
 29. 1, 2. and 50. 23. 
 
 Q^ Of vlorfying God-, why fhonld 
 man be mo ft car ef till 1 
 
 A. Of glorifying God, manfhould 
 be moft carefull, 1. Becaufe God is the 
 beginning from which, and the end 
 unto which, all things do tend, Rom. 
 11.56. ( 2) His glory is in it felf moft 
 excellent, Exod. 3318, 1?. Pfalm 148. 
 13.(3 )Moft dear to him, Exodus 7. 
 4, 5 . Jfaiah 42 . 8. and 48 . 1 1 . (4) The 
 fupream end of all Divine Revelation, 
 Ephef. 2.7. (5) The end of all his 
 works, Eph. 1,5,6. Prov. \ 6. 4. Exod. 
 9 16. Pfalm 50.15. John 11. 4,^q. 
 ( 6 ) The end of mans life Pfalm 6.4,5 
 And C7) fervice, Zaeb. 7. 5, 6. Pfalm 
 
 101. 
 
VVitb an Expofitlon upon the fame. 
 
 101. 1 John 3. 28. 29. And (8 ) all 
 means furthering the fames are available 
 tomans falvation, Romans 4. 20, 2 1. 
 Jer. 13; 16. Mai. 2.2. t Sam. 2. 30. 
 Pfalm^o. 23. 
 
 Q^tVhatis h to take care of our fal- 
 vatton ? 
 
 -4. f To take care ofourfalvation, 
 is (b to live here>that we may live with 
 the Lord hereafter, Phil. 2.12. 2 P<?r. 
 3. 11. 14. 
 
 Q^why fhould man takj? care of his 
 Salvation ? 
 
 A. 1. Becanfe the falvation of the 
 foul is moil pretious, Pftl 49. 8* (2) It 
 cannot be obtained without care, ABs 
 2. 37. I Cor. 9. 24. Matth. j.i^.Luke 
 13. 24.(3 )He is ever mindleffe of Gods 
 glory, that is carelefle of his own eter- 
 nal happinefle, Ep \he f. 2.1 1 .John 5. 44* 
 and 7. 18. (4.) Eternal lift is a du- 
 rable treadire, Luk^i2. 33. and 16.9. 
 to. 1 Tim* 6. 17. 18. (5.) All world- 
 ly things are vain, uncertain and tran- 
 fitory, Mattb .6.19. Pfalm 73. ig, 
 19. (6. )The (bul came from God, 
 and is after a reftlefle manner carried 
 to feek and defire communion with 
 God ( 7. ) A defire to be happy is na- 
 B 2 tiirall 
 
Ajbort Catecbifm. 
 
 turally planted in the heart of all men 
 by God himfelf. ( 8) God is infinite in 
 goodnefs the bigheft of all things that 
 are to b: defired ; Therefore we fhould 
 eain;ftlyfetour affeftions upon things 
 that are above. Col. 3-1.2, Phil .3 ,1 2 • 
 13,14. and intiniriy defire the enjoying 
 of Gods prefencs in heaven. 
 
 Q^ Whence muft we take direction 
 to attain hereunto f 
 
 A* ®nt of tfie c tooifc I! of <Eofc 
 alone, cjohn ^o, 31* 
 
 Expof. || O Why muft we take dlrc- 
 Elion out of the Word of God to obtaine 
 falvation ? 
 
 A. 1. He that gives the Crown muft 
 reveale the way to life, & God only can 
 givetheCrowneof glor^s 2 Tim. 4.8. 
 fames 1 . 12. (2> Religion is the way 
 to life, and God onely is the Author , 
 objeft, and the end of true Religion, 
 Gen % 18. ly.ABs 18, 25. 26. John 6. 
 29. And (3) hefendeth us to his word 
 alone for direction 3 how to attain fal- 
 vation, Ify 8. 20. Luf^ io.26.therefore 
 none but He can reveal the way how we 
 (hould obtain that everlafting inheri- 
 tance, Pfal. 16.11 Prov. 2.6, 9. 
 
 Q^ How may it be proved that God is 
 the An horof Religion } A.i- 
 
with an Expofition upon the fame. 
 
 A.(i .)There can be no reli£ion,with- 
 ©ut the knowledge of God, his will and 
 works : for the nature of God is incom- 
 prehenfible, his will and works are un- 
 fearchable, Heb. n. 6. Deut. 4.436. 
 and 29. 29. Heb. 11. 3. ( 2 ) Since 
 the fall of Adam there can be no true 
 Religion without the knowledge o£ 
 God in Chrift. No man hath known 
 the Father but the Son, and he to 
 whom the Son hath revealed him, 
 Joh 1. 18. Matth. 11. 27. And ( 3 ) 
 The Gofpdl is the rule of Ghriftian 
 Religion, for it revealcth the properties 
 of God, the Mediation ofChrift, the 
 benefits of his death, and the Covenant 
 which God hath made with us in him* 
 Now the Gofpell is an hidden Myftery, 
 1 Cor. 2.7. 10. Rom. 16*. 25,26. fo 
 that we can know nothing of God, un- 
 till God himfelf manifefteth it unto us, 
 Pfal. 103. 7. and 147. 19, 20. 
 
 Qj, What nnderftandyott by the word 
 of God ? 
 
 A. By the word of Godweunder- 
 ftand the will of God revealed unto man 
 being a reafonable Creature, teaching 
 him what to do, believe, and leave un- 
 done, Dem- 29 1 29. 
 
 B 3 QWhat 
 
A fbortCatecbifrti. 
 Q^JVhat call yon the word of God ? 
 
 A^SDijedbolp fecrtpturef immr 
 tifatlp ftUnlrcD> VofttCb i0 contained 
 tntbe 55oofe0 oftfte ®toan& j&;to 
 SDettament, d 2 Tim. 3, 16. 
 
 Expo, ~f Q_ Hath not: this word been 
 diver fly made known heretofore ? 
 
 A. This word of God hath hereto- 
 fore been diverlly made known., Heh 1 . 
 1 . as (1 ) By infpiration, 2. Chr. 15. 1. 
 lfa % 59. 31. 2^M.2i,f2)By ingra- 
 ving in the heart, Rom.2.1 4.(3) By vi- 
 fions; A7#/#. 1 2. 6 9 8. -rf^J 1 o. 10, 1 1. 
 -^cta. 1. 10 (4)Bydream5) Job 33 14, 
 15. Gen.tp 8.(5)By Urim and Thum- 
 rnim, Num.2j.21. 1 Sam.^o. 7 .,8- (6) 
 By fignes, <j en.% 2.24. £^0. 13. 21. (7) 
 3y audible voice,E.v0. 20 1 2.6^.22.15. 
 And laftly by writing, Exo. 17. 14. 
 
 Q^ flow is this wordjreveded in wri- 
 tw ^called f 
 
 st* This word fore vealed,is by excel- 
 lency called, 1. The Scripture, Gal. 3. 
 i2 9 john 10. 25. And 2. The holy 
 Scripture; &?;#. 1.2. 
 
 Q. wfrp z> it called the holy Scripture? 
 
 #Ci.> In refpeft of God the Author> 
 
 ^?. 1. 16. & 4. 25 (i)The holy penmen, 
 
 ft*t* 13.28. 2 PfM-2i(3)The matter, 
 
 I T<m.6- 3. 7?r. 1. 1. And (4) The 
 
 end 
 
VVith M Exposition upon the fame. 
 
 end thereof, Rom. 15. 4, 2 Tim t 3. 17. 
 
 Q^ Why was the truth delivered to 
 the jOhurch in writing? 
 
 A. The truth of God was delivered 
 to the Church in writing, T)em, 31.9. 
 Hof, 8 .1 2 . Rev. 2.1 . ( 1 ) That it might 
 be preferved pure from corruption^ TV. 
 2.1 2,1 3 1 5 . (2) That it might be better 
 conveyed to pofterity; fe\'f&\ 27. 28. 
 Bent. 31. 19, 24, 25 26. ( 3 ) That it 
 might be an infallible ftandard of true 
 dottrine * (4) That it might be the 
 determiner of all controverfies, Ifaiah %. 
 20. Mai. 4.4. Veut. 17 11.(5) That 
 our Faith might be confirmed, behold- 
 ing the accompliftiment of things pro- 
 phefiedj 1 Kings 13. 2. with z Kings 
 2%.\6> Aft. 17. 10. 11. And(6)For 
 the more full inftruftion of the Church, 
 the time of the Meffias either drawing 
 on^Mal. 44,or being lome,^^, 1*2.3* 
 
 Q^ What is it to be immediately in - 
 fpired> 
 
 A || To be immediately infpired,is to 
 bz as it were breathed, and to come from 
 the Father by the Holy Ghoft> witfiout 
 all means 
 
 Q^ Were the Scriptures thus infpired> 
 
 A. Thus the holy Scriptures in the 
 B 4 Originals 
 
8 AtyortCAtecbifm, 
 
 Originals were infpired both for matter 
 and words, Lh\^ \. j 0t 2 Pet. 1.21. 
 
 Q. What are the Bookj of the Old 
 Teflament f 
 
 A. Mofes ana e t&ePicpbetfte Luk. 
 4,27. 
 
 Expof. f Q. What mean you by the 
 Bookj of the Old Teflament ? 
 A. All the Books of holy Script ure,gi- 
 ven by God to the Church of the Jewe s. 
 
 Q^ How are they called > 
 
 -f They are called, (i)The Law, 
 ^Ai6.i6.John 12. 34. and (2) The. 
 Prophets, Rom. 1. 2. & 16, 25 , 26. 
 
 QJVhy are they called Prophets? 
 
 A. Becanie they were written by holy 
 men, ftirred up, fan&ified, and infpired 
 of God for that purpofe, 1 Pet. 1.11. 
 Heb. 1.1. 
 
 Qjinderwhat heads be they ordina- 
 rily comprised} 
 
 A. Ordinarily they are comprifed 
 under thefe two heads, ( 1 ; The Law, 
 and the Prophets, Mat. 22.40. ^#.13. 
 15 ^r.7.i2.-or(2)The Law of Mo- 
 les and the Prophets, AH S . 28. 23. or 
 ( 3 ) Mofes and the Prophets, John 1. 
 45. Luk, 16. 29. 
 
 QJVhy is Mofes dlftMly namedl 
 
 A. Mofes 
 
With an Expofit/on upon the fame. 
 
 A, Mofes isdiftin&ly named from 
 the reft becaufe he was the firft and 
 cheif of the Prophets. 
 
 QJVhereM we read them d':fi'mguifned 
 intoW[o{cs,the Prophets x & the Pfalms^ 
 why are the Pfalms dlftinttly namedl 
 
 A. The Pfalms are mentioned parti- 
 cularly, £^.24.44. becau(ethey are the 
 choice& flower of all other Scripture. 
 
 Q. Which are the Books of the New 
 Tefiamext > 
 
 A. Matthew* Mark, Luke, ant) Vcfr 
 reft> an t&ep fuilolu tn oar 23 f bit* 
 
 Q^ How may it be proved that thofe 
 bookj are the word of God immediately 
 infpired by the holy Ghofi to the Prophets 
 and Apo files'? 
 
 A. !iFirft,l5g t&e j feftfmone f of ttje 
 tfjurci); * Secondly, contancp g of t&e 
 Taints; II Thirdly, miracles h tojongfct 
 to confirm fftetrtiUi; iam* Fourthly, 
 bptfee t anttquttp thereof {2 Pet. * 
 
 19. g Rev. 6 9. h 1 &**£. 17. 24, J^.3. 
 z.ijer. $. \6.Heb, 13, 8. 
 
 Expof. || Ql /*'£ expedient to know 
 that thefe Bookj are the word of God > 
 
 ^. It is very expedient and neceffa- 
 ry that all Chriftians of age and dif- 
 cretionj fliould know that the Scri- 
 ptures 
 
I © A fhort Catecbifm. 
 
 ptures are the very word of God. 
 
 Q. What is it to know them to be the 
 Worn of God. 
 
 A. It is to know them to be the im- 
 mediate and infallible truth of God 
 that is to be received , obeyed, and be- 
 lieved. 
 
 Q. Why is that expedient to be known? 
 
 A. i. Becaufe thereby we are the 
 better fitted to hear, read and receive 
 the word with attention, joy, reve- 
 rence, fubmiflion, Alls 10. 33. and 
 affurance of Faith : wh^h being a di- 
 vine grace, muft have a divine founda- 
 tion, 2 Tim. 3. 15, 16. 1 John 5. 13. 
 and being certain, muft have a fare 
 ground, even the word of God, John 
 5.46. Eph. 2.20. Rom 4. 18 
 
 2. Alfb, it minifters no (mall comfort 
 In affli&ion and temptation, that we 
 know whom we have trufted, zTim. 
 r. 12. Atts^.19. • 
 
 Q^How muft this be known ? 
 
 A. This muft be known, not by opi- 
 nion, or probable conjecture, which 
 may deceive, but by certain and diftintt 
 knowledge. 
 
 QJVhat is certain And diftinli know- 
 kdgc> 
 
 A. That 
 
With an Expofition upon the fame. % I 
 
 A. That whereby we conceive of 
 things certain certainly as they are? 
 and are affired that we conceive m 
 them no otherwife then as they are. 
 
 QjVhy is fitch a knowledge recfttifitc? 
 
 A. That we maybe abletoftop the 
 mouths of Acheifts andPapifts, who 
 carp againft the truth* 2 Cor. 13.3. 
 
 Q^ How come we to the knowledge 
 hereof* 
 
 A. We come not to the underftand- 
 ing hereof by fence or difcourfe of rea- 
 fon : But this mattrr is to be difcerned 
 and believed by Faith. 
 
 Qj What rules are to be obfervedfor 
 the better clearing of this matter ? 
 
 A. For the fuller clearing of this 
 point, fundry rulesaretobeobferved, 
 both concerning Faith, and concerning 
 the Scripture it felf. 
 
 Q^whatis the fir fi Rulei 
 
 A. 1. Diftin&ion mud be made 1 Rule. 
 between certainty of Faith, and cer- 
 tainty offence or fight. 
 
 Q^ How are they difiinguifhed? 
 
 A. 1 , Things believed in themfelvei 
 are more certain then things feen, but 
 they are not alwayes fo apprehended 
 by us. 
 
 2.Cer- 
 
12 A jhort Catechifm. 
 
 2. Certainty of fight excludes doubl- 
 ings, Co doth not certainty of Faith, it 
 is fufficient that it prevail againft them, 
 Gen. 15 6, 8.1 Cor, 13.9, 12. Judges 
 
 Qjvhat is the fecond Rule** 
 'Rule 2. A .2. Implicitc Faith is to be diftin- 
 guifhcd from explicite Faith. 
 
 Q. What is Faith implicate ? 
 A. Implicite Faith is that by which 
 weconfufedly believe that fuch Books 
 are the word of God, not undemand- 
 ing the fence of them. 
 
 Q. What is Fa'th explicite > 
 
 A. Explicite Faith is ever joyned 
 withadift'»n& and certain underftand- 
 ing of the thins; believed, John 3. 2,10. 
 
 QJVhat is the third Rule ? 
 Rule 2 . A % $t Hiftorical Faith muft be diftin- 
 guiftied from juftifying and faving 
 Faith. 
 
 Q. What is the Faith Hi /lor '.cat ? 
 
 A. Hiftorical Faith (lands in the 
 certainty of the mind, and believes 
 God fpeaking in the Word- 
 
 Q^what is Faith ft* /lifting? 
 4 Juftifying and faving Faith con- 
 taines the psiilvation and confidence 
 of theheart> whereby we not onely 
 
 be- 
 
With an 8xp option upon the fame. \ 3 
 
 believe the Word of God to be the 
 chief truths bucalfbdo imbrace it as 
 containing the chief goo i of man, 
 Jam. 2. 19. John 5. 3^ Heb-6 M I Land 
 
 io> 22. Epk.3. 12. 
 
 Q^ Why are they to be difi rtauifod ? 
 
 A. Becaufe all things in Scripture 
 are not alike to be believed, neither do 
 the fame Arguments ferve to beget 
 each Faith. 
 
 QjVhat is the fourth Ru 'c ? 
 
 A % 4 Concerning the Scripture, we [4 Rule. 
 muft put difference between the Do- 
 ctrine therein contained, and the wri- 
 ting. 
 
 (V Why is this to be obfervkd? 
 
 A, Becaufe the writing is for 'the fig- 
 nifying of the fence and the know- 
 ledge and faith of both, is not alike ne- 
 ceflary. The Do&rine was ever necef- 
 fary to be believed, the manner of re- 
 vealing was not al way, John 8. 24. 
 
 Q What :sthe fifth Rule ? 
 
 ^•5. Of Doctrines, fome arefltn- 5,^/^. 
 ply neceflfary to falvation, containing 
 the main grounds and chief Heads of 
 Chriftian religion; others are Expo- 
 fitionsor Amplifications of the fame, 
 very Jpiofitable, but not offuch necef 
 
 fry* 
 
14 A fhort Catechifm. 
 
 fity,iCV. 3. 12, 13. CV. 2. 18319. 
 Phil. 3.15. 
 
 Q .what is the fix trule> 
 6.Rufa X 6. K diftincYion is to be put be- 
 tween the Scripture generally confide- 
 red 3 in refpeft of the manner of reveal- 
 ing, and between the number and order 
 of the Books. 
 
 Q^fVhy is this to be noted ? 
 
 A. It being one thing to believe that 
 the will of God is now fully and whol- 
 
 L committed to writing ; another 
 this is the diftincl order 3 and precife 
 humber of Books* 
 
 QzJVhat is thejeaventh rule > 
 ;JN Rule. ji m j. A difference is to be made be- 
 tween the chiefe Author of a Book, and 
 the inftrument thereof 1 Cor. 12,3. 
 Matih. io. 20. 
 QJfVhj is this to be mted ? 
 A. Bscaufeifcis one thing to believe 
 ttiat God is the Author of this or that 
 Etook 2 another, to believe that it was 
 written by this or that Scribe , or Ama- 
 riuenfis. 
 
 CX^Wbat is the eighth rule ? 
 8, Rule. -4 • 8 . The fubftance of do&rine ne- 
 ceflTary to falvation contained in Scri- 
 pture, is to be believed with an ex* 
 
 prefs, 
 
with an Expofition upon the fame* 1 5 
 
 prefs, Hiftoricall, ancU&ving Faith : 
 but the number and order of Books 
 is to be believed with Faith Hiftori* 
 call. 
 
 Qjvhat is the fir fl argument to probe 
 the Sc i nitres to bs the word ofGodl 
 
 A, The teftimony of the Church. 
 
 QWh at under ft and yon by theChurch 
 
 A, \ By the Church we under* 
 ftand not the Pope, whom the Papifts 
 call the Church virtuall 5 nor his Bi- 
 (hops and Cardinals met in general 
 Councell, whom they call the Church 
 reprefentative ; but the whole compa- 
 ny of Believers, who have profefled 
 the true Faith ; whether thofe who re- 
 ceived the Books of holy Scripture 
 from the Prophets and, Apoftles or thofe 
 who lived after. 
 
 Q. Under the name of the Chit rch do 
 you comprehend the Prophets and A" 
 poflles > 
 
 A. Under the name of the Church 
 we comprehend not the Prophets and 
 Apoftles, as they were immediately 
 chofenand called to be the pen^men of 
 holy Scripture. 
 
 Q^Whyfo? 
 
 A % Becau(e they wrote not as men 
 
 in 
 
1 6 AJhortCatechifm. 
 
 in the Church, but above the church; 
 
 Q. How ps this tefilmony of the 
 Church confide ed> 
 
 A. This Teftimony of the Church 
 t.Ofthc is confidered, i. Of the Jews. 2. Of 
 Uwts the Chriftians. 
 
 C^ What Books did the Jews re- 
 ceive ? 
 
 ■^. The Church of the Jewes,profef- 
 fed the Do&tine, and received the 
 Book s of tfv: Old Teftament, and tefti- 
 fied of them that they were divivine 
 
 QJVhat things give force to this te- 
 fiimony > 
 
 <d. To the teftimony of the Jews theie 
 things give force. 
 
 i. To them were committed theO- 
 racles ot God, Robe, 3. 2. 
 
 2. In great mifery they have con- 
 ftantly confeflfed the fame when as by 
 the only denying thereof they might 
 have been partakers both of Liberty and 
 Rule. 
 
 3. Notwithftanding the high Pirefts 
 and others perfecuted the Prophets, 
 while they lived , yet they received 
 their writings as Propheticall and Di- 
 vine. 
 
 4. Since obftinacy is come ta Jfi 
 
 rae/ 9 
 
with an Expofnion upon the fame. 17 
 
 raell, notwith (landing their great ha- 
 tred to the Chriftian Religion, the ho- 
 ly Scripture of the Old Teftament is 
 kept pure and uncorrupt amongft 
 them, even in thofe places which do 
 evidently confirm the truth of Chrifti- 
 an Religion, Ifaiah 53. 3, 4, 5, &c. 
 
 Q^ What Books did the Chriftian 
 Church receive > 
 
 A. The Chriftian Church hath em- 1, Of the 
 braced the do&rine of God, and re- Chnfti- 
 ceived the Books both of the Old and ans ' 
 New Teftament. 
 
 Q_ what things give weight to this 
 tefi mony f 
 
 A. To the teftimony of Chriftians, 
 two things give force, 1. Their great 
 conftancy. 2 Their admirable and fweet 
 confent : for in other matters we may 
 obferve differences in Opinions, in this 
 a fingnlar and wonderfull agreement. 
 
 Q. How many ways is this teftimony 
 of Chriftian s confidered ? 
 
 A, This teftimony of Chriftians is 
 confidered three ways, 1 Of the uni- 
 verfali Church, which from the begin- 
 ning thereof until! thefe times, pro- 
 felling the Chriftian Religion to be di- 
 vine, doth alfo profefle thar thefe 
 C Books 
 
1 8 A thort Catechifm> 
 
 Books are of God. 2. OF the feveral 
 primitive Churches, which firft recei- 
 ved the Books of the Old Teftament, 
 and the Epi tries written from the A- 
 poftles, to them, their Paftors, or (bme 
 they knew ; and after delivered them 
 under the fame title, to their {ucctf- 
 fors and other Churches. 3. Of the 
 Paftors and Doftors, who ( being fur- 
 niftied with skill, both in the Tongues 
 and matters Divine ) upon due trial 
 and examination have pronounced 
 their Judgement, and approved them 
 to the people committed to their 
 charge. 
 
 Qi Of what force U this Teftlmony ? 
 
 A", This Teftimony of the Church is 
 of great weight and importance , I. It 
 is profitable to prepare the heart, and 
 to* move it to believe. 2, It is of all 
 humane Teftimonies (whereby the Au- 
 thor of any Book that hath, is, or (hall 
 be extant, can be proved) thegreateft, 
 both in-refpeft of the multitude, wif- 
 dosn , honefty , faithfullneffe of the 
 witness; and the likeneffe, conftancy 
 and continuance of the Teftimony it 
 felf. 3. But this Teftimony is onely 
 htimaue. 4. Not the onely, nor the 
 
 chief, 
 
With an Expofit'.on upon the fame* I $ 
 
 chief 5 whereby the truth and Divinity 
 otthe Scripture is confirmed. 5. Nei- 
 ther can it be the ground of divine faith 
 and aflli ranee. 
 
 Q^JVhatis the 2^ argument to / wove 2 .Ar£jc- 
 t he Scripture to be the word of God ? went. 
 
 A. The conftancy of Saints. Conftancj? 
 
 M What thin as rive weight to this °J [he 
 Argument ? Smts ° 
 
 **A- ( i ) The Saints of God of all 
 forts and conditions, noble, bafe, rich, 
 poor, learned and unlearnedjold^ydung, 
 married, unmarried, have acknowled- 
 ged them Divine(2) They have fuf- 
 Fered the tnoft grievous torments, ufu- 
 all 5 unufuall, fpeedy, flow, even what 
 Hell could invent or mans malice finde 
 out, for the defence of this truth. Q 3 ) 
 All thefe things a number number- 
 leffe endured ■• (4) And that with great 
 conftancy and joy, even with a chear- 
 full heart & merry countenance, fo that 
 none can think they furTered out of 
 woakries pride, vainglory ,or discontent. * 
 
 O. What is the force of this argument* 
 
 A. This patient fuffering of the Mar- 
 tyrs is not teitimony meerly humane, 
 but partly divine-* for that courage 
 and chearfullnefle which they ftuwect 
 Cz in 
 
20 -^ fhort Catechifm, 
 
 in the midft of all torments, was not 
 from nature, but from above. 
 
 O .What is the third argument to prove 
 the Script ar cs to be the -word of God, f 
 A* Miracles wrought to confirm the 
 
 truth. 
 
 Q. What things give force to this a r- 
 oument : 
 A.\ i. Many, 2 and great wonders. 
 
 3. Such as Satan himfclf cannot imitate 
 
 4. Such as exceed the power of any , yea 
 of all the Creatures in the world. 
 5 Such as the moft malitious enemies 
 of Gods truth could not deny to be 
 divine, hath the Lord openly wrought 
 by the hands of Mofes^ the Prophets 
 and Apoftles, for the confirmation of 
 this truth, Numb. n. 9. and 20. 10. 
 Exod. 19. 1 6 1 Kings 17. 24 Mark. 
 16. 20 Heb 2. 4 ; John 5. 36, and 9, 
 30 33. Alls 5. 12. 
 
 A. what is thefirength of this argti* 
 mental 
 
 A. Thefe miracles were fufficient to 
 confirm the Divinity of this truth and 
 writing to them who were eye-witnef- 
 (es thereof, Heb .2 q.Joh* 20.zo.Judg* 
 2-7-; 10. The undoubted and clear narra- 
 tion of them, is to us an invincible argu- 
 ment thereof. O. what 
 
With An Exposition upon the fame. 2 1 
 
 Q^ What is the 4th argument to prove 4. Argw 
 the Scriptures to be the Word of God ? ment. 
 A. The Antiquity thereof . Anti*niOf ' 
 
 jg. 7/<w aktf/? *to? /ww* ?£* Scrip- 
 tures to be the word of God ? 
 
 || A. That which is moil antient 5 is 
 mod true and divine. 
 O^Whyfo? 
 
 A. 1. The pureft Religion is before all 
 others.2.There muft needs be a Law be- 
 fore Tranfgrdfion and 3. A command- 
 ment given unto man s before there could 
 be place for theDevill to tempt Kim. 
 
 O. How may the Antiquity of the 
 Scripture be proved ? 
 
 A. The Religion taught in Scripture 
 is of greateft antiquity 3 becaufe the 
 do&rine of the Creation and Fall there 
 handled, in all other ftories wfyatfo- 
 ever, is omitted. 
 
 O^ How elfe may it be proved that 
 thofe Books are the word of God 1 
 
 A.»p $ ♦ li tfce k fttle, 1 1 6 efftcaep, 
 7fU)eetm* content, 8 admirable nil 
 aoctrfue* 9 excellent of enu, and *o 
 tSe tottneffe p* of tlje Scripture ft 
 
 ftlf, k Gen.iy.i.Pfal^Q.i. Ifa. 44.24. 
 
 ExoL 2051,2,1 Cor.11.23. John $ %6 m 
 
 1 Cor- 1.23.^/1. i,2 1 Pfal. 19 §. 
 
 C j Row; 
 
22 A fhortCatechifm y 
 
 Rom. 15. ^. Rom.$.j. Zepb. 2. ij. 
 Zech % 13. 2. All s^.^z. Acts 9. 5, 20, 
 21. Phil, i.ii, 13. ^w. 15. 19. 
 2CV. 4.8 9,10. m6V«. 3. 15, and 49. 
 jo. //*. 9, 6. D *#. 9. 24* Mat. 1. 18. 
 Ailsio tf t r\Pfiil. 119 129,138 172. 
 -P*«f. 4. 5,6.0 John 20.3 1 .p 2 //w. 3. 
 l6. 2 Pet. I. 19. 
 QJVhat is the fif. h ar fitment to prove 
 
 $. Argu- the Scriptures to be the word of God ? 
 
 £*•:. A. The ftile thereof. 
 
 o/'k Ex P° f ' II Q^ w hat under 'fian&jm by 
 
 Scriptures, theftile? 
 
 A By the ftile of the Scripture we un- 
 ftand not the extcrnall fuperficies of 
 words, but the whole order, cha ra- 
 fter, frame and comprehenfion, which 
 v fitly agretth > (1) To the dignity of the 
 fpeakei'X'OTothe nature of the Argu- 
 ment. And ( 3 ) is tempered according 
 to the capacity and condition of them, 
 forwhofefakeit was written. 
 
 Q_ Had not every Prophet and Af- 
 file a peculiar ftile ? 
 
 A. Every Prophet and Apoftle al- 
 moft,had a peculiar ftile; tptiah is elo- 
 quent, fweet, and more adorned ; So- 
 Homon accurate, Jeremy vehement and 
 more rough ; Amos Ample-* but all are 
 divine Q. what 
 
VVhh an Expofition upon the fame. 23 
 
 QJVhat things declare the Majefty 
 of the ftile t 
 
 A. Thefe things declare the Majefty 
 of the ftile. 
 
 1. The titles that the Author of the 
 holy Scripture doth juftly challenge 
 unto himfelf 5 the which import(i) In- 
 dependence of nature, Exod. 3. 14. 
 (2 ) Supereniinency of power and fove- 
 raignty, Pfal. $0.1,2. And ( 3) excel- 
 lency both of properties and works > 
 Gen. 17. 1. I fai. ^2. <$.&nd 40. 22,26, 
 
 2. The manner ufed in teaching* 
 commanding , promifing, and threat- 
 ning. 
 
 QjVhat manner is ufed in Teaching \ 
 
 A. Things above reafon, hidden 
 myfteries , fiich as exceed all humane 
 capacity, are unfolded? without all 
 argumentation or furniture of per* 
 fwafion, 1 Cor. 2. 7. and we are requi- 
 red to underftand and believe therrij 
 relying upon the truth and credit of the 
 revealer. 
 
 Qjjvhat manner is ufed in command- 
 ing ? 
 
 A, In giving the Law, no proem 
 
 is ufed, but Thus faith the Lord 1 no 
 
 conclufion, but The Lord hat 'hffoken* 
 
 C 4 Exod* 
 
Afoort Catecbifm^ 
 
 24 Exod. 20. i, 2. Commandments of 
 which no reafon can be rendred, are 
 enjoyned, Gen. 2. 17. and that which 
 a naturall imn would account fool i(h? 
 neflfe, is peremptorily and with great 
 feverity required, John 3.36. \Cor.i 
 23, 24. no argument being brought to 
 perfwade or confirm the equity of 
 tho(e commands , hut onely the will 
 of the Commander. 
 
 Q. What manner is u fed in. promifmg 
 And thr earning f 
 
 A. Promifes above likelyhood are 
 made- to afTire of perform ance 3 no. 
 reafon is ailed ged , but D / the Lord 
 J}avefpokjw y Ifa. 51. 22. and 52. ^4. 
 and to encourage againft difficulties 
 and dangers prefent divine afliftance 
 is promised both as neceffary and furri- 
 cient> Exo. 4. 12. Jojh. 1. 9. Jer. i.8- 
 Ifaiah 43. 5. In the matter of threat - 
 ning alfo, the like notes of the Divini- 
 ty of the ftyle may be oblerved. 
 
 Q^. What further particulars maybe 
 cbferved in the majefiy. of the ftyle > 
 
 A. ( 1) That without refpeft of 
 perfons, he doth prefcribe Laws to all 
 men*, private perfons and publique Ma- 
 gi ftrates 9 whole Kingdomes andfeverall 
 Eftates. (2) Com- 
 
yVith an Sxpofition upon the fame. 2 5 
 
 ( 2 ) Commanding what is diftaftfull 
 to their nature , and forbbidding what 
 they approve. 
 
 (3) Promiiing not terrene honor, bat 
 life everlafting if they be obedient. 
 
 (4) Threatning>not with rack or gib- 
 bet, bat eternal! death if they difobey, 
 Joel I. I, 2 John%. 16. 1 Sam, 1 2 25. 
 
 (5^) That the Minifters of the Lord 
 of Hofts do require attention, Faith 
 and Obedience, to whatfoever they 
 fpeak in the name of the Lord, whe- 
 ther it were prophefie, commandment, 
 or rebuke 5 whether they called to re- 
 pentance, and reformation of things a- 
 mlfie, or exhorted to obedience, 1 Cor, 
 n„ 23. Mich. 1. 1,2- 
 
 Q. Is not the maner ofjpeech in Scri- 
 pture low and humble ? 
 
 A. Yes, but the low and humble 
 maner of fpeech,u(ed in holy Scripture? 
 cannot juftly offend any man. 
 
 QjVhy was it penned in fo humble 
 a maner ? 
 
 A. Q 1 ) It was penned to the ufe and 
 behoof both of the learned and unlearn- 
 ed, Rom. 1. 1 4. 
 
 (2) Though the Phrafe be plain, the 
 matter is high and excellent , pro- 
 found 
 
2 6 A fbort Catechism, 
 
 found and unutterable, Hof.S. 12. A '#. 
 2. ii. 
 
 ( 3 ) EafinefTe and plainneffe doth 
 beft be(eem the truth' A Pearl needs 
 not painting , nor truth to be under- 
 propped with forreign aids 5 it is of 
 itfelfe fufficient to uphold and fuftain 
 itfelf. 
 
 ( 4 ) It becomes not the Majefty of 
 a Prince to play the Orator. 
 
 (5) Though the Scripture be Am- 
 ple in word > it is great in power : no 
 writings of Man > though never (b well 
 fet forth, with wit 9 words, order, 
 or depth of learning 3 can fo enlighten 
 the mind, move the will, pierce the 
 heart? and ftir up the affection? > as doth 
 the word of God. 
 
 ( 6 ) Neither do the Scriptures want 
 eloquence, if the matter be well weigh- 
 ed : no writing doth , or can equalize 
 them in pithinefle of prophecy ing, or 
 ferventneffe of praying. 
 
 QjGlve an examyle hereof, 
 
 A. The (bng of Mofes, and the be- 
 ginning of Efay 9 in variety and force 
 of eloquence, do farre exceed au- 
 thor?, Greek and Latin , if compari- 
 fon be made betwixt thofe places, 
 
 and 
 
With an Expojltion upon the fume. 27 
 
 and whatfoever is moft excellently in- 
 dited by man, either in Greek or Latin, 
 you may eafily difcern, the one was 
 written by a Divine, the other by a hu- 
 mane Spin t 6M 
 QJVhat ts the Jixth argument toprove * 
 the Scripture to be theWori of God * Efficacy 
 A. The Efficacy thereof. of the 
 Q^ How doth the ejfcacy of this word fcriptures. 
 demo/ifrrate the Divinity thereof? 
 
 A.\ The efficacy of thisDo&rine doth 
 powerfully demonftrate the Divinity 
 thereof (1) For it converts the foul. 
 (2) Enlightens the eyes) Pfalm 19 j y 
 8. ( 3 )difcovers fm, Rom.j.j/^q) 
 Convinces the gainfayer, 2 Tim. 3.16. 
 C5) Killethand terrifieth., 2 Cor m 3. 6, 
 (6) Rejoyceth the heart, Pfa/m 19. 8. 
 and 119. 1 03 . ( 7 ) Quickneth, Pfalm 
 lift. 50, 93; ( 8 ) Comforteth, Rom. 
 1$. 4. ( 9 ) Manifefteth the thoughts, 
 1 Cor. 14. 25. (10) Overthrows 
 falfe Religions. ( n ) Cafteth down 
 ftrong holds? and the whole Kingdom 
 ofSatan.(i2) Stoppeth the mouth of 
 Oracles. (13) Deftroyes Idols, 2 
 Cor. 10.4. Z?^. 2. 11. Zach. 13.20 
 And (1 4) remains invincible notwith- 
 standing all oppofition, Atts 5 . 38.3 9. 
 
 QJVhat. 
 
28 A jbort Catechtfm, 
 
 jgj What things commend the effica- 
 cy of this word? 
 
 A. Thefe things commend the effi- 
 cacy of this Word. 
 
 (i ) The nature thereof is oppofite to 
 the wifdom and will of a naturall man 
 i Cor. i. it* and 2. 14. Rom. 87. and 
 yet it hath prevailed. 
 ( 2 ) It hath prevailed , not onely 
 with the groffe and fottifh Gentile 
 who (erved other gods, Galatians 4. 
 8. but even with the moil fierce and 
 bitter enemies thereof, AHs 9.5, 6, 
 20, 21. 
 
 ( 3 ) The enemyes who did oppofe 
 this truth were many, mighty and 
 fubtill. 
 
 Q, Who was the principal enemy of 
 this truth > 
 
 fA. The Devil out ofriis hatred a- 
 gainft Gods glory, and mans falva- 
 t\on[Eph, 6.12. Apoc % 2.10. 
 . who were his inflrumenis > 
 A. (i)The Roman Emperors were 
 his Inftruments. C 2 ) The reft of 
 the world furthering, and (3) The 
 Jews ftirdng them up. 
 Qwhat moved them to perfectite this 
 truth f 
 
pYitban Expofition upon the fame. 2? 
 
 A.(i) Their love to falfhood and 
 idolatry and ( 2 ) Their malice 
 againft the Chriftian Religi- 
 on, 
 OJiorp did they ferfeciite it > 
 A. They did with 1 . incredible fury 
 and 2. viglancy y labour the utter 
 abolition of this truth, Atl* 4 27 
 and 9. 2. Mat. 10. 18, 22. John. 
 i6.2.AU. 13. 50. and 14.23 5319. 
 (_ 1 Thef 2. 15, 1 6. 
 
 C 4 ) The perfbns whom the Lord 
 did chufe to be publifhersof this 
 heavenly Dottrine, were( 1 ) In num- 
 ber few. (2 ) In outward appearance 
 fimple, rude bale and weak. And ( 3 ) 
 Somtimes alfb negligent, Mat, 4.18. 
 1 9,20. Luke 6. 1 3 » 2 Cor. 4.7 8. Mark^ 
 13.25. 
 
 C 5 ) Thefe fimple and weak men 
 fubdued the world by preaching the 
 Crofle ofChrift, and prefcribing long- 
 fufFering and patience, 1 Cor. 2. 4. 
 I Thef 5.4. Ach. 9. \6. zTim. 3. 
 1,2. 
 
 ( 6 ) The number of all forts, ages* 
 conditions, fexes and nations 5 who 
 £ave credit to this Doftririe , and con- 
 firmed the fame with the loffe of their 
 
 lives 
 
30 A fjjort Catecbifm, 
 
 lives was innumerable;, Apoc. 6. 9, id. 
 ( 7 ) In fhort time a great part of the 
 habitable world was converted, and 
 brought to die obedience of Faith, Co 
 that P 'apt I filled all places from Jem- 
 falem to Ulyrktun with the found of 
 the Goipell , Col. i 6 . Rom. 15.19. 
 
 ( 8 ) The more the truth was perfe- 
 cted, the more it did prevail, AttsS. 
 3, ^.PhiL 1. 14. 
 
 ( 9 ) Though the Jews were wafted 
 with manny and great {laughters, yet 
 the Scriptures did ftill remain fafe and 
 entire in their cuftody > when the He- 
 brew Language did lie almoft unknown 
 and had perifhed altogether, had not 
 the Lord provided for Religion ; then 
 by the Jews , the deadly Enemies of 
 Chrift, was the doctrine of Chriftian 
 Faith prefer ved. 
 
 C to) To thefe we may adde the 
 dreadful! Judgements of God, which 
 fell upon the perfecutors of the Chri- 
 ftiaa Faith; amongft whom, fome were 
 forced at their laft gaip to acknow- 
 ledge the Divinity of this Word . All 
 which things do ftrongly confirm the 
 propagation^ defence and confervation 
 of this truth and Do&rine to be admi- 
 rable 
 
with an Expofmon upon the fame, g i 
 
 rabk and of God. 
 
 Q^ what is the 7th argument to prove 7- ArgK- 
 the Scripture to be the Word of God} menu 
 
 A. The flveetconfent thereof. 
 
 (K How doth this consent prove the Sweet eon- 
 Scripture to be the Word of God > fent of the 
 
 A. Thefweet and admirable con- fatytiires. 
 fenc which is found in all and every 
 part of Scripture, cannot bee afcrihed 
 to any but to the Spirit of God . each 
 part fo exactly agreeing with it fclfiand 
 with the whole; John 5.46. 
 
 Q^By what in fiances may this be de- 
 clared ? 
 
 A. This may fufficiently appear by 
 comparing the propheiies of the Old 
 Teftament touching i.Chrift, 2. The- 
 calling of the Gentiles And 3 rejecYtori 
 of the Jewess with the accomplfihmenc 
 of them declared in the New, Gen. 3, 
 15. and 12. 2. and 49. 10 Numb, 24. 
 ij.Dan.9. 2^. Mat. 1. ify.'Luke j.55. 
 and 24. 27,44.^^ 2< 5» 12. Dent. 32. 
 21. Mai. 1. 10, 11. Pf aim 2 8. 8c 110- 
 2' Afts 11.18. P fa/. 118. 22,23./^. 
 2 1 .42 . Such exaft confent, as here is to 
 be found, isimpoflible to be fainedof 
 men or angels, becaufe the things fore- 
 told were removed from their know- 
 ledge 
 
32 A]hortCatechifmi 
 
 ledge and finding out, untill they were 
 reve? ! H 
 
 CX • 'hat con ft derations give weight 
 to th' Aropimemf. 
 
 J- Thefe confiderations give weight 
 to this Argument. 
 
 ( i ) The length of the time in which 
 this writing continued; viz,, from Mo- 
 fes nncill John 9 which prevented all 
 conceits of forgery , fince they were 
 rot written in one, not yet in many 
 
 ( • ) The multitude both of Books 
 that were written, and of Writers who 
 were imployed in that fervice. 
 
 ( 3 ) The di dance of place, in which 
 they were written, which did hinder 
 that the Writers could not confer toge- 
 ther, Jer. 2. i, 2. and 36-5. Ez>ek^ 1.1. 
 
 ( 4 ) The tilence of the adverfaries, 
 who in all that long fpace mentioned, 
 whiLs the Scripture was in writing, 
 could never deteft any thing in thofe 
 Books as falfe or erroneous. 
 
 Q. What th'n^s vive weipht to this 
 filence of the adversaries 1 
 
 A± This fiknee of the adverfa- 
 ries is of great wdght in this caft , 
 becaufe they were eye-wkneflfcs- of 
 
 thofe 
 
whh An Expofition upon the fame. 
 
 thofe things whkh our Saviour taught* 
 did, and differed, according as it was 
 prophefied of him. So that they ( i ) 
 Knew the Prophefies * ( 2 ) Saw the 
 accompli (hment of them ; And (3) 
 were acquainted with that which the 
 Apo&les had written. 
 
 Q^ 7 he Prophets and Ado files -who 
 writ the fame Htftory, dijfent one from 
 another. 
 
 A. If the Prophets or Apoftles who 
 w*ote the fame Hiftories > do (eem to 
 dhTentinany circumftances, this doth 
 nothing derogate from their autho- 
 rity. 
 
 Q.why fo> 
 
 A. For 1. In themfelves they dif- 
 fer not ; the fault is our ignorance and 
 apprehenfion. (2) By a right and juft 
 interpretation, they may eafily be re- 
 conciled. (3) The diftbnancy whkh 
 teems to be amongft them in fmall 
 things, doth free them from all fufpiti- 
 on of fraud, and their fweet confeilt in 
 all matters of importance, doth con- 
 vince that rhey wrote by the guidance 
 of the fame Spirit. 
 
 qJ) eclare this more particularly. 
 ■A. 1. If they had all written one 
 D thing. 
 
 33 
 
g4 A fhortCatechifaj 
 
 thing? they might feem fuperfluous. 
 
 2. Ifeach^anewHiftory* there could 
 appear rio foot fteps of confent. 3 . When 
 they relate the fame ftory with the 
 fame circumftances , they have their 
 ufe, one fomtimes fpeaking more 
 plainly then the other. And 4. when 
 they agree in matter , but feem tod if- 
 fentin circumftances, the trurh is the 
 more confirmed, an argument of fuller 
 credit may be drawn out of that dif- 
 fenf for as the Heathen man obfer- 
 yeth, Too exa& diligence is neither ap- 
 proved of all,. neither doth it want fuf- 
 pition. 
 
 Qj)oth not the 'Doctrine of the Scrip- 
 ~.ivre agree with all other truth what- 
 . foever I 
 
 A. To this fweet agreement of ho- 
 ly Scripture with it (elf, it might be 
 farther added , that it agreeth with all 
 other truth wbatfoever : there is no- 
 rthing true in Divinity, which is falfe 
 in Philofophy ; nothing in Philofo- 
 fjiy is repugnant to the truth in Di- 
 vinity, but it may be overthrown by 
 the principles of right and true Philoso- 
 phy. 
 Q. What it > the $t" argu went to prove 
 
 the 
 
With m Expofition upon the fame. 3 5 
 the Scr<'pt%res to be the word, of God I 8. Ar^« 
 
 A. The excellent matter thereof. mnt . 
 
 Q_ How doth this prove the Strip- *Z?1 "r 
 turcstn be food! thc$c r i£ 
 
 A, Becaufe the matter treated of in mcs* 
 holy Scripcurei is divine & wonderfull. 
 
 Q. Declare 'this by fome particular 
 ihfta#c%s\, 
 
 A. 1. It explicates unto us the na- 
 ture, properties and high ads of God, 
 purely and holily. 
 
 2. It defcribes the perfon ofChrift, 
 fo fitly, excellently and conveniently, 
 that it the mind of man confider it at- 
 tentively, ofnecefliry itmuft acknow- 
 ledge, it doth exceed the reach of a 
 finite underfhnding. 
 
 3. It difcovtrs unto us the mif ry 
 and corruption of man by nature, the 
 incomprehenfible love ofGodinJeujs 
 Ghrift towards man, that happy re- 
 conciliation ( if we may (b (peak ^ of 
 his jnftice and mercy by his infinite 
 wHHom, ordaining Jefus Chrift to be 
 our Mediator. 
 
 4. It unfolds trie Covenant of 
 Grace, which God made with man af- 
 ter his Fall ; all which can be drawn 
 from no fountain 5 but Divine Rwe- 
 
 D 2 lation, 
 
36 A %ort Catecbifiv, 
 
 lation, i Cer. 2.7, 10, Ephef 3.4,5. 
 CoL 1. 26. 
 
 $. The Scripture alfo contains the 
 Law of God, which teacheth the du- 
 ty of man, and that is wife and juft, 
 the Gentiles themfelves being Judges, 
 D^r.4.5,6 7. 
 
 QJi'hat notes of 'Divinity may be ob- 
 serve din the Precepts I 
 
 A.\x\ the precepts divers Notes of 
 Divinity may be obferved : As ( 1 ) the 
 furpafling excellency of the aft , re- 
 quiring that we fhould deny our felves, 
 and lead our lives according to the ap J 
 pointmentoftheLord, Mat. 16. 24, 
 "25. Rom£ . 12)13- (2) The wonder- 
 full equity that doth appear in every 
 commandment. ( 3 ) The admirable 
 flrangeneffeof fomea&s, which a na- 
 tural man would count foolifhneffe, yet 
 prefcribed as neceffary, John 3.36. and 
 8- 24, (4) The manner how obedi- 
 ence is required; vizt, that it proceed 
 from a pure heart , a good conference, 
 and faith unfained, Dent, 6. 5. 1 Cor. 
 13. 2. 1 Timithyi. 5. (5) Thepre- 
 fe&ion of the Law, commanding and 
 allowing all good, but for bidding and 
 condemning all fin and wickedncfle , 
 
 of 
 
With an Expofition upon the fame. 37 
 of what kind fbever. 
 
 Ql What example may be given here- 
 
 ^. Take a brief view of the ten com- 
 mandments ; Are they not, (1 ) Plain- 
 (2) Pure. (3) Brief (4) Perfeft. (5) 
 Jutt. (6) Extending to all. (7) Bind. 
 ing the confeience ; and (8) Reaching 
 to the very thoughts. 
 
 Q^What do thefe things c omend to ft si 
 
 si. All thefe things^commend unto 
 us, 1. The Juftice 2. The Wifdom. 
 3. The Hqlineffe. 4, The Omnipo- 
 tency. 5. The Omnifcience. 6. The 
 Perfection. And 7. the abfolute fove- 
 raignty of the Law-giver. 
 
 Q^ What notes of Divinity may be ob- 
 ferved in the promises and threatmngsi 
 
 si. f he promifes and thrcatnings 
 annexed to the Law, will fufferusto 
 acknowledge none other Author of 
 them, but the Lord alone. For. 1 none 
 can make them but he, becaufe he onely 
 can give eternall life, andinflift eternal 
 condemnation 2. Thefe arefo fet to- 
 gether with the commandments , as 
 they can hiove hone, but only the Con- 
 feience of him, who doth acknowledge 
 tie comma ndmen ts to be divine. 
 
 D 3 Qjyhai 
 
38 A fhort Catecbifm, 
 
 $ krffi* Qjvhat is the ^argument to prove 
 went, Ex- fa Scripture to be the wordofGod > 
 telUnt end. ^ . Tnc exce lknt end thereof. 
 
 Q^ What is the end of the Scripture ? 
 \A* The end of the Scripture is di- 
 vine,^-, i. The glory of God: and 
 2. Thefalvationofman; not tempo- 
 ral but eternal • 
 
 Q^ How may it appear that the glory 
 of God is the end of the Scripture ? 
 
 A. Becaufe the Do&rines, Precepts, 
 Prohibitions and Narrations, are all 
 referred to the fetting forth of Gods 
 
 praife. 
 
 Q^ How do:h this prove that they are 
 
 of God? 
 
 A. It fhews that they are from a- 
 bove,7^/^7-i8.and5.4i. and 8 50, 
 5<l. Gal. 1. 10. For, what is more 
 equall, than that all things (hould re- 
 turn thither whence they had their be- 
 ginning 1 
 
 Q. How doth it appear that the falvA- 
 uon of man is the end of the Scripture ? 
 
 A. Becaufethis Word doth point out 
 unto man, 1. What true bleflednefle 
 as: And 2. How he may be reconci- 
 led unto God, being loft by fin. 
 
 Q. How doth this prove them to be 
 divine? A* It 
 
PTith an Expofition upon the fame. ^ 
 
 A. ltisa nVme demonft ration to 
 prove unto us the Divinity thereof.* 
 For (i) What is more agreeable to the 
 wiftiom, bounty, niercy, grace and, 
 power of God , then to reftbre man 
 Fallen, and to make him partaker of 
 eternal happinefle? And (2) Who can 
 fbew unto man, how he maybe ad- 
 mitted unto Gods favour, having of- 
 fended ? or direct and lead him for- 
 ward in the path of life* but the Lord 
 alone? 
 
 Q^tfhat is the force ofthefe Argu- 
 ments? 
 
 A. Thefe Arguments are of great 
 force* whether they be feverafly or 
 joyntly confidered ; and do as ftrongly 
 prove that the Chrifttan Religion is 
 onely true, as any other rea(bn can, 
 that there was, is, or ought to be any 
 true Religion. 
 
 QJVhat is the 1 o*h argument to prove 10. Ar- 
 Scriptures to be the word of God f gumenK 
 
 A. The teftimony of the Scripture it Tefiimry 
 
 fdf. tm mm 
 
 Q. What are the properties of this ,- 
 teftimony ? 
 
 * A. This teftimony of Scripture k 
 felfjis (1 )moft clear : (2 ) Certain. 
 
 *>4 (.3) In- 
 
a A\hort Catechifm^ 
 
 (3) Infallible. (4) Publiqae And (5) 
 Of it (elf worthy credit. 
 
 #. It being the teftimony of the Lord 
 himfelf, who is in all things to be be- 
 lieved. 
 
 Q. Is this teftimony of force to of en 
 the eyes or ajfure the heart 1 
 
 A, No., for the external light of ar- 
 guments , and tdVimonies brought to 
 confirm and demonstrate, nuift bedi- 
 (tinguifhed from the inward operation 
 of the holy Gholt, opening our eyes to 
 ice the light (inning in the Scripture, 
 and to difcei n the fence thereof 2 Cor. 
 1. 22. 
 
 QThefe reafons may convince anyj>e 
 he never fo objtina.e ': but are they fMjfi- 
 clem to perfivade the heart the eoft 
 
 A. j£r, tfte tefftmonp of tfce f pf ■ 
 rttta neccfian? q ana onlv r all=fuf- 
 ficfent fo^ tljte parpofe, q « Cor. 2, 
 
 14- r I John 2.20,27. 
 
 Expof || Q^ Why is the teJJimony of 
 the fprit neceff^ry ? 
 
 A. Becaufe by nature we are blinde 
 in fpirituall thing?, 1 Cor, 2.14- Mat. 
 15.14. Though therefore the Scripture 
 be a mining light, Pfalm 119, 10$. yet 
 
 unlefle 
 
yVith an €xpofition upon the fame. At 
 
 unleiTe our eyes be opened, Pfa/m 119. 
 iS. >4&s 26. 18. we cannot fee it^ no 
 more then a blinde mart doth the San, 
 John 1. 5. 
 
 Cy_ Why is the teftimony of the Spirit 
 a'l-Jtfffic'ent? 
 
 A, (1) Becaufe the fpirit is the author 
 of fupernatural light and faith, 1 Cor, 2. 
 8 9. Eph. 1. 17 1 John 5.6, 10. 
 
 ( 2 ) By the infpiration thereof 
 were the Scriptures written, 2 Pet. 
 1. 21, 
 
 (3) The lecrets of God are fully 
 known unto, and effectually revealed 
 by,the Spirit, iCor.z. 10. 
 
 (4) The fame Law which is written 
 in the Scriptures, the Spirit doth 
 write in the hearts of men that be in- 
 dued therewith , Ifmah 59 2 u Heb. 8. 
 10. For which rations itmuft needs be 
 that the teftimony of the Spirit is all- 
 fufficient to perfsvade and affure the 
 heart that the Scriptures are the word 
 of God. 
 
 Q ; What Rules muft be obfervedtd 
 prevent miftakinv herein* 
 
 Ai To prevent miftaking herein, ob- 
 ferve thefe rules 5 
 
 ( 1 ) The Spirit of God doth affu- i Rfif<r - 
 
 redly 
 
A IJjort Catechifm^ 
 
 redly perfwade our confciences that the 
 Scriptures arc of God; (i ) By en- 
 lightning onr eyes to behold the 
 light. (2) By writing the Law in 
 our hearts. ( 3 ) By fealing up the pro- 
 mifes to our Confciences. And ( 4 ) 
 Cauiing us fenfibly to feel the crtefrs 
 thereof 1 Cor. 2.12. Luke 24. 45. 
 1 Cor. 14. 37. Jeremiah 31.33.2 ( or. 
 12. 2. 1 Thef 1. 5. with 1 Jhef. 2. 13. 
 -^#J 16.14. 
 
 (2) This perfwafion of the Spirit is 
 more certain then can be proved with 
 reafbn, or expreffed in words. 
 Q^ivhyfa} 
 
 I C A. For things doubtfull may be pro- 
 ved, but things in themfelves moft 
 clear and certain, be above all 
 «J proof and reafon , as the mining 
 1 of the Sun needs not to be confir- 
 
 Imed by argument to him > that 
 hath his eyes open to fee the light 
 ^thereof. 
 
 ( 3 ) This teftimony of the Holy 
 Ghoft is certaine and manifeft to him 
 that hath the Spirit, but private, not 
 publique \ tcftifying only to him who is 
 endued therewith 5 but not convincing 
 others^ nor confirming do&rines to o- 
 thers. . (4) This 
 
With an 'Exposition upon the fame. 43 
 
 ( 4 ) This teftimony of the Spirit is 4 Rule* 
 not to be fevered fro<ri theword,which 
 is the mftrument of the Holy Ghoft.and 
 his publique teftimony. 
 Qj s ino:'n : ii'if into try the Spirit? 
 r A. It is not injurious to try the 
 Spiri^by the word of God, 1 John 
 4 1. feeing this is a mutuall rela- 
 tion between the truth of the party 
 wknelline; , and die truth of the thing 
 wkneifed .; and the holyfpirit, the 
 Author of the Scripuire, is every 
 where like unto and doth every 
 jtfhere agree with himielfe. 
 ( 5 ) The teftimony of the Spirit 5 Rule* 
 doth not teach or afllire usofthelet- 
 tcrs d fyllables> or (everal words of ho- 
 ly Scripture, which are onclyaveffel 
 to carry and convey that heavenly 
 light unto us \ but it doth feal in our 
 hearts the favinir truth contained in 
 thofe facred Writings into what 
 language foever they be tran dated, 
 Eph. 1. 13. 
 
 ( 6 ) The Spirit doth not lead them 6 Rh [^ 
 in whom it dwelleth, abfolutly and 
 at once into all cruth, but into all truth 
 neceflary to falvation , and by degree^ 
 Joh. 16. i}. with 4tt % i,6, and 1 1.2. 
 
 QJVhat 
 
44 -A fyort Catechifm, 
 
 Q. What follows hence ? 
 
 A. Hence it follows, that holy menj 
 partakers of the fame Spirit, mayerre 
 in many things, and diflentone from 
 another in matters not fundamen- 
 tal. 
 
 Q. What are the properties of the Scri- 
 pture ? 
 
 A* 3t f of i. iDftJfne f mfyoiity. 
 a,2Lfje rule t of t fattft and manners. 
 * 3 u JHceffarp, | w pare, t x 5 ♦ Per* 
 feet, and * 6, y Plain, f 2 Tim* $♦ 1 
 
 tEccl. 12.10. dal. 6-i6.\lRom.io.i-\. 
 W /y*/; 1 2.6. x ?/*/. 1 9. 7. y Prov.Sj. 
 Expof. |j Q. ^/?4/r w f tf £ Divine au- 
 thority of holy Scripture ? 
 , ^. Such is the excellency of the ho- 
 ly Scripture, above all other writings 
 whatfocver, 2 Jim. 3.15.2 Pet. 1 . 19. 
 tlut it ought to be credited in all nar- 
 rations, threatnings, promifes, or pro- 
 phecies, 1 Tim m 1. 15. //*•£. 11. 11. 
 2 /Vr. 1. 19. and obeyed in all com- 
 mandments, Job 22. 22. Jer. 13.15. 
 Rom, 1.5. 
 
 Q^wbrnc? hath it this aut hority ? 
 A* From God the Author thereof, 
 he being of incomprehenfible wifdoni , 
 Pfaim 147. 5. great goodnefTe, Exod, 
 
 18.9- 
 
Vfitb&n Expofition upon the fame. 45 
 i%.<p.Pfal. 34.. $.Rom. 11.22. abfo- 
 lute power and dominion. Gen. 17. 1. 
 Pfitti 50.1, 2. and truth, th at can nei- 
 ther deceive nor be deceived , Rom. 3 . 4. 
 Tit. 1. 2.Heb.6 18. 
 
 Q. Doth the authority of the Scrip- 
 ture "itokoVj defend upon God t 
 
 A . The authority of the Scripture 
 doth onely and wholly depend upon 
 God the Author of it. 
 
 Q^ May not one fart of Serif ure be 
 preferred before another ? 
 
 A. Though one part may be prefer- 
 red before another, in refpeft of excel- 
 lency of matter and ufe, Can. 1. 1. 
 i Ttm, 1 . 1 $ . yet in authority and cer- 
 tainty every part is equal. 
 
 Q.. Is any other writing of equal au- 
 thority to the Scripture f 
 
 A. Only Scripture is of Divine autho- 
 rity. Gal. 1. 8. Mat. 17. 5. I Cor, 
 11.23. 
 
 f Q^ How may it be proved that the property . 
 Scripture is the rule of faith & maners? J*./, * A 
 
 si. Became the Scriptures are,(i)The Manner/, 
 
 wo rd of C h ri ft, Col. 3.16. whofe word 
 
 is upright,£<rr/.i2.io.P/;/7.3 .1 6.(2)The 
 
 rlrft truth, Heb. 13.8. (3) Received by 
 
 I immediate, divine Revelation, 2 Vet. 1 . 
 
 21* 
 
4* A Short Catechifm, 
 
 21. ( 4 ) Delivered to the Church. (5) 
 Sufficient to make the man of God per- 
 fect in all good ^urks 2 > ini $,i6)ij. 
 ( 6 ) The tresfiiry whence all dofrrines 
 muft be taken, 1 Pet. 4. 11. ^^26. 
 
 22, Luke 16. 29(7) The tonchftone 
 whereby thou muft be tried, AtS 17. 1 r. 
 Ifaiah 8. 20 and (8) Without which, 
 error in do&rine and manners is una- 
 voidable, Maul:. 22. 29. 
 
 The third Q^ How is the word neceffary in re- 
 
 property fpefl: of fuv fiance} 
 
 neceffary. * J In refpecl: of fubftance , the 
 word of God was alwayes nec^flfary, 
 Eph. 2. 20. without which we could 
 1 . Neither know, Nor 2. worfhip God 
 aright, Heb.uAfi. Mat. 22. 29. John 
 20.^l.2Ttm.^.i6.Rom.i^ 4. Luke 
 24.26,27. 
 
 Q^ How is )t neceffary in refpecb of 
 the meaner of revealing * 
 
 A. In refpeft of the manner of reveal- 
 ing in writing , the Scriptures were nc- 
 ceflary, ever finceitpleafed God after 
 that maner to make known his will, 
 Deur.ij iS,Jo(h.i.%.Rom.i<$ 4.^^.1. 
 
 Thefimh ^'3 H ^ v, 3 anc * **° ma ^ be to tne enc * °** 
 popertyy the world 1 Cm 10. 11. Rev. 22. 18. 
 pure. Qi How is the Scripture pure ? 
 
With an Expofition upon the fame. 47 
 
 [| A. This blefled word of God is 
 free from all, even the leaft , ftain of 
 folly, error, falfhood or unjuftice, 
 J?falm 1 19 138; 140. Prov 30. <y,John 
 T-7'17' all things being laid down holi^ 
 ly and truly, both for (ubftance, circum- 
 ftance and manner of fpeaking> Pfal.^i. 
 I. Mat. 1.25. 
 
 Q. What is the perfection of the Scri- 
 pture? Fifltro- 
 
 f A. VVhatfoever was, is. or (hall be *£>*"' 
 neceffary or profitable to be known/ 
 believed, praftifed or hoped for, that 
 is fully comprehended in the Books of 
 the Prophets and Apoftles, Lal^ 1 6 .1 9, 
 31.7^^5.39.^^.15.4- Gal.i.%} 
 9. 2 Tim. 3. 15. 16, 17. 
 
 Q^ What things are to be obferved^ 
 that the perfection of the Scripture 
 miaht more eafily appear? 
 
 A. The perfection of the Scripture 
 will more plainly appear, if we confi- 
 der, ( 1 ') That Religion , for the fub- 
 ftance thereof, was ever one and un- 
 changeable. Heb. 13. 8. Eph. 4. 5. Jude 
 3. Arts 76. 22, Tit. 1. 1, 2. 
 
 ( 2 ) The Law of God, written by 
 Mofes and the Prophets , did deliver 
 whatfoever is needfull for, and be- 
 
 hoovefufi 
 
48 A fhort Catechifin-, 
 
 hoovefull to the falvation of the Ifrae!- 
 itesy Dtut. 4. 2. and 12 32. Pfal. 1.2. 
 Mai. 4.. 4. 7/«t£ 8.12. £#^ ro 2 6 . 
 
 (3) O.ir Saviour, 1. Made known 
 unto his Difciplesthe laftand full will 
 of his heavenly Father, John 14. 26. 
 and 15. 15. and 16. 13. and 1. 18. and 
 2. What they received of him, they 
 faithfully preached unto the world 9 
 AlU 20. 27.1 Or 15. 1,2,3* Gat.i. 
 8. 1 7<?/w 1.3. and 3. The fum of what 
 they preached is committed to writing 
 Afts 1.1,2. John 20 . 3 1 . 1 Jtf/w 5.1 3 . 
 with v4#j 8. 5. 1 C*r. 2. 2. AW. 10. 
 8, 9,io. 
 
 (4) There is nothing neeefTary to be 
 knowne of Chriftians, over and above 
 that which is found in the Old Tefta- 
 ment, which isnot plainly, clearly and 
 fully fet down, and to be gathered out 
 of the writings of the Apoftles and E- 
 vangelifts. 
 
 Q^ Is the whole Scripture perfect^ or 
 the particular Bookj thereof? 
 
 A. In the whole body of the Sc rip- 
 ture, all doubts and controverfie arc 
 perfectly decided, Ifaah%. 20. Mat. 
 2 -* 59*4.0. Deut. 17. 8 9j to, 11 n. 
 2 Tim. 2. 16, 17. and every particular 
 
 * Book 
 
With an Expofition upon the fame. 49 
 book is fufficisntly perfett for the proper 
 end thereof ... 
 
 O. what ufe is to be made hereof ?. 
 
 ^.Unwritten traditions, iCor. 4. 9. 
 new articles of faith, J«\ 7, 3 1, & 1 9. 
 5. & new vifions & revelations, are now 
 to be rejected, Heb.\.\.]oh. 4.25. John 
 15.15. & 16.13. with Matth. 28.19. 
 2 tV.3.^8,1 1. with /fr£. 8.13. 
 
 jg» //flw ; .r //?? Scripture eahs ? 
 
 * -^. In themfelves the whole Scrip- 6 ?™pny 
 ture is eafie, /y*/. 1 1 9. 105 . 2 ?<?*. 1,1 9. p/< ""* 
 Pr^-z/.i4 6 for fuch ecxeljent matter 
 could uot be delivered in more figoifi- 
 cant and fit words, A^h i-i 6- with 
 £)>£. 1. 1 7. But all things in Scripttire 
 are not alike maniftft, 2. Pet. 3. 16. 
 
 Q.What Rules are to be obferved 
 touching the. pla'mneffe of Scripture in 
 refpetTofus? , . 
 
 ^ .1 .The Gentiles by nature have 
 the Law written in their hearts^*?*. 
 2.14. (2). But to a natural! man the 
 Goftbel is ob(cure> accounted foolifh- 
 nefs, 1 Corinthians 1.21. and 2.14. 
 C3 )*Thiogs neceflary to falvation are (0. 
 clearly laid down, that the fimpleft 
 indued with the fpirit, cannot bee, al- 
 together i gnoranr of the fame, I fa. 5 4. 
 E 33 
 
slfhortCdtechifm y 
 
 5 John 6 . 45 . Dcu r. 3 o. 1 1 . Alatth. 1 1 . 
 25.2 Cor. 4. 3 . But (4) to them who 
 are in pare illightned, 1 CV. 13. 12. 
 many things are obfcure and dark 3 1 
 Cor. 13.9. 
 
 Q^lVhy are many things in the Scri- 
 pture obfeure and dark^ to them who be 
 in fart illightned > 
 
 A. ( 1 ) To tame the pride of mans 
 nature) 2 Cor. 12.7, ( 2 ) To work in 
 us a reverence to the Scripture* 2 Pet. 
 3. i6 y 17, 18. (3) Toftirus up with 
 care and diligence to read, pray, hear, 
 &c. and ufeGods meanes to grow in 
 knowledge, Prov. 2 . 3 4, 5 . And ( 4 ) 
 to enforce acknowledgement that all 
 heavenly wifdom doth come from a- 
 hove, Prcv. 2 6. Jam. 1. 35. I Kings 
 3.9. /^ 28.23. 
 
 Q^ For what end was the Scripture 
 written > 
 
 A SDo z (1) &eacb (2) 3n(fractv 
 (3) Convince. (4) Correct, 8na 
 ( % ) Camfortj z 2 Tim, 3> 16, i? t 
 Rom. 15.4. 
 
 Expof. || Q^ In what doth the Scri- 
 pture teach, inftrutt 9 convince-) corrett y 
 and comfort ? 
 
 A. The Scriptures doth ( 1 ) Teach 
 
 found 
 
VFith a& Expo fit en upon the fa me. 51 
 
 found Ooftrine. ( 2 ) Difprove error, 
 ( 3 ) Correct iniquky. (4 s , lnftmft to 
 righteoufneffe. And (5) comfort in the 
 path of holindfe 1 **#* 1 ic, 11. 
 lit. 2.1-2. I dhef. J, J, 4. Heb. 12. 
 
 1, 2, 
 
 Q.Hovii it proved that the Scrip- 
 ture was written for thefs en ds ? 
 
 A. Becaufe it was given co (h^w 
 unto man the way of lite and falva- 
 tion. 
 
 Q_ Why was the Scripture given to 
 teach and inftrutt > 
 
 A. Becaufe faith and obedience is 
 the way to happineflfe, and the whole 
 duty of man is faith working by love* 
 which man could not learn of himfelf 9 
 Rom. 1. 5. 7/7. 1. 1 5 2. c Tifa*. i, 15. 
 #*/. 5,6 8c 6,15. 
 
 Q^ ^v was it given to convince and 
 correct ? 
 
 A. Becaufe fhewayto happtneffefs 
 afiaulted, (t) With ignorance. (2) Er- 
 ror. (3) Superftition. And(4)pro- 
 phaneneffe, 1 PHm. 1, C 7 19, 10. 2 Pet. 
 
 2. 1 2, 3. 
 
 Q^why was it given to comfort > 
 A. Bxaufe the fame wiy to happmeft 
 isbefec with manv affliftions, 2 T^™ 9 
 $.ii} E 2 Q^Votk 
 
52 <A (Iwt C a * ec b'fai 
 
 CK Doth the knowledge of the fcrip- 
 tures belong unto all men \ 
 
 A. p ti5, |1 ail men are not oneb 
 allotoefca bat fpbortcD ans b com 
 tnan&ea to rcafc* bear an? c unwr- 
 ff ano tfce &erfpfur?, a John 5. 39, 
 
 b IW. I7.i8,i 9. Rev 1.3 c -4ft 8.30. 
 
 Expof. J) £K Why are the Scriptures it 
 be read and under flood of all men ? 
 
 <d» 1. Becaufe the Scriptures teach 
 the way oflife, Prov. 2.9. Luke 16. 
 29. Acts 24. i4.&I3.ii,46./ > /*/.i-6. 
 
 11. John 6.6, 8. (2) Sit forth the 
 duties of every man in his place and 
 eftateoflife, Deut. 17. 17, 18, 19,20. 
 7^. I • 8. /'/tf/jw 1 1 9. 24. 2 C hron. 2 3. 
 1 1.. 1 Tim. 4. 1 4. and 5.1 &c. 2 77w. 
 2. 16. 17. (3) Are the ground of Faith, 
 Rom.^. 20. TkChron. 20.20 1 7»jff« 
 x* 15, (4) The epiftle of God fent to 
 his Church, Hof. %.\%,Rsv. 2.1,8, 
 
 12. ( 5 ) His Tc-ftament, wherein wc 
 may find what Legacies he hath be- 
 queathed unto us, 2 Cor. 3. 14. 16. 
 Heb. 10.16. John 14.17. (61 The 
 Sword of the Spiric, Eph. 6. 17. (y] B> 
 ing known and imbraced, they make a 
 man happy. Pfalm 119.97,98. Luke 
 10. 42. and 1 6. 29. Pfalmi.z. Rev. 1.3. 
 
 but 
 
with an TLxpofition upon the fione. 52 
 
 br,t (8) Being negk&ed or contemned, 
 they plunge men into all miiery> Heln 
 2.3. M 'at. 22. 2 9. Pfaim 50.16. 
 
 Q^ what fort §f men ought to readt 
 the Scnptare ? 
 
 A. All men of what age, eftate, 
 quality or degree foever, ought to 
 acquaint themielves with the word of 
 God, I John 2. 14, 15. Pfa' % 119. £. 
 Atlsij.iu Dsm. 6.7. Acts 18.25. 
 28. 
 
 Q^ What motives may encourage the 
 weat^e^ andtheflronaChnfllan alfoto 
 reade the word of God ? 
 
 A m (l.)Becaufe it was given of God, 
 for the benefit and behoofe of all (ore*,, 
 Rom, 15, 4.(2) I c being milke for babes > 
 and meat for ftrong men, 1 Cor. 3. 
 i, 2. Heb. 5. 13.(3) It being plains and 
 ealie to inftruft the fimple, Prov. 1. 4, 
 P/W.19 7.(4^ & full of hidden wifdome 
 to exercife the ftrong > and fatisfie the 
 wife, Col. 2. 3. 1 Cor. 2. 7. Prov.i. 5. 
 (5) That both forts may be able to try 
 the Spirits, 1 John 4. j. (6) That they 
 might be wife unto falvation. (7) Ana 
 grow rich in all fpirituall knov^dgs 
 and undhrftanding, Col. 1, 10. and 2,2, 
 and a, 1 6. 
 
 E 5 0%l 
 
5^ A fhortCatechffiii) 
 
 Q. The Scr'.ptKrcs -were wrl ten hi 
 Hebrew and Greeks how then (hcxld all 
 men read and ifiderfrand them f 
 
 A. 21&tp ougtjt to be d tranflatefc 
 II into knmm Congucg c ant> f inter* 
 p^ter,d i Cor. 14. 18519 eNeh.8.8,. 
 A&58.35, 
 
 Expoi. || Q. Why Are the Scriptures 
 to be ir an flated Into a known tdh/fte ? 
 
 A. 1. Etcaufe the Prophets and A- 
 pcftles pr:ached their du&rines co the 
 people arid nations in th:ir"known lan- 
 guages 7< v - 3$ i5d 16. Afa 2.\6 (2) 
 Immediately after the Apoftles times, 
 n^any tranflarjons were extant. (?) All 
 things rmift be done in the congrega.i- 
 on unto edifyingj 1 r >r. 14 26 bucan 
 unknown tongue doth not edifie Gen* 
 it\. And (4) all an Commanded 
 to fry the Spirits, 1 Thffy . 2 1 . 1 ( #. 
 10. 15. 
 
 t d iffi) ^ e f he Scriptures hf (fe in- 
 trrprel d ? 
 
 A. B.caufethe expounding of Scri- 
 f'tre is ( 1 ) Comman lefl by G )d , 
 i ' or.i± r, i.3 4.. nd3 39-;0 Pra " 
 ftifed by the godly, 1 Cor. 4 ttf,2i. and 
 14. 17. #Pif& j. 23 1 C i,r. 14 19. 
 And i v } ) is profitable both for the 
 
 un- 
 
With an Expoption upon the fame. 5 5 
 
 unfolding, of obfcure places* N*h m 8.8- 
 and applying of plain Texts, 1 Cor. 1 1 .' 
 23,24,28 29. 
 
 Q. In what tli tgs doth it (land? 
 
 A. It ftands in two things. 1. In 
 giving the light fence, Matth* 13. 38. 
 Alts 2.29, 30 Gal. 3.16. (2) In a 
 fit application of the fame, Alts 2.16. 
 and 1. 16. 1 Cor. 14, 24. 2 Peter 
 1. 12. 
 
 Q^Is the fence of the Scripture one^ 
 or manifold ? 
 
 A. Of one place of Scripture, there 
 is but one proper and natural fenfe, 
 though fbmetimes things are fo expref- 
 fed, as that the things themfelves do 
 fignifie other matters, according to 
 the Lords Ordinance, Gal. 4. 24 > 34, 
 Exod. 12. 1 5. with /*£« 29. 56. /7^/» 
 2. 1. with Alts^. 24, 25, 26- 
 
 (?. Are we tyedto the Expo fit ion of 
 Fathers ? 
 
 ^. We are not neceflarily tyed'ta 
 theexpofition of Fathers or Councels, 
 for the finding out of the fenfe of the 
 Scripture, Rom, 3. 4. Mat. 5. 27, 28) 
 
 0. #$0 & the faithful interpreter of 
 the Scripture} 
 
 EF 4 ^.The 
 
j£ u4Jhorl Catechifm^ 
 
 *4* The holy Ghoft fpeaking in the 
 Script ire, is the only faithfull Inter- 
 preter of the Scrip:ure 3 Lukci, 70. 
 I Cor. 2. 10, 11. John 14. 26. Ifaiah 
 
 55- 4; 
 
 CA What be the means to fin do out the 
 true meaning of the Script fires f 
 
 -d. The meanes to find out the true 
 meaning of the Scripture>are (t.) Con- 
 ference of one place of Scripture with 
 another, 2 Sam. 24. 1. with l.Chron. 
 21. 1. Ifatab 28. 16. with Romans 9. 
 33. 7pM/? 65. 1,2. with Romans 10 
 2o,2 1. Micah.^, 2. mth Matt 2.6. 
 Matthew 26. 34.. with Mark? 14. 30. 
 (2)Diligent confideration of rta (cope. 
 ( 3 ) And circumftances cf the place > 
 yfer. 22.31,32. Adsi. 29. as the oc- 
 casions and coherences of that which 
 went before, with that which follow- 
 cth after. (4^)Gonfideration of the mat- 
 ter whereof it doth intreat 1 Cor. it* 
 24,2 ^,26. (5) And circumftances of per- 
 sons, times-) and places, 4&* 1 3 3 6.37. 
 ( ^ )' Alfo confederation., whether the 
 words be fpok'ch figuratively or lim- 
 ply ; for in figurative fpeeches, not the 
 outward fhew of words j bnt th 2 fen(e 
 is to b: taken, J^ 151. /&/<#. 26.26, 
 
 John 
 
With an Sxpofition upon the fame, 57 
 
 John 14. 6.Exod. 12. 1 j. John 6, 35. 
 1 Cor, 10. 1 6, ( 7. ) And knowledge of 
 ths Arts & Tongues wherein the Scrip- 
 tures were originally written, 1 (or. 
 i2.io. ^#12.3,4. 00 ^ u aUvaiesit is 
 tobsobferved, that obfcure places are 
 pot to bse expounded conrrary ro the 
 rule of faith (et downs in plainer places 
 of the Scripture- kom. 2.18 20. and 
 12.6.2 i'iM.x 13.^^13.33,36,37. 
 Rom. ^.7. 
 
 Q^iyhct doth th e Scriptttre fpecial/y 
 teach hs > 
 
 A. aDtjefatrtng f fctwtolefcge |) of 
 <£ato t ana 3!efa0 Cfef tt, f John 17 
 3.Col.xi 5 2. 
 
 Expof. Q. Why is kjiowlcdgenecef- 
 faryl 
 
 A. Bscaufc Knowledge is, ( 1 ) The 
 ground of obedience, 1 Chr. 28. y.Atts 
 26 .18. (2) A rich gift of Grace, Marks 
 4.1 1 . (3 )The firft Grace that God gi- 
 veth unto his Children. 1 John 2. 20y 
 27. and 5. 20. John \6. 4. and 6. 63. 
 (4) The foundation of all other graces, 
 Prov. 19.2. Pfal.g, 10. Hofea 4, 6. 
 Ifaiah ii.9-(0 The guide of our affe- 
 ctions, &direc1:er of our acYions, PfaU 
 119*9 y I0 ° 101. Prov. 2. 10; 11,12. 
 
 'liaiah 
 
58 A jbort Cateehifm, 
 
 Ifaiah 30. 21 . And (6) without it, zeal 
 is little worth, Rom. 10. 2. facriiice 
 was vain, Hof. 6.6 and devotion wis 
 but fuperftition, AEts 17. 2 2, 23 . 
 QJVhen is kjiow ledge ftving > 
 v4. When it is made by the work of 
 the holy Ghoft, to be effe&ual to fincere 
 faith, love, fear and obedience, then it is 
 faving, John 17. 3. I fa. 53.11. 
 QJVhy mnjt -we know God > 
 
 {A* We muft know God becaufe 
 erwife, ( 1 .) We cannot defire, John 
 4. 10. (2) Obey, 1 John 2. 4. No: f 3) 
 have communion or fellowship with 
 him, 1 John 1. 5,6,7. 
 
 Q^JVhv ma ft we know Chrifl t 
 
 ■\A. We muft kno\# Chnft,^) Be- 
 caufe fin hath made a reparation be- 
 tween God and us, I fa. 59. 2. fo that 
 we cannot be received into Gods fa- 
 vour, or have communion with him, 
 without a Mediator, Eph. 1.3, 5. Rom. 
 3. 25. Eph. 2. 18. 1 John 2- 1,2. Heb. 
 lo. 21. 22. John 14. 6 
 
 (2 ) God in Ghrift , or God and 
 Chrift, is the object of Chriftian Reli- 
 gion, Colo f. 3. tj.iPet i.2i. John 
 l^.nHeb. 1. 6. 
 
 Onflow doth it appear that this know- 
 ledge is excellent > A .( 1 ) 
 
with an Expvfifiort upon the fame. 52 
 
 A. (V Bxaife Chrift is the image 
 of the inviiible God, Co/. 1. 15. the 
 brighrnefle of his glory, and the exprefs 
 image of his perfon, HI elf. 1.3. 
 
 ( 2 } In whom, with open face we 
 behold 3 as in a giafs \ the glory of the 
 Lord, 2 C r. 3. 18. John 14 9. 
 
 ( 3 j In whom are hid all the erea- 
 fnres of tvifdotn and knowledge, 
 Col, 2.'?. 
 
 QjJoi* may It Appear that the know- 
 ledge orfGo I an I Cbrlft is f efficient f 
 
 (A.) 1. B canfe theApoftles, who 
 preached unto the world the whole 
 conn PI of God n^ceffiry to falvation, 
 did preach nothing, AHs 8 5. Rom.io. 
 8,9.^-7/28 Jf. (2) did defire to 
 know nothing, but Jefiis Chrift and 
 him cncified* iCor. 2. I.Phil. 3.8. 
 (3) Of him they wrote, that our joy 
 might be full, 1 John 4, 1. And (4.) the 
 Lord, who forbids m to glory in any 
 thing b fi ie,d, >th command us to glory 
 in thi?, that w : know him in Chrift, 
 Jer. 9 23. 1 Cor. 1.3:3,31. 
 
 Q^ What be the properties of thte 
 kpowledtre ? 
 
 A. This knowledge is, (i)Necef- 
 fary. (2) Eafie. (3) Excellent. (4) 
 
 Sufficient. 
 
6 o A jhort Catechifni) 
 
 Sufficient.^) Sound. And ^comfort- 
 able, 2 Cor. 4.334. Aft* 8.8. 
 
 Onflow may u bee proved that there 
 is a God > 
 
 A. Wy tfte g 1 1 teajto, affl* fh * 
 foonaerg totjtilj are fori, 3 tfce te< 
 ttfmonp i of x confctence, cfje 4 k 
 potocrs 1 ofttefonl* ar>D tbe 5 1 p^a* 
 tttfest of featlft, p Pfalm 19. i,*.Tfe. 
 4u23.R0nunsl.20. . A £b 14 17 Job 
 ia»7>^.9-^Exod.8. 9. and 9. 16. *Rorn. 
 2.15 11*33.5 i4&53 5tZach.u*i, 
 Pfalm94.8 9 'O / Rev- 12.7,10. 
 
 1 hrgu- Expof. || Cki What reafons may bee 
 rntnt. drawn from the workj of Goa\ to prove 
 The works that there is a God > 
 
 God ; r A. \. The firft creature was made 
 J ' Aea J on of nothing, othervvifeit could not bee 
 fubjeft to change and alteratipn: and 
 all creatures arerinitc>compounded, ini- 
 perfeft, unable to make or fuftain 
 themfelve?) therefore of nectfllty there 
 mud be a rlift caufe, in pow^r infinite, 
 moft perfect and of it fclfe , that gives 
 Boeing and Continuance unto all 
 thing?. 
 
 2. Nothing can bee the caufe of ic 
 
 2 fo*fo»ft\k: for then it should bee both the 
 
 caufe and the effe& 3 both before and 
 
 efar 
 
With an Expofition upon the fame. 6% 
 after it felf, therefore all things have 
 their beginning from one firft and (u- 
 pream caufe which is God. 
 
 3. Amonpft things created we may 3^*/* 
 obferve aferks ofcauf>, and an order 
 in the things themfelves 3 but order 
 is from one firft > and leads us unto one 
 firft. 
 
 4. All things, even things with- 
 out life fenfe and reafon, which can- 
 
 4 Reaf. 
 
 not move voluntarily > or intend an 
 end; are directed orderly unto an end; 
 therefore there is one wife, good, and 
 chief dire&er of all things, which is 
 God 6 
 
 5. The greatneffo p-rfe&ion, mul- - Reaf 
 titude> variety and concord of things 
 exifting; \he form and continual 
 fuftcntation of the World, do (hew 
 that all things do depend upon feme 
 one, wife and perfeft good , from 
 whom they have their being and prefer- 
 vation. 
 
 f Q. What under [land yott h won* * Af|M- 
 dersf ™? u 
 
 A. By wonders we underftand vi- Mtmlu ' 
 fibleandapparanc works , extraordi- 
 narily wrought, not onely above the 
 ordinary courie of nature , butfimply 
 
 above 
 
6i A (hort Carechifniy 
 
 above the power of nature. 
 
 Q. How many wayes may worlds be &- 
 bove the power of nature I 
 
 <d- Two way?, i. Either in refpeft 
 of the work k felf, 2. or the mancr of 
 doing. 
 
 Q^ Hove do tJtffe rcenders prove thtv 
 there is Is a God ? 
 
 A- Thefe effects do convince, that 
 there is an infinit power that is a- 
 bove> and doih overrule all things: 
 for every principal arid primary caufeis 
 mere excellent then the ttfetts- ihere- 
 of. 
 
 * QWhat die the A [is of confidence in 
 refpeci of things pa ft V 
 
 A The confciencc doth 1 . Regiirer; 
 1 Brine to remembrance •* And3.B.*ar 
 wicneffe of the cogitations, words and 
 aftionsofall men. 
 
 Q^ IVha: fire the aSts of conscience in 
 relpett ofihinas r;e !> done ? 
 
 A. Ic dotlv(i) Excule; (2) And 
 comfort in well doing againft the dif- 
 grac~s-, (landers, and persecutions of 1 he 
 World. 
 
 Q. what are the acts of confidence in 
 refpttl of things done evil > 
 
 &*hft* Doth accufe: 2- And ter- 
 
 rifie 
 
With an Expofition upon the fame. 6$ 
 rifiefor fin fecrecly committed, which 
 never did, nor (hall come into the know- 
 ledge of men. 
 
 Q^fVhat are the atts of 'conscience in 
 refpc-ft of things to be done t 
 
 A, i. It doth incite to holinefle: 
 And 2. curb and bridle from iniqui- 
 ty. 
 
 Q^ How doe thefe Afts prove that 
 
 there is a God ? 
 
 A. This is a manifeft token and 
 proof, that there is a fupream Judge, 
 who hath given a Law binding the 
 confcience 5 doth obterve all our 
 thoughts , devices 9 words and works, 
 and will call lis to an account and 
 reckoning. 
 
 qJ| What arguments may be brought 4.Argu~ 
 from the powers of the foul to prove that m ent- 
 ' there is aGod> fwT^ 
 
 A. The foul is a fpiriuialU invifible' C ' 0H ' 
 and immortal fubftance , endued with 
 power to underftand and will; but 
 the foul and die power thereof, is not 
 of and from itlelfe : therefore it muft 
 proceed from another caufe , which is 
 power, wifdom, and underftanding it 
 (elf) and that is God. 
 
 2. In the underftandiug there are 
 
 certain 
 
^4 -^ § :0rt Catechifrri) 
 
 certain principles, whuby it difcern* 
 eth truth and talihood, good and evill ; 
 * l this gift man hath not of himfelf? there- 
 fore it Springs from afupream and 
 moil wife underftanding, the principal 
 caufe being eter more excellent then the 
 effeft. 
 
 3. The mind is not fatisfled with 
 the knowledge , nor the will with the 
 pcfltflions ofall things in this world* 
 but ftill theyfeek, and earneftly thirft 
 after ft me hip her gocd there is there- 
 fore Lfoveiajgne truth ?nd chief gocd, 
 which beii g perfftly known and enjoy- 
 ed, ivill give; contentment. 
 
 4. By the pawns and faculties of the 
 Soutj man is rrpableofhappineiTe, or of 
 the chief ^cod but in vain mould he 
 be made capable thereof, if there were 
 not a chief gcod to be peffeffed and en- 
 joyed. 
 
 <,Aroh t-2j How dothe frallices qfSatan 
 menu froze that there is a God 1 
 
 YraUtfe of A, 1 By the affaults and fuggeftions of 
 §Mt. Satan we feel there is a Devil : may we 
 not then certainly conclude that there 
 is a God > 
 
 2. Satan labours by all means to 
 extinguish the light of the Gofpel > to 
 
 lead 
 
With an Bxpofition upon the fame* 6$ 
 lead men on in ignorance , error and 
 prophanefs , and to turne them out of 
 the path of holinefs : Now why fliould 
 Satan war thus againft God his word, 
 and Saints, why mould he feek Gods 
 difhonour and mans deftru6tion,if there 
 were not a God, a law> and an everlaft- 
 ing life- 
 Q^ Howelfet 
 
 A. I5p tfje 1 6 content of nations* 
 1 7 fcefence m of tftrc&nrcfe * 8 f np< 
 
 Soztanu n comfort of rt* goato,-? 
 nt yrtactpallp bp tfte o Scripture, 
 
 wPfalm 9. 1 6' and 58.u.#Jer. 33.^. 
 Ifaiah 42. 8- 
 
 Expof Q^ How doth the consent of 
 Nations prove that there is a God? 
 
 ■A. (1 ) AH nations in every age? time 6 Argu- 
 and place of the world, have acknow- ww • 
 ledged that there was a God. Con f ent °f 
 
 Q 2 ) The Gentiles could not endure 
 him who denyed a divine power. 
 
 (3 ) They adored ftocks^ftones, bruit 
 beafts, and the bafeft creatures* rather 
 then they would have no Deity at all. 
 
 (4) They were zealous and forward 
 in the wcrfhip of their Idols., which 
 (hewe? 3 that though they acknowledg- 
 ed not the true God a yec they knew 
 F then? 
 
4 6 A fhort Catechifm> 
 
 there is a God to whom divine worfhip 
 is due. 
 
 (5) Such as have ftudied to become 
 
 Atheifts, could never blot this truth 
 
 out of their confciences ; but the ma- 
 
 Jefty of God hath affrighted, and his 
 
 terrors made them afraid. 
 
 7 Argp q± How fab t h e defence of the 
 
 Vefence church prove that there is a God > 
 
 the chub, t A * CO The Devi11 with great 
 
 ' malice and fury, and ungodlymen with 
 
 all their might, authority, malice and 
 
 policy, have laboured to find out and 
 
 extirpate all thofe that call upon the 
 
 name of the Lord Jefus ; but they have 
 
 been miraculoufly hid, preferved and 
 
 defended by the Lord. 
 
 ( 2 ) God hath wondroufly fruftra- 
 
 ted lU the devices of the wicked ene- 
 
 s of his Church ; and by the means 
 
 they pra&ifed to root it out, it was 
 
 encreafedc 
 
 ( 3 ) God fought from Heaven a- 
 gainit the perfecutors of his children, 
 and executed upon them the fiercc- 
 nefle of his difpleafure •' dreadful judge- 
 ments did overtake many of them and 
 fuch horrour fell upon fome, that they 
 were forced to leave their places of 
 
 favour 
 
With an Expofitlon upon the fame* 6j 
 
 favour and rule, and betake themfelvcs 8 Ar ^ 
 to a folitary and private life. ££„ 
 
 Q^ How aoth thejupprt and comfort anc i com- 
 of the gpdly frove that there is a God} fort of the 
 
 A. The Lord hath ( i ) armed his£ #« 
 children with invincible courage and 
 fortitude to endure difgrace, contempt, 
 poverty, death, andthemoft exquifite 
 torments that hell could invent. (2) He 
 hath fupported them under the bur- 
 then of an accufing conscience. (3} He 
 hath inwardly refreihed them as it 
 were fuddenly with fweet peace and 
 confblation. ( 4 ) And by the power, 
 ftrength & comfort of the Holy Ghcft, 
 he hath enabled them to ung Pfalms in 
 prifon, and in the midft of the fire ; 
 which courage 3 ftrength,and comfort of 
 theirs doth plainly demonftrate that 
 there is a God. (5) Efpecially if you 
 compare it with thatfear,faintnes& un- 
 quietnefg) vexation & dead nefs, which is 
 in other men, when they fuiFer anything. 
 
 Q. what is God?. 
 
 A. ^etff/all fpirff, IjaWflS, qW 
 3l5eins of t &taifelf:/> iohn% 24, 4 Exod t 
 
 Expof. J] Qt What mczneyatt by this 9 
 that God ts a Spirit? 
 
 F i ^- 
 
68 A fhort Crtechifm, 
 
 A. That God is , i . A fpiritual 2. In- 
 vifible. And 3. immaccriall fubftance 
 I Tim. 1 . 17 Luke 24. 3 9. 
 
 QW'hat is meant by this, having his 
 being of himfelfe ? 
 
 f A That God is without begin- 
 ning, -P/<*/#2 90. 2, and 93. 2 ^.43- 
 12, and 44. 6 . and without caufe,^/>0f . 
 1, %,Ifaiah 41. 4. and 43. 10. and 48. 
 12. 
 
 Q. Jf'/w f allow eth hence ? 
 
 A Therefore he is ( 1 ) Without 
 compofltion. (2 ) infinite Pfal?n 14.7. 
 5,andi45.3.£^^. 3^ 14^ ("3) Eter- 
 nal, Pw. 8- 20, 22, 23. tftfW. 16. 26. 
 
 (4) Incomprehenfible, Exod. 32. 22, 
 23. 1 Tim. 6. 16. 1 Kings 8. ij.ffaiah 
 66. And (5) unchangeable, Jam 1.17. 
 A4V.3.6. 
 
 O How many Gods he there ? 
 
 A* ©nelp r one II ®o& ana t tfoee 
 f ^erfon*, tUe Jfat&er, &on,an& $o* 
 ip (HSljoff, r D^ut. 6. 4. 1 Cor. 8. 45 6. 
 Mat 28. 19,1 John^.j. 
 
 Expof. U Qllow may it be proved 
 that there is bm one God I 
 
 A There can be but one, 1 . Omni- 
 potent., Dan, 4. 35. 2 Infinite. 3 Eter- 
 ' nail 4. Moftperfcft. 5 Firft caate, Ard 
 
 6. Dir:fter 
 
T'jih &u Ex/; wfition upo/; the fame. ,$ 
 
 6. £>ire&er of all things* ( 2 ) All thing? 
 are referred to one firft, Rom. n. 35. 
 Apoc, i;8,and 4, u- 
 
 QlfVhat is a perfon > 
 
 f A A perfon generally taken ,is one 
 
 entire, fubftance, not common to many, 
 
 endued with life and underftanding, 
 
 will and power* 
 
 QVVhat is a perfon in the Trinity i 
 
 Ah perfon in the God head, is the 
 God- head reftrained, or diftinguifhed 
 by his perfonal property John 14* 19 
 and 15. 1. 
 
 Q^ Is the Divine nature common to 
 all three per fons > 
 
 A The whole divine nature being 
 indivifible, 1 Cor< 8-6. is common to all 
 three perfbns, Father, Son, and Holy 
 Ghoft, Aftsq. 24 2 Cor 1. 3 John 
 I 1. Rom. 9. 5 Hek 1. 8 Num 
 1 2. 6, 7; with Atts 1 .1 6, Peter 1 . 1 1 
 Web U» ARs ^ 25 with 2 c J ) eter 
 1 21. 
 
 O What followeth hence ! 
 A. Hence it followeth ( 1) that what- 
 soever doth abfolutely agree to the di- 
 vine nature, or is fpoken of the divine 
 nature by relation unto the Creatures, 
 that doth agree li ewife to every per-- 
 F 3 fon, 
 
70 A fhort.Catechifm, 
 
 on, in Trinity, John i.i. Prov.%. 22. 
 Apoc. i. S.Mat. 18.20. Jo/^3.13. 
 J<?£ 26. 13. and 33. 4. 7^« 14.26- 
 Luke 1. 35. 
 
 (2) That every perfon in Trin ity is 
 equal in glory and Eternity, John 10, 
 30; John 17. 5. Phi/. 2 6. Eph. 1. 17. 
 
 wifeh/fl/to 1.2,14. 
 
 ( 3 ) And that there is a moft near 
 communion and union between them. 
 
 QWhereinflands this near union and 
 communion f 
 
 A Herein it (lands: (1) Each one 
 is in the reft and with the rcftjohn 14. 
 10, 1 1 • John 1.1. And Q 2 ) every one 
 doth pofTefs, love and glorifie each o- 
 ther, Prov£. 22) 30. John 17. 5. work- 
 ing the fame things John 5.19. 
 
 J0. What is the Father 1 
 
 A. The Godhead considered with 
 the perfonal property of begetting, is 
 the Father, &c. 
 
 Q. What is the property of the Fa- 
 ther ? 
 
 a, Xobt of ftfmfeif, and tf n beget 
 
 ftts §$on,tlobnT f i8and3.i8. 
 
 Expof. || Q^ Doth the Divine nature 
 beget f 
 
 A. The Divine nature doth neither, 
 
 beget 
 
Vrhhan Expofition upon the fame, ji 
 
 beget, nor is begotten. 
 
 Q^ How then doth the Father foget 
 the Son? 
 
 A The Father doth beget the Son by 
 an eternall and neceifary communica- 
 tion of his effence, wholly and indi- 
 vifibly to his Son, which yet he wholly 
 retaineth inhimfelf, "John i, i.Prov. 
 8. 22, 23. 
 
 Q What is the property of the Sontf 
 
 AJ&o be u begotten of t&e JFatffc 
 
 u John 3 18. 
 
 Q. What is the property of the holy 
 Ghofi> 
 
 A,2/0 proceed from fl&ew JFatftee 
 anDx tbe &on 5 t*> John. 1 5. z6.x Rom. 
 8. 9. (j^i/. 4. 6 
 
 Q^ The nature of God is infinite and 
 incomprehenfib le^ how then may we con- 
 ceive him 1 
 
 A.iBp&tey properties, 11 auto bg 
 
 W02 tDOrft0,/Exod 34.(5, j.^Pfal* 
 \<y 1, and 8 1 Joh 3^24, &c. and 37, 
 1, 8, 
 
 ExpofiH Q What is a property in 
 Godi 
 
 A A property in God, is that where- 
 by his divine nature is known in it felf, 
 and dftinguiflied from all other. 
 
 F 4 QDo 
 
7* Afbort Catecbifm, 
 
 ClJDo the properties in God differ 
 from the Divine Efsence^ or one from a- 
 nother ? 
 
 A The properties in God do not 
 really differ from the Divine EfTence, 
 nor one of them from the other, but 
 onely inourmanerof conceiving. 
 
 What followeth hereupon > 
 
 A Hence it followeth, that every pro- 
 perty in God is infeparable and incom- 
 municable. 
 
 <? What are his properties \ 
 
 Retell l moffatoffe,tbziIroim, 
 c* goou, d || 4 gratfou* et 5 juft, f * 6 
 mere! ful, g 7 perfect, hf 8 bleffet), ana 
 J 9glortQU0> ^Rom. 16. 27. b Job 
 12. 13. c Mat. 19.17. *IExod. 2a. 
 19 ^^^8.,PAl., 4 5.i 7j /Pf a i„, 
 105. u. & 145,8,9. ./Mat. 5,48. 
 J°b35. 7 ,8. /> Mark 14. 16. Rom. 9, 
 5^ 1 Cor. 2 ,8, 
 
 Expof. || Q^ /^/W i.r *>,'/&« /« GW > 
 ^ Wifedom is that whereby God 
 doth perfeftly know, CO Himfelf,,!/**. 
 U.2j 9 Johxi 18, and 7, 29. 1 C«r t 2, 
 10 11. (2) And all things; (3) And afti- 
 ons, 1 /*/>* 3)10 ] hn 16 j 20, and 2,, 
 i 7jC4) With all their circumftances 
 1 Sam: 23, 1 1, i 2) Matth : 1 ff 21 and 
 
With an Sxpofiuon^upoz the fame. 7% 
 24, 2 z^ John j. 30jdifcerning amoft 
 wife reafon of them. 
 
 Ojvhat be the parts of w'ifdom > 
 
 A Two, 1 Knowledge, 2. Gounfcl- 
 
 QHow doth God know all things > 
 
 A B (1) one Heb. 413, (2) Infinite, % Know 
 
 Eternal, Eph. 1 . 4 (4) Simpb, Exod. 2 . Cmnfel. 
 3,14. And (5) unchangeable aft of his 
 underftanding, Ifr.^6^ 10. 
 
 QAfter rvhatmansr doth God know 
 all things ? 
 
 A 1. Clearely, 2 Infallibly, And 3, 
 diftinftly> 1 £ArMK 2.89, zTim^ 2.19, 
 Pfalm 56. 8, and 147, 4, J<fe. 10*30. 
 
 QjVhat is Counfe I ? 
 
 A Counfel is Gods difcerninga 
 mod wife reafon of all things and afti- 
 ons, Eph 1. 11 Prov* 8* 14* 
 
 Ojvhat is (irength in God ? 
 
 A Strength is that whereby God 
 doth work whatsoever he doth will , 
 Dan 4. 3 5 • Ifa 4 40* 28 ♦ 
 
 In what maner doth Godworkj* 
 
 A. 1 Moft Cre&y 9 Pfaltn. 1 15* 3 and 
 l 3 t >i 6, 2, And without remittance or 
 wearinefW 
 
 QVVhat doth God > 
 
 A Whatfoever he doth will. 
 
 Q. What 
 
74 A fhort Cateehifm, 
 
 QJ^Fhatcan the Lord do f 
 
 A, The Lord can do whatfoeverhe 
 can will, Mat. y 9. 
 Q. What is goodnejfe in God I 
 3 Proper- * ^- Goodneife is that whereby God 
 19. Good- being the chief good, Mar i 10. 18 
 «f/>. ftieweth himfelfe very good and boun- 
 tiful to all his Creatures, Pfalm$6.<$, 
 Gen. 1. 31. Pfa/mtf. 5. andad. 6. 
 and 145.9. 
 
 Q^ How many wayes is the goodnefs 
 of God to be confideredi 
 
 A. Two wayes, 1. As it is in him- 
 felt. 2 As it is exercifed to all his Cre- 
 atures. 
 
 Q^ What is G ration fnefs in God ? 
 
 ^Property A. Gratioufneffe is that whereby 
 Graaouf- Q d bdng ^ (l ; ^.^ ^ ^ 
 
 J ' idk 9 PfatmS6. 15 and in. 5 hQ 2 ) 
 freely bountifull unto his Creatures, 
 Rom 3. 24 loving and cheriflring them 
 tenderly, without any deferrs of theirs, 
 Pfalm 145. 8 and 49 3, 7. 9 Luke 
 130. 
 
 Q_ HowtSffratiousnefs in God con ft- 
 dered* 
 
 A 1 As it is inhimfelf 2 As it is 
 exercifed freely and bountifully unto 
 nis Creatures. 
 
 OWhat 
 
With an hrvoption upm the fame* 75 
 
 QJVhat is j^fiicein G:!? 
 
 t A. Juftice is that whereby God 1. ^ruth. 
 is firft true in all his fayings, Ecc£ 13. 2 - R '£* w " 
 10. Rom. 3.4. and (2) Righteous in all 0H W' 
 his doings) Gene [is 18. 25. Vent. 32. 5 property 
 4. J^8. 3. and 34. 10. and 16. 23 /*#*• 
 Pfal.92. 15. jRw#. p. 14. 2 Chron. 19. 
 7. Xto. 9. 14. 
 
 C^ What be the parts of Gods Jufiicel 
 
 A, Two, 1. Truth. 2. Righteouf- 
 nefles 
 
 Ck What is Mercy in God ? ulrc^ 
 
 * A. Mercy is that whereby God of 
 his free grace and love, is ready to fuc- 
 cor, 1 Such as are, Pfalm^j. 10. and 
 108. 4. Pfal, 103 . 4 and 145. 14. Or 
 (2) might be in mifery by the conditi- 
 on of their nature. 
 
 Q^Vyhat are the kinds of mercy in yp r6 p ert y t 
 God? Perfctlion. 
 
 A. 1 Succoring in mifery a&ual. 2. 
 Vindicating from mifery poflible, 
 
 Q^ VThat is the perfection of God? 
 
 A. 1 Perfe&ueffe is that whereby 
 God is neceflarily alUCufficient in and 
 ofhimfelfi Gen. 17. 1. Job 22. 2. and 
 25,5, 6, 7. Pfalmi6. 2. And 2the 
 caufe of all perfusion and good«efle 
 in every thing befides, James 1,17. 2 
 
 Cor. 
 
j6£ AftortCatechifiu, 
 
 Cor, 3 . 5. and 4. 7. 1 Cor,%, 4,6, Rom* 
 11*36. 
 
 Q^How is the perfection of God to be 
 confidered ? 
 
 A It is to be confidered , 1 In refpeft 
 of God hhifelf 2 . In refpscl: of the Cre- 
 ature. 
 
 Qj r Vhatli to be confidered in the 
 per fell ion of God^ as it is inhimfelff 
 
 A God is neceflarily aJl-fijfficient in 
 and of himfelf. 
 
 O What in refpetl of the Creature? 
 A God is the caufe of all perfecti- 
 on andgodnefle in every thing be- 
 fides* 
 QjThat is blefsednejfe in God ? 
 8. Trofer- ^ BleflednefTe is that whereby God 
 ty 1 Fully, And 2 eflentially knowing and 
 
 Blejfed- willing,that perfection which is in him- 
 *fc felff.hath all fullnefs of dejight and con- 
 tentment in and of hinifelfe. Gen. 17.1 . 
 1 Tim. 6>> i5,and 11 1. and is the caufe 
 and objeft of the blefTednefle of his 
 Creatures^ Pfalm 16, 1, and 17. 15. 
 John 17. 3, 1 John i 3 36. 
 
 Qjffow is the blefscdnefs of God to be 
 confidered .<* 
 
 A Two ways, 1 In refaeft of h/ra- 
 fclft 2 In refpeft of the Creature 
 
 capable 
 
With an Espojiticn upon the fame. 77 
 
 capable of bleffednefs. 
 
 QJVhat is the bleffednefs of Go d i 1 re- . 
 fett of him f elf e > 
 
 A. God 1 Fully, and2 EfTentrelly 
 knowing and willing that perfection 
 which is in himfelfe 3 3. hath all fulnefs 
 of delight and contentment 4. 1 n, and 
 5.0fhirafelf. 
 
 QJVhat is this bleffedneffe of God in 
 refpett of the Creatures capable of bieff- 
 edneffe ? 
 
 A. God is the caufe and object of 
 the bleflednefle of his creatures ; by 
 which it may appear > that there is 
 much difference betwixt the blefled- 
 nefle of God and of the Creature. 
 Q, What is Glory in God ? 
 A. Glory in God, is the admirable 
 excellency of his moft holy and divine p. Fro^tf 
 nature, whereby he infinitely excelleth tf- 
 allcrearutes,£AW 33, iS.Pfalm$ m i. Gl °V' 
 Job 12. 41. Romans 1. 23. Pfalm 
 29.9. 
 
 qJIow is Gods glory man} fc fled ? 
 A. The Lord doth manifeft his glo- 
 ry, 1. More obfctirely in this life 3 Num. 
 12. 8- Exod, 33. 20. 1 Cor. 13.12. 
 Bat 2, more clearelyit is revealed in 
 heaven> Rev. 21.2%, John 17. 24. 
 
 Q^How 
 
7 8 A (bort Catechifm^ 
 
 Q. How doth the Lord manifefl his 
 glory more obscurely ? 
 
 A. i By his Gbfpel, And2fignsof 
 his pretence, zCor. 4. 4, 6. Exod> 333 
 22. J fa. 6 1. 
 
 Q^ What -were the figns of his pre- 
 nee? 
 
 A. 1. Some fhining brightneffe 
 Luke 2. 9. Mat. 17. 2, 5. (2) Or fome 
 thick cloud and darknefe,EW. 16.10. 
 and 24. 1 6. 1 Kings 8. 1 1. And(3) fome 
 excellent a&s btleeming his greatnef? 3 
 Pfa!mi9. x. and 29, 9. Exod. 9. 16. 
 John 2. H. zThejf.i. 10. 
 
 X 2Dbet> are tteee, JDecree, Cre* 
 atfon,ano#2ot)tDence* 
 
 (^ WW /•$" the Decree ? 
 
 A, SDfcat fofecrebp <25o& fcatlj from 
 eterntfg ret &ohm fc tottf) fcimfelfc 
 toljatfoetjer !l ttall come to paffe *t 
 
 fyb.i.il. 
 Expof. || (V, ^^ rf«rj* ^r* *k- 
 
 cresdbyGod 1 
 
 A. 1 All things. 2 With their caufes. 
 3 Effe&s. 4. Circumftances. And 5. Ma- 
 ner of being are decreed by God, Jtts 
 2. 23. and 4. 27) 2$.Eph. 1, 11. 
 
 Q^ #7^ ^rtf ffo properties of this De- 
 cree > A This 
 
With m Expofitiott upon the feme. 79 
 
 A. This decree is, ( 1. ) Moft wife, 
 Rom. 11. 33.(2) ]uft, Rom. 9 . 13.14,. 
 (3)Eternall,£/>£. 1.4,5. 2Tbef 2. 
 13. AEls 15% 18. 1 Cor. 2.7. C4) Ne- > 
 ceflary>P/^/. 33. u./Wz/.ip. 2i.( 5) 
 Unchangeable, Heh.6. 17. (6) Moft 
 free, Rom. 9. 18. (7) Thecaufeofall 
 good, James 1 , 17. But ( 8 )not of any 
 fin, ljohni.^. 
 
 QJVha t is the facial Decree of God? 
 
 A, The fpeciall decree of God is 
 concerning Angels and Men. 
 
 Q^ What is it called ? 
 
 A. It is called Predeftination,&?#?, 8. 
 30. 
 
 Q What is revealed touching this 
 Decree ? 
 
 A. Of the former* concerning An- 
 gels, little is ipoken in holy Scripture ; 
 of the latter concerning man , more is 
 revealed , not unprofitable to be 
 known. 
 
 Q^ What is the fact all decree of God 
 concerning man* 
 
 ^.Itmaybedefined, The wife, free, 
 jiiir, eternall, and unchangeable Sen- 
 tence or decree of God, Eph. 1. 11. 
 deter mining with himfelfe to create 
 and govern man for his fpeciall glory. 
 
 Q^ What 
 
A jhort Catechifm, 
 
 Q^ W bat be the properties of this De- 
 cree ? 
 
 ^.Itis(i)Moftwife. (2)Free.(3) 
 Jtift. (4 J Eternall. And (5 ) unchange- 
 able. 
 
 QjJVhat is the objett of this decree > 
 
 A. Man. 
 
 Q. What is the end of it? 
 
 A. 1 The praife of Gods glorious 
 mercy : Or 2 of hi* great Juftice 3 Rom. 
 9. 17. 18. and 12 36. 
 
 Q^What are the parts of this decreet 
 
 A. Of this decree there be two parts- 
 1 Eleftion, and 2. Reprobation, 1 
 Theff. 5.9. Judr. 4. 5. 
 
 Q^W'hat is E led ion '( 
 
 A. Election is the decree of God, of 
 his free love, grace and mercy, chufing 
 fome men to faith, holinefs and eternal 
 life, for the praife of his glorious mercy 
 1 Thejf. 1. 4. 2 Thcjf. 2.13. Eph. 1. 
 4, 5, 6. Rom. 8. 29,30. 
 
 Q^ What is the canfe ofElelbion > 
 
 A. The caufe which moved the Lord 
 to elect them who are chofen, was 
 none other but his meergood will and 
 pIeafure/L«^ 12. 32. Rom 11. 5. arid 
 9. 1 1 . 16. Eph 1.5.2 Tim 1 . 9* 
 Q^What is the end ofElettion > 
 
 ^,The 
 
With an Expofitlon upon the fame. 8 1 
 
 A. The end of Ele&ion is the ma- 
 nifeftation of the riches of his grace and 
 mttcyiRom.y 23. 
 
 Q^ WasnotChrift , faith 9 holimfs % 
 &c. the canfe ofElelbion > 
 
 A\ No : The fending of Chrift , 
 faith, holinefs, and eternall life are 
 onely the effe&s of Gods love 9 by 
 which he manifefteth the infinite riches 
 of his grace, John 3.16. I John 4. 10. 
 Albs 13.4. T/m. i. Col 9 i. 12. ifow. 
 6*23. 
 
 Q. In what order are men defied to 
 life* 
 
 A. In the fame order God doth ex- 
 ecute this decree in time, in which he 
 did decree in his eternal counfel, i.Thefi 
 W.2Thef.2i}. 
 
 Q^ what is Reprobation ? Reprobt* 
 
 A. Reprobation is the wife, juft,and rion. 
 abfolotc decree of God, ordaining to 
 leave fome men unto themfelves to fuffer 
 them to fall, and to inflift upon them 
 eternal punilhment * deferved b y their 
 fins, for the praife o* his unfpeakable and 
 great juftice, Rom.9. it. 13. %i m Jnde^. 
 Jer.6.$o; 
 
 Q^ What is the cm fe of Re^robatU 
 ani 
 
 G A. The 
 
g 2 Afhort Cateehifm, 
 
 A, The caufe of this decree is the 
 abfolute will and good pleatlire ofGod 
 Mat. 11.26- Rom.9 J 3 
 
 Q;_ Was not mans Jm we caufe of this 
 dec er 
 
 A, Mans fin is the caufe why God 
 will punifh, but no nccafionwhy he 
 d;d ordain ro pafs by, or topnnah 
 man, Rom.9.1%. 10 
 
 Q. How may it appear that tki* de- 
 cree is jtt/kf 
 
 A. This decree is juft beeaufe Oo4 
 hath power over man ? as the Potter 
 hdtho-er his clay, to make one veffel 
 to honour and another untod'ftionor, 
 Remans 9*21. Jeremiah 18.6. Matth. 
 20 15. 
 
 Q^ what is the end of this decr^} 
 
 A. The end of this decreed not the 
 condemnation of the Creature but 
 the manifeftation of Gods Juftice, 
 
 Q. Is not fin the etfett of this decree > 
 A. Sin is the effeft of mans free- 
 will, and condemnation is an effect 
 cf juftice* iuftitted upon man for fin 
 and difbbedience, J>hn%. i8»and 12. 
 37 38>39j4o. 2Thef. 2,$ io 4 but the 
 decree of God which is good , is the 
 
 caufe 
 
with tn Exf option upon the fame. 8 J 
 caufe of neither, Pfaim 5. 4. 
 
 Q^ May a man be ajfaredof his ele- 
 ction or repfobauon in this life? 
 
 A. A man in this life may be aflii- 
 red of hi; eleftion, 2 Pet. 1,10 1 Thef> 
 1.4. and eternal happinefs Mat. 24.24. 
 J oh. io t 28 9 29. Rom 8.^3,54. 2 Tim y 2. 
 19. bat not of his reprobation. 
 
 Q^ hhy cannot a man be ajfured of 
 his rep 'oba.ion'i 
 
 A* Becaufe he that is now prophane 
 may b: called hsreafcer, Mat. 20.^ 6. 
 
 Q^_ What is creation > 
 
 * ATTOfrat tolj?tebp(Ba& tfta&e aH . 
 lW'jgffilof notyttg: tit** flp oaga ) lfWW ' 
 
 iHeb. ii.3«mExod.2o 3 ii. 
 
 Expoff|| Q^Was the fir ft matter of 
 *ll things eternal ? 
 
 A. Thefirft matter whereof all things 
 were made was not eternal 3 Gen.\. 1. 
 Prev$. 22 , 23. 
 
 Q^ Why fo> 
 
 A. (1 )For then it could not be fib- 
 Jeft to alteration, Pfalm 10 2.26, 27. 
 (2) Neither (hould God be the ^bun- 
 tain of all goodnefs, if any thing had a 
 being, and not from him. (3) Then 
 the word (beginning)eouldnot be refer- 
 red to all things, 
 
 G 2 QjIffT* 
 
84 Afhort Ctiecbifm, • 
 
 Qy How was the fir ft matter created- 
 A. It was made (imply of nothing 
 in time, Heb.n$. 
 
 Q. VVhat things were made of it? 
 
 A. Other corporal things were 
 
 mack ofit,tf«":/fr i«6. & c - D Y no left 
 
 power and wifdom > then the lump it 
 
 felf, Jer.io.i2. Rev.4.11. Job 38. 4>5> 
 
 Q. Inwhat form or manner were all 
 things create i ? 
 
 a. anmin excellent ojtier, anu 
 tjHtefciwg ogQ8&> n Jer. 10. 12. Gen 
 1.1. &c-o Gen. 1. 3 1 
 
 Q. For what end did God make all 
 things? 
 
 a, jf or tbep praite of W0 gjeat 
 potoer, goo&nette* tottoom, perfection 
 ana freeoom> pRev 4. u. Prov. 16.4. 
 
 PtaviJtnc* 8j What is Providence ? 
 
 * mm a. SDfcat tofcertbp <0od t Dort q 
 w. tyrttttte. «♦ r ana 11 govern all 
 mm*> tettli all tfettr actions qP^l 
 3 8.^36.6.1 Tim. 4. 10 rProv.15. 
 3. Mat.io 4 29,3o,3i. 
 
 Expo£ f Q* How doth God conserve 
 till creatures ? 
 
 A. God doth conferva all creatures- 
 (1) In their kinde 5 Gen .7. 1*2,3. and 
 
VVithAn Expofuion upon the fame. 8$ 
 
 9. i> 2 i5- ^#'17.2 5, 27 (2) In parti- 
 cular, £^.25.4. 1 C cr.99. jvb%%.itlt> 
 and 39.3. /y^/w 147.9. 
 
 Q^IIojv doth he preferve all things in 
 particular ? 
 
 A % He doth preferve them both in 
 refpcfr, 1 . Of their nature. And 2 of 
 their qualities, P fa!. 19. 1^2. Job 39,1.2. 
 &c.Exon.252^DeHt.2%.^. 
 
 Q. How doth God govern all things > 
 \A % God governeth all creatures 
 according to their feveral natures,/*/*/. 
 33. 13.T4.15.and 135.6,7 and 101.14. 
 and 145.15. Job 10. 8,9.10, 114 Prov. 
 \2.1\Pfal. 1 19. 91. 
 
 P. T0 w/w aft -ens doth Gods provi- 
 dence reach ? 
 
 -^ # To all aftions, Ppz/. 14.2. and 32. 
 13^14, l^Ecclef. 3.1,2,3,^. and 8.6. 
 <j*/*.2o6.and 50.19, 20, even to tnofe 
 things which are mod cafual in refpecY 
 ofus,£*W.ii. 13. Dm.19.5. 
 
 Q^ /f<?w? ^^/? tf r^r£ fa f£* finftil 
 aftions of men> 
 
 A. Both in refpett of entrance and a- 
 fter it is entered. 
 
 Q^ (What be the aft s of Gods provi- 
 dence in refpeft of the entrance of fin > 
 A. God in great wifdom and 
 G 3 jufticc 
 
$6 A Wort CAtechifm, 
 
 5ufticedoth,( i ) Suffer nin to fin, Pfal, 
 50. 21. ABs 14. 16. (2) Withhold- 
 ing and withdrawing from them his 
 grace Pfalm 81. it, 12. Matth. 1 1 . 25 . 
 Lnke 10.21.(3) Trying them by out, 
 ward occafions, Gen. 3. 5,6. 2 Sam % 
 l!.2 and 16. ?o, 21,22. judges 2,20, 
 21.(4) Giving Sathan liberty to tempt 
 them, 2 Sam. 24.1. \Chron. 21* 1. 
 Luke 22. 31. And( 5 ) carrying them 
 forward, when by their own fault they 
 are out of the way, Atts, 17. 28. Pfal. 
 105. 25. Rom. 1. 24, 28. 2 Thcjf. 2. 9. 
 
 10, II. 
 
 Q^What be the ABs of Gods provi- 
 fence in refpeft of fin after it is entredt 
 
 A. Three 1. Limitation. 2. Punifli- 
 ment. And 3. Direction. 
 
 Q^How doth God limit the fiufull 
 attions of men f 
 
 1. IJmter ^' ^ ^ otn ■ mi * t ** n > anc * deter- 
 iion. mine the finfall a&ions of men. 2 Kin. 
 
 19. 2%*Gcn.yj. 27,28.77*/. 124. 1,2. 
 
 2 Sam. 17. 24. 1 ^w. 24.6, 7. and 29. 
 
 6 3 7. /<?£. 1. ^. 1 2. 6V#. 20. 6. both in 
 
 refpeftof(i)Time, /«&» 7. 30. £*^<? 
 
 22. 53. Afar. 24. 22. (2) Continuance, 
 ..• Hofea2.6,j.Atts 14. 16. and 17.30. 
 
 2 Ptf.2 .9. Ape. z. 10. (33Place, A/*r. 
 
 ltd 
 
With an Exf option upon the fame. 87 
 i£.2i«& 2o.i8X^.i3.33.(4)Perfon$, 
 
 Ez,e^el 21^ 1^. 20, 21 22, 23 Judges 
 3, 13. and 9. 23. 2. C hron. 18 31,32. 
 A&s. 9 25 and. 23. 11. 21, 27 lohn 
 *8- 8- (5) Inward purpofoExod.34. 
 
 24. (6) Manner of finning, /Wi/? fa \6. 
 9. and 21.7. And(7)progrffs> Gen.37» 
 
 25. 26. 28. 1 San;, 23. 26 27. and 25. 
 2 2. Luke. 4. 24. 30. ^#. 9. 1, 2, 3. 
 iSam. 12.13. 14. 
 
 Q^ How doth God vmi(bfin } 
 
 A. he doth punifhone fin with an- 2 . f «n^ 
 other, 2 C/?™. 29.20. Rom*\. ib.Exod* menh 
 7. 3. 2 The f 2 9 10,11. 
 
 ^X How doth God d<rett the Jtnfrl a- 
 tbions of men? 
 
 A. Hedoth order them to an excel- ? r ; rf 
 lent end„ Prov. 21. 1. Gen.^o. 20.21. jji<^, 
 and 45. 7./^ 1. 1 1, 12,22. and. 2. 10. 
 Ifaiah. 10.7. 
 
 j?. XP&4? are the fpecial cream es made 
 freferved and governed by the Lordf 
 
 A. Angels and * Men. fHcb. 2. 7. 
 CW. t . r 6. 
 
 Expof * . JT/w are the Angels? 
 
 A, Angels are finite. ^eL \.*%. 14. 
 
 CoL 1. 16. ^*j. 4. it. and 26, «p. JV*/ 
 
 68. 17. compleat and immortal Spirits^ 
 
 Matth* 22*^0. Lnky* %o>$6Metr. u 
 
 G 4 7. 
 
88 A fyortCatechifrn-> 
 
 7. Pfalm 104 4. made after the image 
 of God, Job 2.1. Pfa. .8.5. Luke 9. 26. 
 Matth. 25.31. Heb.z.j. 
 
 Q. For what end were they created ? 
 A. fi) That they might praife his 
 name. And (2) execute his command- 
 ments,^/. 103. 20. Ifatah 6.3. 
 Q^ What are the kinds of angels ? 
 A, Good and bad. 
 Q^ What are the good ange Is ? 
 A. The angels that abode in the 
 truth are excellent, John 8. 44. Eph. 1. 
 20, 21. and 3. 10. 
 Qjn what reftetts are they excellent ? 
 A. They are excellent ( 1 ) For their 
 nature, Ifa.6.2. Dan.? 21.2 Theff.i.j. 
 (2) Gifts, 2 S^.14,17. Mat.6.\o. and 
 2531. £*£* 15.10. l Pet.1.12.2 King. 
 19.35. Ifa.6.2. Mat. 24*36 1 CV. 13. 
 1. (3) Offices, Dan. 7. 10. Rev. <$, Iff. 
 And (4) eftate, Mat.\%* 1 o. 
 
 Q^ /« tp/w refpecls are angels and 
 ■ p%en rnoft excellent creatures t 
 
 A. Angels and men are mod excel- 
 lent creatures in refpeft of their (1) Na- 
 ture?. (0 Gifts, Pfal 8.5. (3) and end 
 why they were created, Pfa/. 103.26. 
 Pfal.^.6. 
 
 Q^ What was the ft ate of man by cre- 
 
 mioni A.$par* 
 
mth an Exposition upon \bc fame. 89 
 
 A. #artjellous t %rffa \\ and ftap« 
 pp,tEccl.7.2p.or3i. 
 
 Expo£ || Q^ What was mans holi- 
 ness! 
 
 A. The whole man was made con- 
 formable to the will of God. 
 
 Q^ What be th? parts thereof ? 
 
 A. i.Man was made free from all 
 impurity and lin. And 2 he was en- 
 dued with all perfect righteoufnefs- 
 
 Q. Was the righteonfnefs of man eve- 
 ryway perfeft ? 
 
 A. It was perfett, befitting fuch a 
 creature. 
 
 Q. iVhyfay you that man was holy > 
 
 A. IBccanfe betoa* created afto 
 tftet image of (2Soo> in * fenoto* 
 ledge, rfgfcfeoufneffe II ant) true to* 
 itntfe 5 Gen.i. 26 u Col. 3. 10. Eph.4. 
 
 Expof. f Q. /^to /i f &* Image of 
 God* 
 
 A. The Image or fimilitude of God 
 ( for thefe two are one> Gen.\ . 26. with 
 Gen.^. James %.f. 1 Cor. i«$. 46. Col. 
 5. 10.) is a lively refemblance of God 
 one in eflence, Gen. 1.27. 
 
 Q^ How doth man refemble God} 
 
 A. Man doth refembk God, not in 
 
 refpeft 
 
p A ]bcrt Catechifm, 
 
 refpeft of his body , nor cheifly in re- 
 fpe&of tta immortal! ana (phi mail 
 fubftance of the fou 1 , endued wkh rea- 
 £on and will : but in refpett of the tra- 
 ces which. God beftow<;d upon the (oul, 
 Eph. 4. 23, 24. Col. 3. 10. 
 
 Q. Is not the whole man faid to be 
 made after th* image of God ? 
 
 A. By reafbn of the union of the 
 foul and body, the whole man is faid 
 to be made iii the image of God , Gen. 
 9. 6. 
 
 Q. How did man referable God in 
 knowledge > 
 
 A.t\s God knowes himfelfc, John 
 8.55. 1 (IV.a.io.andall things befides, 
 Joh.16. 30 fo man did know God, 
 Rom. 1.19, 20. his will, Rom. 2. 1 5 .and 
 works, Gen 9 2. 20, 23, hi$ own happU 
 neffeinGod, and his own prcfent eftatc. 
 
 Q. In what manner did man knov* 
 thofe things? 
 
 A.(i') Truly. ( 2 ) Diftinftly. (3) 
 
 Perfeftly. And(4)etfe&ually. 
 
 Q What things did man know ? 
 
 A Man did know, 1. God. 2. His 
 
 will. 3. His works 4.H1S own happinefle 
 
 in God. And 5. his own prefent effete. 
 
 Q. Did man know his turn t eftate ? 
 
 A. Ho 
 
With an E*r f)ofition upon the fame. 0$ 
 
 A. No : He was ignorant of the fu- 
 ture. 
 
 jg. How did man refemble God in 
 holineffe? 
 
 ||^. As God willeth himfelfe as the 
 chief good Ifaiah 42. 8. and can will 
 nothing but what is good ; Co mans will 
 was able to choofe God and all goodj ) 
 and to do what was required, I Chron. 
 28. 6". and 29. 9. 
 
 <?. what good was man able to choofe> 
 
 A. Mm was able to choofe ( 1 ) God 
 And (2) \llgood. 
 
 Q^What are the properties of willing? 
 
 A. Two. (1) Choice or E' e ^^ lC ^ f 
 C2)Profecution. .oMn 
 
 Q. How was man able to choose goo a*. % Profc- 
 
 A. Man was able to choofe good, cution. 
 ( 1 ) Freely, ( 2 ) Readily, And (3 ) 
 Orderly. 
 
 Q^What was the fan^if cation of his 
 affections > 
 
 A. His affections were, ( 1 ) Subjeft 
 to the rule of perfect reafon: (2) Duly 
 and with an holy moderation carried un- 
 to that which is good. 
 * Qj_W hat good were the ajfettioxs car- 
 ried unto? 
 
 A, They were carryed unco all good 
 
 refpeA- 
 
9 2 Afoort Catecbifm, 
 
 refpe&ing either i. God/ Or 2.Man> 
 Tit. 2.5.12. i Tim. 3. 2. yk/^. 2 2. 3 7,38* 
 
 Q. Wherein did mans happlnefs con- 
 
 m 
 
 A, Jn tie enjopfns w of II ttoeet 
 peace and communion tettft tie 
 3lorUjwG:n 1. 29. 
 
 Expof. || Q. what were thefts of 
 this communion on Gods part ? 
 
 ^. God did (1) Love. (2) Favor. 
 And (3) accept of man. 
 
 Q^. What were the atts on mans part * 
 
 ^. Man did 1. Behold. 2.Rejoyce. 
 And 3 reft in the Lord with full de- 
 light. 
 
 Q^ What further friviledges did man 
 enjoy in his eft ate of innocencj > 
 
 A. 9tUm* places tax ^ara&tfe, 
 toto liberty to eate of y tttrv %m 
 In ttje dDaroen* except tte %xtt of 
 t fcnotole&ge of gooo ant) etrtl, anil 
 toa* mafcearnler of all eaitWp ere* 
 ature^xGen.2.15 y0en.2.i^.Gen.2. 
 17. a Gen 2. 19. Pfal.8. 6. 
 
 Expof. f QVVhy was it called the tree 
 of good and evil* 
 
 A The event of mans eati ng or for- 
 bearing of that fruit, did give the 
 
 name 
 
with An Expofition upon the fame. 9 3 
 name to that Tree. 
 
 A* Becaufe if man did obey , he 
 (hould be happy, having experience . of 
 good : if he did eate thereof, he by expe- 
 rience fhould know what good he loft 
 thereby, and what rnifery he brought 
 uponhimfelfe. 
 
 Q. Were thefe things be flowed upon 
 man that he might live as he lift ? 
 
 A* $0 : ^ntttjat bemfgfctr feat* 
 tfteb lltrDlte $?aker 5 tofco tftere* 
 fore gate man a lain, btnfcing c fefm 
 altoaps to perfect obetrtence » ana a 
 fpecjai commandment to trg Wm , 
 bRev.4. 11.Pfal.95e6.R0m.214. 
 
 Expof. || Q. Jn what : refpett was man 
 bound to Gtdin dutiful obedience f 
 
 A. 1 . God being the Creator of man, 
 Pfal. 100. 3. and inthatrefpe& his fii- 
 preme and abfblute Sovcraign •' 2. Ha- 
 ving bcfto wed fo great gifts, and main 
 liberties upon man freely , might upon 
 his own wil and pleafure recjuire at the 
 hands of man, what obedience foever he 
 had, or would inablc him to perform , 
 Deut. 11. $ 1332. 7^.27.4* 
 
 Qjn what r effects might God try mans 
 obedience by a fpecial commandment f 
 
 A. God 
 
94 A fhwt Catechifm, 
 
 A. God might injoyn him to mani- 
 feft his loyalty and humility, by ab- 
 ftaining from feme aft in it felf indif- 
 ferent, for no other reaibn , but be- 
 caufe he was fo commanded , Dan. 4, 
 
 Q.. What was that [fecial command- 
 ment> 
 
 A. £>: ttjt SDrce of d fcnotolefcge of 
 gooD and etfll tljno flwlt not tar, to; 
 fn tie fcaptftat tftou eatett thereof, 
 tfcon ttmltofc tfte ctatfcdG^n.2, 17. 
 
 Q^ Death we hear was threatned if he 
 did disobey 5 what proinife was made to 
 encottrafe kim to this &uty > 
 
 A. Cfte continuance c boti of 
 tWmfclf ano tf* *pode;ftp trt flat 
 gooD6ftate,e(j^.s p, 
 
 Expof. f Q* How was man affured 
 of continuance in that good efiate^ if he 
 fhoutdobey ? 
 
 A. The Tree of life feems to be 
 afignandfeal of the continuance of his 
 happinefs, if he had obeyed, Gene ft s 
 3 22.23,24. Proverbs 3. 1$. Apoc. 
 2.7. 
 
 Q. Wfy j£<?#/^ his pofterity have 
 continued in that efiate > 
 
 * A. (1) Becaufe all mankind* was 
 
 created 
 
With m Sxpofition upon the fame. 95 
 
 created good in Adam-) Ecclefj. 31. 
 Rom. 5. T2 1 Cor. 15*22. as other crea- 
 tures were in their kinde, Gen, 1.31. 
 and (2) 'God did enter into covenant 
 with our firft Parents, Gen. 2. 17 as 
 they were the root of ad their poibri- 
 ty : fo that what they had actually 
 promifed to them, we had it promifed to 
 us all,in them. 
 
 Q^ Did man continue in that good 
 eft ate? 
 
 h, #a i but " be fell from <Bo& 
 ttua iati tfce entttentent0 of &atati i 
 
 ( 1 Tim. 1 14 
 
 Expof || Q^ How cou< d man fall f rem 
 God be.ng created good> 
 
 <4i Becaufe though man was crea- 
 ted good , yet he was mutable, (b that 
 he might falU Qenefis %, 17* Ecclef- 
 
 7-3 1 - 
 
 Q^ Why d'd not God uphold him 9 hut 
 
 fuffer him to fail* 
 
 A God, 1* Not being bound to up- 
 hold him, Rom. 11. 35 Gen. 17. 1. did 
 fuffer him to fall '2. Knowing how to 
 order the fame for the fetting forth of 
 his glory, Prov. 16.4. 
 
 Q. Did not God h^tow that man wonld 
 trmfgrefs f 
 
 A.GqA 
 
9 6 a fhort Catecbifm, 
 
 A 4 God knew before that man 
 would tranfgrefle, Altsi^. 18. Pfal. 
 i 39. 2. yet was he not therefore to for- 
 beare to give man a rnoft wife, juft, and 
 eafie precept, whereby he would (hew 
 forth his Soveraignty over man, 1 Sam. 
 
 15-3,9- 
 
 jg. How did he fall f 
 
 A. J5p ftnntnggfoflfallp f affafntt 
 0oD>tranrgref0tngbt0latD> g Ecclef 
 
 7. 29. or 3 1. Rom. 5. 12. ijoh. 3. 
 Efcpof -\ Q. what was the principall 
 
 outward canfe of mans, fall > 
 
 A. Sathan was the principall outward 
 caufe of the fin ofman 5 Gen. 3.1. John 
 
 8 . 44. Apoc. 1 2, 9. 
 
 Q^fVhat moved Sathan to tempt him? 
 
 A. His, envy, 1. At the glory of God, 
 And 2. thefalvationdfman. 
 
 Q* What inflrument ufed ht ? 
 
 A. He did ufe the Serpent as his in- 
 ftrument to feduce (he woman, Gen. 3. 
 1. 2 C or 11. %. and the help of the wo- 
 man to feduce the roan, Gen. 3,6. 
 
 Q_ Was not the quality of the fr nit a 
 caufe of mans fall? 
 
 A- The quality of the fruit, by ac- 
 cident was a caufe to move them to eat 
 thereof, (/^.J. 6. 
 
 QJVas 
 
With an Expofition upon the fame. $y 
 
 Q^ Was not the law of God a caufe of 
 mans (in? 
 
 A. No 5 but the juft and good Law of 
 God, forbidding that fm ; may be faid to 
 be anoccafion of the fin, as it did forbid 
 an aft in it felfe indifferent 5 that a man 
 could not commit it without fin. 
 
 £K What was the principal/ inward 
 catifeof 'mans fall} 
 
 A The principall iuward caqfc o£ 
 mans fall, was his own free will,freely and 
 voluntarily tranfgrefftng Godacomman- 
 dement. 
 
 Q. Had man liberty to obferve the 
 haw ? 
 
 A. He might and ought to have obey- 
 ed,, but would not, Gen. 2. 7. 17. 
 and 3. 23,24. Romans 5, igEcclef 7. 
 
 3 1 - 
 
 OJVhat was the fin he did commit ? 
 
 d> CJe heatfng of || tfc fosbfMtfn 
 frotfjhGen. 3.£. 
 
 Expo£ || Q^The tree of \nowledge was 
 good by nature-, how could it be fm to eat 
 thereof I 
 
 A. The tree of knowledge in it felfe 
 Was good,G>#. 1 .1 1, 1 2 . 1 Tim % 4, 4. Gen. 
 3. &. but the fruit thereof Unlawful! 
 
 if ■ tso 
 
9 8 sifhovtCttecbifrn, 
 
 to be eaten, becaufeGod had forbidden 
 it to be eaten, i ^/j.3.4. Gently. 
 
 Qu. Wat this fn of Adam g-reat or 
 fmall? 
 
 A. This fin of Adam was exceed- 
 ing great. 
 
 Q. In what refpatts wasitfo hat- 
 nous 1 
 
 A.(i.) Becatife it was the breach of fo 
 eafiea commandment, Gen .1.29* with 
 Gen. 2. 17. ( 2) Of that Commandment 
 which God had given for the trial of his 
 obedience.(3 )it was committed by him 
 that had received great favours from 
 God, (j^.i.26 5 27,28,&c. and(4.)That 
 in Paradife, Otf.3.6,23. Alfoft) it was 
 accompanied with an heap of other 
 fins 
 
 Q_ What be they r 
 
 A. 1. Infidelity, 2. Idolatry, 3. Un- 
 thankfulnefs to God, 4. Contempt of 
 him. 5, Blafphemy, in fubferibing to the 
 Devil. And 6. Murther, &c. 
 
 Q. Did att mankjnde fm in Adam ? 
 
 A. |0e0, i for t toe toerc all in 
 WBlopnc0, i Rom.5.i2.iCo r . 15.22. 
 Heb.7 9,10. 
 
 ExpoG f Q^ How may it be p-'oved 
 that all mankjnde finned in Adam I 
 
 A. 
 
With an Expofnion upon the fame. $y 
 A* Adam was not a private per- 
 fon 3 but the common* parent of as all, 
 and therefore as he received integrity 
 for himfelf and m y Cohc lofi it for him- 
 felf anxf us-. 
 
 Q, What if the ft ate of all men by rsa~ 
 
 fotfofM&mf*U? 
 
 A* %W&t * Sean ta II fein> 
 ant* famsSate* u of &stan, £ Eph. 
 
 E%poC | Q* #fe & & w & dead 
 in fin? 
 
 A, To be dead in ffn 3 is to be utterly 
 deprived of all life ofgrjee* Eph. 2. 2, J. 
 (b that we can move to nothing of our' 
 felves , that is truly acceptable lis the 
 fight of God. 
 
 Q, What is- it to &e bonMams t$ 
 Satan > 
 
 A. To be bondftaves t& Sa tfcsrs Is to 
 be under the power aendf dbmiiMfots of 
 the Devi!, Co that we do, and cannot bat 
 do his will and command, 2 Tim.?* ify 
 26. ^^ 26.18. 2 Cor.4.4. 
 
 Q^ i^W ^/? * ^ appear f 
 
 a. 3n tftat tfjep are altogether 
 ] unable to good : ana ll p;ont m Iff 
 
 ettlUontinaaUp, hCbr.^ wGcn - 
 S.21. 
 
 H 2 ExpoC 
 
I oo Ajhorl CMecbifmy 
 
 Expof. || Q^ How is man defiled with 
 fm? 
 
 A. Every faculty of foul and mem- 
 ber of body, is defiled with iin, i Thejf. 
 5 23. Rvm.^.6. 
 
 Qn. l r Vhai are the faculties of the 
 fmit 
 i.M'mde. A, \. Theminde, 2. The memory, 
 3. The confcience9 4»The will, 5. The a- 
 ffettions. 
 
 Q^ How is the mlnde defiled > 
 
 A, The mind is (1 .) Blind?, Jcrem. 
 10.14. and 5 1. 17. Mmb.1^.1^. Eph. 
 5 .8. ( 2 ) Impotent, Lu l*e 24.25 • John 
 1.5. and 3.9,10. and 8 42.1 C or.2 14. 
 T>mt 29.4 (3.) Vain> ZV0v.r4.l-2. Eph. 
 4.17. 1 Cor. \. 21. Efay 44.20- (4)Fool- 
 i(h,Prov.22.i<$. Tit."$.3 t Ef a y 2 9* f 3. 
 Job U.I2. And (5). Apt todevifeevil, 
 jfcr.4.22. 
 
 Q. How is the memory defied ? 
 
 tMmry , W"' I he mcm °7 %ty F f bIe > 
 (2)Apt*o forget good, Lu^.2^6 7^8. 
 
 And (3) To remember evil , but neither 
 
 good nor evil as ic ought, Mat.ij. 63. 
 
 with A/at. 26. 75. Deut.%. 10,11, 17. 
 
 Heb.12.2. 2 ZVt.3.5. 
 - ~ r- ■ Q^ How is the confeience defied 1 
 me. -***• The confeience is (1) Impure 5 
 
 Tn. 
 
With an Expofition upon the fame. 101 
 
 Tims 1. 15. \Hebr.\o. 22. (2) Benum- 
 mzd>Gen. ±2. 21,22. Eph.^ t 19. Gen. 
 50.15. H^.9. 14. or (3) Turmoyled, 
 frhnS.9. I John 2.20. Dan.^.G^.Gen. 
 4.13314. Afts 24.25. and 2. 37* /Wz/. 
 
 28.1. Efiy$7. 20,21. £?&£. 26. 36. 
 (4) Erroneous and fuperftkious. Mat. 
 
 IO.I^j 20. f £*^(? l8.I2. 3/^/7.15.2,3. 
 
 J^» 16. 2. (5 ) Doubting, Romans 
 14.23. 
 
 0. H°w is the will defiled? 
 
 #. The will is 1. Unable to chufe4. Wri 
 good, 1 Cor. 2. 1 4. Phil.2.i1.Mat>6. 10. 
 2 7?^. 2.26 . c &?w.8.8.(0 Strong to evil, 
 yea (3) Altogether averfe, and rebelli- 
 ous, /J^r.23.37. Rom.6.1^. Jer. 18. 1 2. 
 and 44. 16,17. 
 
 (J. H0?* 7 aethe affethions defiled ? 
 A * The affe&ions are ( 1 ) LInruly,and 5. ^- 
 (2) Difbrdered, Galathims^. 24. to, #jow. 
 
 10. 2. 1 /G/2jr.r 22 8. and 21. 4. Jam.q. 
 
 ' (^ //<??? *zrtf /•&£ members of the body 
 defiled> 
 
 A. The members of the body are 
 tools to execute fin conceived^ 1 , Romi 
 6.13,19. arid 3. 13. P/V.52.4. 2 /Vf. 
 2. 14. and inftruments to ftir up fin 
 in the fbule, Genefis 3. 6* and 6. *. 
 H 3 i Sam. 
 
ro 2 Afyort Catecbifm 9 
 
 2 Samuel 1 1 .2 . 1 Kings 21.1,2. Math, 
 5.28,29. 
 
 Qu. Is this pr onenefs to fin ever pre- 
 
 fimt 
 
 A. This pronencis to fin is ever pre- 
 terit, Jer.j.y.Gen^.^. even then when 
 the operations ceafe. 
 
 Qj_ How then doth a man finde him- 
 fei fiefs prone to one fin then to another ? 
 
 .16, A man may findhimfelf lcfs apt 
 
 to one fin then to another , being 1 • Re- 
 
 drained, or 2. Renewed by the Spirit 9 
 
 Gen. 20. 6. Jer. $2 ^o*Eph.i*\6. or {y*j&y 
 
 reafbn of Tome other defects or letts, 2 
 
 Kings 1. 12. and 19. 35. 1 Kings 13. 
 
 4. Hof.2.y. John 12. 19. Mark^H. 
 
 32. Atts 5. 26. Matth.ii . 46. Gen, 37. 
 
 25,26,27. and 39. 839. £#^ 4« 3°« 7*»# 
 
 «-5?- 
 
 Queft. Doth this corruption caufe a 
 
 pronenefs to all fin f 
 
 A. This corruption caufeth an ap- 
 titude to every fin , if it be not hin- 
 dered. 
 
 Q^ What fruits do proceed from this 
 cr: final corruption ? 
 
 AnC CtJll t tfatteW** n toor&* 
 oanD toorfcs, nGend.5. Col.i. 21. 
 #Gal.5.i9. 
 
 Expof. 
 
With an Exp option upon the fame. j 7 
 
 ExpoC f Q^lVhat are the thevghts of 
 natural men? 
 
 A. Their thoughts and den* res natu- 
 rally are, i Ignorant, 2. Erroneous, 
 3. Unbeleeving. 4, Deceitful, 5. Un- 
 ruly, 6. Loofe, 7. Wilfuh\ 8. Vain, 
 9. Idle, io 4 Blockifh, 11. Not favo- 
 ring good, 12. Proud, 13. Difctein- 
 full, 14. Uncharitable, 15. Filthy, &c. 
 And 16. in a word, abominable, odi- 
 ous* 
 
 QVVhatare his words andaElions ? 
 
 An. His words and works are an- 
 fwerablc to thefe, PfaU 94, 7. Efay 29. 
 i^.Pfal. 10.4. and 14.1. Demer. 29. 
 1 9,20 ♦ Amos 6,3. and 9. IO. 1 Corinth. 
 i.i^.Efay 5. 19. Pfalm 36. I. Job 21. 
 145 1 5« Jer.6. 16. Lukjig.n.Ma/.^.iq. 
 Pfal.j^. 13. Numb. 20.10, 12. /^/w. 
 3i.22.and 1 16. 1 1. Math. 14. 30. £#£. 
 18.11. Deut.il 9. P/21/.83.4. I ^r.4. 
 3,4. GW.38..1 $ 5 i6. 2 Sam.\%.2. Mich. 
 2.1. ^w^j 8.$. 1 Sam. i. 13,14. and 
 17.28. Matth.94.Efay 14,14. ^/>6. 
 1. 12.Obad.v4. 2ta/.i8.7* E/ty 65. $. 
 y^.2.25. ito/3.17. AfWj.9.18. ^/W/. 
 
 30.6. Luke 12. 19. Je;/^ 4, 8,9. Hofji 
 11,12.^^.24.37,38,39. JereM.%. 6. 
 2 P^.3.3,4. Pfal.io.j.Prov.l.ll. 
 
 H 4 Q:^^ 
 
104 A fbortCatecbifm, 
 
 Q+_ Are all the attions of natural men 
 evilcontinuallj ? 
 
 Anfw. ptu : || for tljep p fail in 
 mzm ftttig* > ana a* tljep come 
 feom tljcm tfjep are q o&totw mi* 
 toCo&> pMatth. 12. 35. q Proverbs 
 28.9. 
 
 Expof || Q^ Can a natural man do no 
 alt that is goo dl 
 
 A 9 A man by nature may do an aft 
 that is good for the fubftance thereof, 
 IW4.27. Rem. 2. 15. but never that 
 which is truly and fpiritually good , 
 Mat.j. 18. ^r.13.23. Rom.^.io. Pro. 
 15.8.&2U27. 
 
 Ck IVhyfo? 
 
 An [- (i)Becaufehispcrfon is not 
 accepted, Genefis 4. 4. 1 Peter. 25 
 nor (2) Sanftified , and (3) So the 
 good afts he doth , proceed not from 
 1. A good root, viz,. Faith and the 
 (birit of fanfttfkation, 1 Tim.1.5. nei " 
 ther is it done in 2. A right maner, 
 James 4. 3. Nor 3. To a lawfiill end, 
 viz,* The glory of God, 1 Cor. 10. 31. 
 CV.3. 17. all which are required to the 
 being of a good aft. 
 
 Q. W&<# things are required to a good 
 
 A. 1. 
 
With An 'Exposition upon the fame^ 105 
 A, 1. A good root. 2. A right man- 
 ner, 3 • A lawful end. 
 
 Q*what ■ ptnifhmettts are due nnto man 
 hy reason of theft fins ? 
 
 A* au tooe r ana * mtferp, tem- 
 poral, fpfritoalL ana eternal, r Lam. 
 3.39. Rom.6.23 Gal.3.10. 
 
 Expof. * Q^ why doth fin deferve 
 death with all miferies accompanying the 
 famel 
 
 A, (i)Becaufe the leaftfin is a very 
 vile breach of Gods moft holy Law^ 
 iJoh.%.q.Deitt.2j.26, and fo (2) An 
 hanious offence againft his infinite ma- 
 jefty,^/.5 1.4^(3) Alfoofits own na- 
 ture it is always joyned with impeni- 
 tency, Atts 5.3 1- and 17.30. and there- 
 fore doth deferve death with all miferies 
 accompanying the fame. 
 
 Q^ Which are the temporal miferies > 
 
 J. u dDoD0 curfe upon t&ef area* 
 tare*, 2 f €>nuians botjp, ?♦ &en* 
 fe*> 4* jPanif > *♦ iFrfentw, 6> t 
 Mfcatfoetier be fakes in bant) > and 
 u7« SDeatb u felf 5 rRom.8.2o.t Deut. 
 28.25326, &c. uRom.6.2i # 
 
 Q^What are the fpirimal miferies 1 
 
 A, || ii mtmmtf w of tnin&, <* SDfte 
 
 x t fptrit of number, ano & *w* 5 
 
 net* 
 
1 06 A jhort Caiecbifm, 
 
 n$fo * y 4 ^o^ronr of confcfence , 
 e t 5- ^ardnefs of bcart, * 6. SL 
 reprobate a fence , and |i 7* fetrong 
 fielullon0>wE(ay 6.9. xRora. 11. 8. 
 y Mat.27.M55* 2 Exod.7.3. a Rom. 
 1.28. b2ThefT.2.ii. 
 
 Expof. || Q^ What is it to bz blind, in 
 mmd \ 
 
 A. To be blind in minde is to be ut- 
 terly deftitute 1. Of the true knowledge 
 of God, and 2 . Of the life to come, and 
 to be haftening to endlefs woes, and yet 
 not underftand it. 
 
 Q^ what is the fflrit of {lumber 1 
 
 t A, The Spirit of (lumber, is that 
 which through a vain perfwafion of a 
 mans good and fafeeftate, lulleth him a- 
 fleepinfecurity* Dent 29.19. 
 
 Q^ what is horronr ofconfeienee I 
 
 * A. Horror of conscience, is when 
 the conscience awakened , filleth the foul 
 1. With deep doubts, 2. With hellifli 
 and unrecoverable defperation > and 3 . 
 With remedilefs fears of everlafting dam- 
 nation Rev.6.i6,ij. 
 
 Q^ what is hardneffe of heart ? 
 
 t A. Hardnefs of heart is a fearful 
 judgement of God, whereby the heart 
 (i)Is paft all feeling and remorfe , 
 
 (2) Shut 
 
With an Zxpofition upon the fame. 10/ 
 
 ( 2 ) Shut faft up , that neither the 
 Word nor Works of God can kind- 
 ly work upon it, Efay tf.^.Zaeh.j* 
 
 11)12. 
 
 C]^ What is a reprobate fen ft ? 
 * A. A reprobate fenfe or minde, is 
 a minde deftitute or judgement, and void 
 of common reafon. 
 
 Q. Wherein doth it f peel ally flan d f 
 An, i. In taking evil for good, and 
 good for evil ; 2. Neither fearing God, 
 nor reverencing man ; 3. Regarding nei- 
 ther right nor wrong, L*k$ 18.4. 
 Q. What are fir on a delufions > 
 || A. Strong delufions are when men 
 are given over to take pleafure in belie- 
 ving lies, and idle fancies of vain heads. 
 Q^ What may be added to thefc ? 
 A. To the(e we may add, 1 . Phrenfie, 
 2. Madncfs, IW.28.28. and 3. To be 
 given over to vile affettions. 
 
 Q. How are men given over to vile 
 AJfeBions ? 
 
 A. God withdrawing from men, 
 his grace, and in his fecret, but juft and 
 dreadful judgement; giving them over 
 to moil fordid and loathfome 3 unna- 
 tural and inordinate lulls, Pfalm 81.12. 
 Gen.i?.^ 
 
 Q. Which 
 
108 AJhortCatechifm, 
 
 Q«. Which is the eternal m'ifery > 
 
 a, |j etfcrlattfng c Damnation > 
 
 Expof. p Q_ Wherein doth this dam- 
 nation conjift > 
 
 ^. (1) In an everlafting reparation 
 of foul and body 3 from the comfortable 
 pretence of God, Mat.j.2$. Rev. 22.15. 
 and (2 ) An enduring of 1. Eafelefs, 2. 
 Endlefs^ . Remedilefs torments with the 
 Devil and his Angels, Matth.i ^.^.j.Rev. 
 3o.i 5. Lftl^.16. 24525 
 
 Q^ <dfier a man doth know his mifery^ 
 what muft he learn in the next place } 
 
 AnG %\}t true means t tioto fjt 
 d map efcape tie forefaf a tnfferp , 
 and be c reftarea to bappintf > 
 dA&s 2.37»eA&s 16.30. 
 
 Expof. f 0. Hath God prescribed 
 means for the recovery of all creatures 
 that fell ? 
 
 ^.No:God in juftice pafled by the An- 
 gels , who fell without the enticement 
 of any other, 2 Vet^^Jude &. Math 
 25.41. 
 
 CJ. What moved the Lord to prefcribe 
 means for mans recovery ? 
 
 ^nf God of his infinite love, free 
 grace and mercy, EJay 4325. le r.3 1.3. 
 
 Hof. 
 
With m Bxfofition upon the fame. I op 
 Hof iq.q.John 3. 16. Rom.^. %g. Eph* 
 1.5,6. 1 "John 4. 10. hath prefcribed 
 means whereby man might efcape mi- 
 fery and be reftored to happinefs, Alls 2. 
 
 Q^what then are the parts of this re- 
 cover J ? 
 
 A. Two:i. An efcapingofmitery , 
 2"i A being reftored unto happinefs, AB. 
 
 Qu. By whit means may -we efcape 
 this mifery^and recover happjnefs ? 
 
 A. fl)nelp t fcp f 3ef«0 Cfcrfff* 
 
 f A&S4.12. 
 
 Expoff Q; Whywasitneceffarythat 
 fuch means (ho aid be prefcribed > 
 
 ^(i)God in juftice dothhatefin, 
 Efay 1.3./^/. 45. 7. and (2) Hath de- 
 nounced death againft the tranlgreflfors 
 of his Law? Gen,2. ij+De?tter.2j.26* 
 Efay 30.33.^.4.4. 
 
 Q. For what end was the means pre- 
 fcribed? 
 
 A, 1, To fatisfie Gods juftice, Col 
 1 .20. and 2. To make way for mercy. 
 P/^.145.9 
 
 Q. Who found oat this means > 
 A, God in his infinite wifdom founds 
 out a mean?, Gen 3 , 1 5, 
 
 ■ Q.what 
 
A fbort Cateckifrn, 
 
 Q. what was that means > 
 
 A\ JefusChrift 
 
 Q. Who laid this office upon Chtifit 
 
 A. The Father laid this office of 
 Reconciliation upon him, Pfalm 40. 
 6,7. Hc£>r. 5.5. John%. 17. and 5. 
 
 i Q^ Chrift was innocent , &<?w *fo# 
 1*00/4/ f to 0jJEf r £<? laid on him ? 
 
 _/4. He willingly undertook it, H*£r. 
 1 0.759. and did faithfully difcharge it T 
 Hebr.\o.^fiq, 
 
 Q. WhatisJefrsChriftt 
 
 a. SCfcc ' eternal g &on of C3od; 
 tobo in time became man for W0 elect , 
 gGal.4.4^. 
 
 Expof. || Q^ Why did the Son of God 
 become man ? 
 
 A. i.The Son of God by nature be- 
 came the Son of man • 1 . That he might 
 make us the fons of God by adoption , 
 who were by nature the children of 
 wrath, £^2.3. 
 
 And 2. It was fit that our Reconcili- 
 ation (hould be wrought by the Son, 
 Efaj6i.i. l John 1.3. John$.$6 $y. 
 C0/.1. 16, 17. Heb<\\.$. John^. 17. & 
 3 . i7.and fealed by the holy Gho&>Eph. 
 1.13. & 4.30. 
 
 Q^Hot* 
 
VVithan^Lx Dofttion upon the fame in 
 
 Q^ How many things are we to confi- 
 der inChnfti 
 
 a. fJMsi pejfon, ana M&k office , 
 
 iGol.2.9. kHeb.2. 16317. 
 
 Q. What is his per [on t 
 
 a, 3t (0 1 0od and mam t mU 
 tea together Into m one perfon :* 
 ljohni.14. Efay7. 14. Romans 9.5 
 m 1 Cor. 8.6. 
 
 Expof.f Q. Why [ay you that Chr 1ft 
 is God and Man ? 
 
 A* Becaufe in Chrift there arc two 
 diftintt natures, Hebr.i.^. Mmh. 
 18.20. with 1 Tim. 2.5. Luke 1. 35. 
 Mat.i$.2o.Rev. i. 8. K^. 1.11,12. 
 John \6» 30. / > ^/'/. 2. 6. J-o^/ 1. 3. and 
 5.17. A/^«^.8. 13. with Luke 22.43. 
 Matth. 24.36. and 27.4,6. ^u 4.6. * 
 and 1 1.35. and 14.28. £^4 10. 
 
 Qil. How are 1 hefe two natures uni- 
 ted? 
 
 ■Anf. They are infeparably united, 
 I Pet.$.i$.john 10.18, //>£.?. 14. not 
 confounded, i?<?w.i .3 4. and 9.5. j^/w 
 16 30. with Lui^e.2 52. Marl^i^.^2. 
 
 Q^_ >4n? r^er^ wr ?/?<?« wwr/^ Chrift si 
 
 A. No, there is but one Chrift, not 
 many Chrift si Cor \$, 6, 1 7W.2.5. 
 
 Q Why foi 
 
 A.Ktr 
 
A {hort Catecbifrt, 
 
 A. Becaufe the Godhead didaflume 
 the humane nature to it fe]fe->PhJ p. 2.7. 
 Heb. 2.16. (b that the manhood fubii- 
 fteth in the Godhead, Afatth.%. 17.& 17 
 5 . and they are fb infeperably unitedjthat 
 tht (elf fame perfon which is God is alio 
 man Job. $. i^.Eph.^.io, 
 
 G. Being God before all time^ how 
 could he be made man \ 
 
 A. \$z toa*n * concetticD bv tfje W 
 ipdSljott ; bornoffl)etrirgUiMary,acs 
 torfcfng to the a J3ropfcet0, n Luke 1 .3 5 
 oGen.3.i5Efay7. 14. and 11. 1. 
 
 Expof * On. What is Chrtfis concep- 
 tion ? 
 
 A. Chrifts conception is the forming 
 of his humane nature in the womb of the 
 Virgin Mary. Efay 7. 14. Genef. 49. 10. 
 ^£.1.35. 
 
 Q^ What are the properties of his con- 
 ception 1 
 
 J. It was 1. Miraculous, 2. Superna- 
 tural! 
 
 0u. By what power was his humane 
 nature formed ? 
 
 A. By the power of the holyGhoft, 
 Mat. 1 18. 20. who did perfectly fan- 
 ftifie it in the very firft moment of con- 
 ception 
 
With an Expfitlon upon the fame, i 1 3 
 
 ception 3 Luke 1 . 35. 
 
 Q. what things are to be conjidered in 
 the conception oft hrift ? 
 
 A. Two. 1. The forming of his hu- 
 mane nature. 2. The fanttifying of it 9 
 and that 1. Both perfe&ly. 2. In the very 
 firfi: moment of conception. 
 
 Q, Why was Chrifl conceived by the 
 holy G ho ft? 
 
 oat tin, tofeejtWtft all are q ftafn* 
 eft, tofto are concetteti after t^e or- 
 fcfnarp manner pLuk.i^.q Joh.3.6. 
 
 Q^ Why was he God? 
 
 A. u %\&t fce tnfgW bear tije 
 toetgftt of dDots Uuatfj tottf)Qtit llnK* 
 trig nnoer it s.^DDercotiie &eatb.?. $$e 
 tfte ijeaa || oftbe Cburck 4* Repair 
 W* image f n u*. $♦ Conquer tfce ene* 
 mieaofoar Caltiatlom attoDefeua utf 
 agalnttt&em. 
 
 Expof || Q^ W&7 jjfctf /Y neceffary that 
 the He ad of the Church fbould be God > 
 
 ^. (1) Becaufe the dignity of be- 
 ing head of the Church is fo great 3 that 
 it cannot agree to any meerman 3 Eph. 
 i.2i.Phil.2.9,io 9 ii.Heb.i.6'. . ; 
 (^) Becaufe the offices of an Head> 
 and the benefits thereof, he that is man 
 I onely 
 
1 1 4 A fbort Catabifmy ■ 
 
 only cannot beftow upon the Church. 
 
 Q^What are the offices of the Head? 
 
 A. The offices of the Head, are 
 (i) To give the power of life, feeling, 
 andmoving> to the body, Job, \. 4, Rem. 
 8.2 f And (2) to dircftby his power, the 
 inward and outward funftions of the 
 body, £^.5.23,24. 
 
 Q. Why -was he man ? 
 
 a. 1. SLtyrt be mtgfet t fuffej 
 r beartj to; u^ 2. feanctf fle f ou> 
 II nature, B« 3nD toe inigbt bat>e 
 t accede UHttj bol&neffe te tbe tfjr one 
 of grace, r Heb.2«i 4. f Heb. 2. 1 1. 1 Heb. 
 4.15,16. 
 
 Expof f Q Why was it necejfary 
 that Cbriflfhouldbc man that hemirht 
 
 A. (1 ) The divine nature could not 
 fuffer, Jam. 1. 1 j. Mal.%.6. Rom.^%^. 
 and without (bedding of blood there 
 could be no remiflion of fins , Heb.y. 
 22 Chrift therefore took our nature 
 that he might fufler death, Philipfians 
 27,8. 
 
 (2) Ic being no waies meet, that one 
 having nofpecial communion with an- 
 other, mould endure puni foment for 
 anothers fault, /W.2.1^17. 
 
with an Expojition upon the fame. 
 
 Q. How doth Chrift a$ manfanttifie 
 our nature > 
 
 \\A. Fulneffe of all graces above 
 meafare > were poured into the hu- 
 mane nature of Chrift our Saviour , 
 Matth.$.i6. John i. 16. and 3.34. CoL 
 2.9. and 1. 19. And we being united to 
 him, and having communion with 
 him, do, by way of influence receive in 
 meafure of his fulneflfo Epk.4. 7, 16. 
 
 Q^ How is.fr/nejfe of grace in Chrift ? 
 
 A m 1 , AH graces. 2. Above meafure^ are 
 in Chrift. 
 
 Q^ How are we partakers of Chrifis 
 fulneffe? 
 
 A. By being united to him » and ha- 
 ving communion with him. 
 
 Q. what is his office ? 
 
 a. 2Do beua#etitatourtto recon- 
 cile ®oa ana man, u 1 Tim. 2.5. 
 
 Expof. t Q? What is a Mediator t 
 A k A Mediatour or an Advocate, is 
 a third perfon that takes upon him to 
 agree and-reconcile two that be at vari- 
 ance, as Chrift being bouxGod and man, 
 did (et at one, God and man, Ef h. \ . 10. 
 Col, 1.20. 1 John 21. who before Were 
 (eparated by fin, Efay 59.2. Jsrfyify 
 iX/j Chrift, our Mediatour as man only*. 
 I a A. No 
 
1 £ 6 A Voon Cttechifm, 
 
 A. No, "but Chrift is our Media- 
 tour both as God and manyjohn i. 26* 
 34. and 3. 14, \6Kom^ % %. \ Jobm.j, 
 PhiLi.6. 
 
 Q^ How mJJ that be proved ? 
 
 >4 .( 1 ) Becau'fe in the work of our 
 redemption he performed many divine 
 works, Heb.2.1^. John 10.18. 
 
 (2) AsMediatour, he is the King 
 and HtdA of his Church, Luke 1.33. 
 j^.3.3 5 , Act. 2.36. Pb/I.2.1 o 1 1 . Mat. 
 28.18, f/^. 1. 6. and 2.7. 
 
 And (3) the fpecial offices of Chrift 
 our Mediatour, do neceffarily require^ 
 that the divine and humane nature 
 joyntljxdo concur in the execution of 
 them, John 1. 18. Mattb. n. 27. John 
 
 3.12,13. 2 Cor. 5. l8,19,20. &"».5. 10; 
 
 1 1 . Heb<$. 1 4. and 7.25. 
 
 Q^ Is this office peculiar to Chrift f 
 A. This office is peculiar to Chrift, 
 
 John 14.6. 1 Tim. 2. 5>6. Hebr.j.2^. 
 
 and neither in whole,norin part can be 
 
 tranfferredto any other, Acts 4. 10,11 
 
 1?. 7/^.4.14, John 11.42. I John 2.1. 
 
 Heb.j.2<$.Eph.$ i2.Heb.:,ifa i^.Atts 
 
 10.42.43. and 17.31:. 
 
 Q£ When was Chrift given tc be a 
 
 Mediate a? ? 
 
VThh an Expofition upon the fame. \\n 
 
 A. CO In the decree of God Chrjft 
 was a Mediatour from eternity, Fpk . i 
 5 6 
 
 (2) In thevertue andeffbacyof his 
 mediation, he was given to be a Media - 
 tour , fo foon as necefllty required, Rev, 
 13.8.6^.3.15. 
 
 (3) In the fulnefle of time) he was 
 manifefted in the flefh. Gal.^fi . -. 
 
 Q_H<w did he reconcile God and 
 man > 
 
 A.wi.Bp W* fulfilling II tbe lafo, 
 
 2. &n& by fcte t * fttfferfng0, w Mat. 
 
 3. i5.xH?^.9.i9« ^^.5.10,11. 
 
 Expof. || Q.^ Why was it necejfary that 
 Chrift (ho u Id fu /fill 'the Law > 
 
 A, Ic becam j him who was our faith- 
 full high Prieft to fulfill all righteouf- 
 nefle. 
 
 Q^ why was it necejfary that Chrifi 
 foouldfufer > 
 
 J A - The juftice of God muft be 
 fetisfied, and the debt of fin muft be 
 paid , before God, who is true, juft , 
 and unchangegeable , could be pleated 
 with us 1 Joh 9 2.2.FW.9.14, 15, 1 Pet, 
 1. 18,19.^.1.5. ' 
 
 Q. What underftand yon by his Of- 
 ferings > 
 
 I 3 A. 
 
1 8 A fhort faecbifm, 
 
 A.^tsMnntatry bnmtUatfonbotb 
 
 in * * foal ant) b o&p. W a crttf fptng« 
 
 b 11 fceatfc bur f aland c abf Ding t unfcer 
 
 tbe d min t on of Death tax a time,y Phil. 
 
 9 t i4.aLukci3.23»biCor» 15, 3,4.5 
 
 CA&S2.27, 
 
 Expof. * Q. How may it be proved 
 that Chrift did foffer in foul \ 
 
 A. (1 .) Chrift in his incarnation did 
 affume our whole nature, Luk^ 2 . 40.5 2. 
 Heb. 2. 6X^23. 4^* * Tim, 2, 5. £#^. 
 19. 10. Matth. i6>$%. Mark^ 14* 34. 
 Jrfatth.zj, ^o.John 19. 30. /W. 10. j. 
 -'kfo*. 26. \2.Heb*2.ij. that by offering 
 it up a (aerifies for fin, he might redeeme 
 us, £fr£. 8. 1,2,3. Heb 9. 14, & 13.10, 
 11,12,(2) In our nature he became 
 our furety., Job 19.25. Heb. 7.22. there- 
 fore he fuffered properly in foul as well 
 as in body, Mat. 27 . 46. Gal ,3 . 1 3. Heb. 
 2*9,10,14. (3) This is fet forth in the 
 Lords Supper> 1 Cor. 11.25. And (4") it 
 was fignified by the facrifices in the Law, 
 Heb. 9.19.20. 2 1,22. 
 ■ #i || What was the death of Chrift > 
 ■A. The death of Chrift was the fepa- 
 ration of the foul and body? Matth. 27. 
 50.^^.23,4^. 
 
 Hi 
 
with an txpofnion upon the fame. 1 19 
 
 £K Was the foul or body of Chrift fe- 
 farated from his Godhead > 
 
 A. No, but they both continued (till 
 united to the Godhead, Matth.i. 23. 
 Joh.i.i^. i Pet.3.12. 1 Or.2 8. 
 
 Q. Why was it necejfary that Chrift 
 (hottlddie* 
 
 A. It was neceffary that Chrift fhould 
 die, (i.)That he might fatisfieGods ju- 
 ftice, Heb^.iz. (2 ) Abolifh and kill 
 Sin, Mat.26.2%. Ront.<$<io. Kom%,^ % 
 Rom.6. 10, H. 1 jfah#3.8.(3) £>eftroy 
 death. (4) And him that had the po- 
 wer of death , that is, the Devi!, Ueb. 
 2,14.2 Tim.i.lO. John 12. %i-> Hof 13. 
 14. (5) Deliver us from the fear of 
 both, Heb.2.141 L »ksi*74. ( 6 ) That 
 he might confirm the Teftament or 
 Covenant of grace , which he made 
 with us, Heb*9,i6>i? and 15.20. Zach. 
 9.11. And (7) obtain for us the fpirit 
 of grace, Atts 2.33. Gal 3. 14. and 
 
 4-4>5- 
 
 O* What difference may beobforved 
 
 betwixt the death of 'Chrifi , anddf the 
 
 Martyrs ? 
 
 A % Betwixt the death and differing 
 
 of thrift and of the Martyrs , we may 
 
 obferve thefe differences. 
 
 I 4 !• Chrift 
 
1 2 o A fhort Catechifrri) 
 
 i.Chrifthis paffion was an accurfed 
 punifhment, Gal. 3. 13. The fufferings 
 of the Martyrs and holy men, are only 
 chaftifements or trials. 
 
 2. Chrifts paffion was a meritorious 
 facrifice.' H^.9.14. the paffions of the 
 Martyrs, are of no value to merit any 
 thing, Rom.%.i$> 
 
 3. Chrift bore all the Martyrs fuf- 
 ferings , and that in his own ftrength, but 
 the Martyrs bore not others fufferings > 
 nor were left to their own ftrength in 
 bearing their own \ and therefore they 
 were not forfaken 5 though they were 
 not delivered out of the hands of their 
 perfecutor?. 
 
 ♦ Q^ How was the -punishment of the 
 
 Jllett /'aid upon Chrtfi f 
 
 A . As the fins of the Elett were laid 
 upon Chrift, Lev.16.21. Efay 53.11. 
 H^.9 • 28 . (b was the punifhment of their 
 fin for fubftance and kinde , though not 
 for circumftance of place or continuance, 
 H^4.i$. 
 
 Qi Did Chrift fujfer 'every p Articular 
 punijhment that every particular [inner 
 meeteth withaW* 
 
 A. He fuffered both in foul and 
 body the wrath of God, which was 
 
 due 
 
With an Expofition upon the fame, I % i 
 
 due unto us for fin, though he fuffered 
 not every particular -punifhment of fin 
 which every particular finner meeteth 
 withal), Rom.5.19. H^.1014. 
 
 Q; What is the fourth difference be- 
 twixt the [offerings of Chrifl and the 
 Martyrs ? 
 
 .^.4. Chrifl: was in himfelfpure and 
 innocent , but he fuffered for our fins > 
 2 Or. 5.21. The Martyrs were not free 
 from fin, neither did they fuffer for the 
 expiation of finu 
 
 Q. -j- Row long did Chrifl remain un- 
 der the dominion of death ? 
 
 A. Untillthe third day, death had 
 power and dominion over Chrifl: , for 
 (b Jong death kept afunder foul and 
 body, Luke 24.7. Matth. 17.23. Afls 
 10.40. 
 
 qL D)d Chrifl alwaies abide under the 
 power and dominion of death f 
 
 a/ $0, fortije pqtoer of beatbbe- 
 fngy tabooed tbe tbtro % ur> be || roft 
 again, aafcenueo into beatieib anfc 
 ffltcttt«ttfee rfgbebana t)f (be JFa* 
 tber, Afts 2.31.*, 1 Cor. 15.44 Mark 
 16.19. 
 
 Expof || CU What istherefltrreclion 
 ofChrifi * 
 
122 -^ fbort Catechifm> 
 
 A. Therefurre&ion ofChrift is the 
 
 firft degree of his exaltation. 
 
 Q^ What are the farts of this refur- 
 
 reftion ?. 
 A»i. His (bill was joyned to the fame 
 
 flefh that died. 2. He was raifed up to life, 
 
 Q^ Why was it neceffary that Chrifi 
 fhottldrife again? 
 
 A. It was neceffary that Chrift 
 fliould rife again, ( 1 ) In regard of the 
 excellency of his perfon, ACls 2, 24. 
 (2 ) In regard of the Covenant which 
 he had made with the Father, Pfalm 
 24657. E f a . y 53 l0 ' C3) * n regard of the 
 dignity of his high office of eternall 
 mediation, Pfal. 1 10.6,7. Rom.^ % 25. 
 And ( 4 ) that the truth of thofe things , 
 which were foretold concerning the glory 
 of the Meflias, might be fulfilled. 
 
 Q. By what power did he rife again > 
 
 A. Chrift by his divine power rofe 
 again from the dead, &»*♦ 1.4.1 Pen 
 3 18. iTim,$.i6. John 5. 21. and 10. 
 i7,i8.^#.r 2. 24. & 3.15. £/>£. 1.17,20. 
 jftwx8.1i.. 
 
 Q. Did he rife as a private r apnb* 
 liekjer fb»> 
 
 A. He arofe, not as a private, but as 
 
 a pub- 
 
With an Ex vojition upon the fame. 125 
 a publick perform Rom^ . 14.1 9. 1 Cor. 1 5 
 45 .//*£,! 0,1 4 1 P^.2.20.21. 
 
 ^2» What is the fruit of Chrifis refftr- 
 rettion > 
 
 ^. He thereby fheweth that his fatif- 
 fa&ion is fully abfblute, Rom^, 25. and 
 6.9,10. 
 
 ^. For what end did Chrlfi rife a- 
 ga'in ? 
 
 A. The ends of his refurre&ioti 
 meant> 1. That he might prepare him - 
 (elfe to the performance of the glorious 
 functions of a Mediatour. i. And fliew 
 himfelf to be the conquerour of death. 3. 
 And the Lord of quick and dead,&?z«,i4 
 9.^#j 17.31. 
 
 (^ f What is it to fit at the right 
 hand f 
 
 A. To fit at the right hand, is a 
 manner of Speech borrowed from 
 earthly Princes, whoufe to fet at their 
 right hand fuch as they fubftitute to 
 rnle under them in their names, 1 King. 
 2.19. 
 
 Q^ what is ftgnified hereby ^ That 
 Chrifl is faid to Jit at the right hand of 
 the Father i 
 
 A. Thereby is clearly noted that ex- 
 tent, 1. Glory, 2. Power, and 3. 
 
 Domi- 
 
124 AJbortCatechifm^ 
 
 3* Dominion that Chrift received of the 
 Father, whereby he doth execute his 
 Kingly, Prieftly, and Propheticall Of- 
 fice in glory, Mat.2$.i$. John 17. 2. 
 7 J b}/.2. 9 , 10. Pfa/.i 10 L. 
 
 Q^ What are the fpeciall parts of 
 Chrift s Medlatorfhip * 
 
 A. ^e || f0a b propftef,c ^rieff, ana 
 d fttng* b A&s 3 . 22. c Heb.2. 17. d Pfal. 
 .110.1. 
 
 Expof. || Q^ Why was it nccejfary that 
 Chrift fh u id be both Profhet-, Prieft 9 and 
 Kin a ? 
 
 A . (1) In the time of the Law, Pro- 
 phets, Priefts, and Kings were anointed, 
 iKT/W.f9 # i6. EA-0.28.4l. 1 Sam.i&.i%. 
 who were types of Chrift, truly anointed 
 our Prophet, Prieft, and King. 
 
 (2) Alfo our Mediatour was 1 to ob- 
 tain and purchafe for us full redempti- 
 on. 2 Tobeftow uponusrighteoufneflej 
 and eternal life obtained .3 .And to mew 
 unto us the way of falvation; which do 
 neceflarily require this threefold office of 
 Chrift. 
 
 Q^ Why was Chrift a Prophet ? 
 
 a. 2Loeretealt unto ns tfettoap 
 to et)erlaftitTgUfeeLuk:4 18,19. 
 
 •' Expof. f Q, Row did Chrift make 
 
 hnown 
 
iVimm Zxpfimn upon the fame. 125 
 
 known the wilt of God before his cominv 
 in thefle(h> 
 
 A. Before his coming in theflefh, 
 our Saviour Chrift made known the 
 will of God; (1 ) To the Patriarksand 
 Prophets? 1. Either immediately, 2 Per. 
 i. 21. a Sam. 2%. .2. Gen. ^^^ 10, 11. 
 2. Or by the Miniftery of Angels, Gen. 
 3 1. 1 i # Judg.6.1 2. 2 King.i^. (2)And 
 by the Patriarks and Prophets, he in- 
 formed the Church of the old Tene- 
 ment in all points neceflary to falva- 
 tion 2 Peter 2. 5.1 Peter 3. 19. Jade. 
 1 4. Luke 1.70. Ephef.2. 20. 1 Prt*r 
 1. 11. 
 
 Q. Did not Chrift execute his pro- 
 phetic a II office in his own perfon ? 
 
 A. In fulneflk of tinie, he did in his 
 own perfon preach, opening both the 
 Law, and the Gofpel. 
 
 Q^ How was he prepared to this of- 
 fice? 
 
 A. 1. By taking upon him our na- 
 ture. 2 . Being after a moil excellent man- 
 ner fan&ified by the fpirit, Lukei. 35. 
 JW.9.2-4* And 3 being furnifhed with 
 all gifts ueccfTary, Matth.%. 1 6 1 7. John 
 3* 3 4-^/^45 7 .Ef*>) W^.Jchn \\% t 
 and 3.3-2. 
 
Xi6 AJbortCateckifmy 
 
 O. Of whom was he culled to this 
 office* 
 
 A. God the Father called him to 
 thisoffice,£#i. 3.21,22. Mat.$ % 1^,17. 
 ykfar.17.5. 
 
 Ch Tow hom did he pre ach in his own 
 per [on I 
 
 A. He did in his own perfon preach 
 unto the Jews, Ails 1.1 Luke zi* 37. 
 Heb. 1.1. Dan. 9. 27. not altogether 
 paflingbythe Samaritans and Canaani- 
 tes, John 4. 40 • Mat. 15.22. 
 
 j5. For what /pace? 
 
 A. About the fpace of three years 
 and a half. 
 
 Q, In what manner did he preach ? 
 
 A. (1) With admirable wifdome, 
 Mark 6.2. Afatth. 21,2$ 27.8c 22.46. 
 (2) With ardent zeal, John 2. 14, 17. 
 jfo6» 4 34. ( 3 ) With excellent grace, 
 PfaLtf.i^. Matth.j.29. Luke 4. 22. 
 and 1 1 . 2 7 . (4) With fmgular meekneffc, 
 Mat.\U 29. C5) A nd with authority un- 
 ufual, Mat, 7 .i9> Mat.*}* 21.22. (6) 
 Not refpe&ing any mans perfon, >*/*?. 2 1 . 
 42,43. ^r£ 12.14. 
 
 Q^ What DoUrine did he preach ? 
 
 ^. He (1) interpreted the Law, 
 
 -*/*«£.$ .2i,22,&c- and 194^5-C 2 ) Re T 
 
 proved 
 
With an Sxpofition upon the fame. I 27 
 
 proved the corruptions of the Scribes 
 and Pharifees, John 2. 16. ^^.23,1 3* 
 (3) Foretold fome things that were 
 to come. Mat. 10.21. Luke 19. 43* 44* 
 ./terror. 24. $, &c. And (4) taught the 
 Gofpell, or the laft will ot God, con- 
 cerning the falvation of man, £/a/6i. 
 1^2.^^^.4.18. 
 
 (^ How did he i lift ft rate his doEhrine ? 
 
 A. He did illuftrate hisdoftrine for 
 the moft part by parables and fimili- 
 tudes, as the people were able to bear 
 it. Max.. 13.3. Mark^ 4. 3 3. confirming 
 that which he taught. 
 
 Q^ How did he confirme his doElrine^t 
 
 ^. (i.) By the Scriptures of the old 
 Teftament, John 5 46* Matth.22. 32. 
 Luke 24. 26,27,44345. (2) By holi- 
 nefle of life exactly anfwering to his 
 Doctrine ; (3 ) With divers fignes of 
 all kinds, 'John 3 2. and 5. 36. John 6 m 
 61,62. and 2.25 Matty ^ John 9. 6. 
 and 1 1. 43 45 And ( 4 ) by that moft 
 cruel and bitter death, which for the 
 truth of God he did voluntarily undergo> 
 1 Tim. 6 13. 
 
 Q. How doth Chrifi teach his Church 
 fmce his ajcenfion into heaven ? 
 
 A % After his afcenfion ; our Saviour 
 
 doth 
 
**8 A fjjort Catecbifm, 
 
 doth teach his Church by his Apoflles 
 and Miniftcrsj Eph. ^n y 12. Atts 10. 
 41,42. 
 
 Q. How were the Apoft'es prepared 
 for this office ? 
 
 A. The Apoftles being ( 1 ) fully 
 and perfectly inftru&edby Chrifthim- 
 felf 5 in thofe things which concern the 
 Kingdom of God, Atts 1, 3. John 
 15.1^5. and iy.g (2) And extraordina- 
 rily furnifhed with gifts. (3) and infalli- 
 bly affifted by the Spirit; Aits 2. 3,4. John 
 14.26. and 16. 13. were fent forth to 
 preach, 
 
 Q. What did the Apoftles pr*ach ? 
 
 A. The whole counfel of God, (0 
 far as concerns man 5 and the means 
 of his falvation, Alls 20.27. Mat. 28. 
 20. 1 Cir.2.9,10 11. 1 John 1.3. Rom. 
 1. 16. 
 
 Q. To whom were they fent to f reach f 
 
 A. Unto all Nations, Afof.28 i8ji?. 
 Mar*\6.i^. 
 
 Q^ How did they confirm their do- 
 Brine * 
 
 A* Their do&rine they confirmed 
 CO Both by the Prophets of the old 
 Teftament,y</tf.2 6.22.and 28.23. 2 Pet t 
 1.18,19. (2) And °y divers fignes and 
 
 wonders 
 
VVith an Expofition upon the fame. 
 
 wonders which God wrought by them* 
 Hw. 2.334. Mark^\6 20. 
 
 Q^ How doth Chrifr reach his Church 
 fine e the death of his A po files ? 
 
 A, In the daies, andfince the death, 
 of the Apoft!es,uur Saviour dotb execute 
 his Prophetical office by his ordinary 
 Minifters, whom he hath commanded us 
 to hear. 
 
 Wow far <$re xv: to hear them > 
 A. So long as they preach accord- 
 ing to the Scriptures, Ephef.^. 11, 12. 
 Lake 10.16. 
 
 Q;_ What difference Is there betwixt 
 the Mini fir j of Chrifi^ and his Mini- 
 fters ? 
 
 A. Chrift is the Author- oftheDo- 
 &i«ine which he taught 5 Minifters are 
 *he Inftruments ofChrift > to teach, not 
 their own. but his Doftrine, 2 Cor^. 20. 
 7^33.23. 
 
 Q. What isthe fruit of this off.ee of 
 Chrifi? 
 
 A. The fruit of this office is, (1) The 
 reftoring of knowledge decayed in the 
 firft fall of man. And 2 the manifefta- 
 tion of divine myfteries unknown to 
 the world, Rom.16.2^26^ Ephef^.p. 
 Cel,t.26,*7. 
 
 iz9 
 
130 A port Catemjmy 
 
 Q^ Why was Chrifi a f Priefi > 
 
 A* Xof purcfcafeforus rigfttwuC- 
 neCe ana Itre eternal, f Heb 5.9. 
 
 I£xpof. f Qu. /j Chrift, our high 
 Prieft after the crier of Aaron ? 
 
 A. Chrift is our high Prieft, not af- 
 ter the order of Aaron, but after the 
 order of Mel 'c hi fe dec, Pfa/.i 10.4. 
 
 Qj_ V/hat difference is there betwixt 
 the Pr -left-hood of 'Aaron and ofChriftl 
 
 A % The differences are thefe (1) In 
 the perfon. ( 2) In confecration. (3) In 
 the Priefthood. (4) In the Sacrifice. 
 
 (5) In the place whither they entred. 
 
 (6) Aaran was a Prieft only, Chriftis 
 both King and Prieft (7) Aaron was 
 a Minifter, but Chriftis the Author. 
 
 Q^ How do they differ in perfon ? 
 A- AarwvjdisU) Of the tribe of 
 Levi, Heb. j. 4. but Chrifi: of the tribe 
 otjma^ fJei.j.t^. (2) Hisftockand 
 lineage was known, Excd.6.16, 18,20. 
 but Chrift was without father , touch- 
 ing his humanity ; without mother, 
 touching his Deity, Heb.j.$. (3) He 
 was compared with infirmities, and 
 was mortal ; but Chrift immortall , 
 and continuing for ever. (4) Aaron 
 was a firmer, and had need to offer for 
 
 himfelf, 
 
with an TLxpoJition upon the fame. 131 
 
 himfelf, and for his own fins, Hel/.y. 28. 
 and 5.2,3^4. & 9.7. But Gb rift was holy, 
 harmlefle, undehled , having no need 
 to offer for himfelf, but offered himfelf 
 for the people onel y> Hch 7. 3 5,26,27. 
 
 Q. How do they dlfrrr in conCecrattoUk T 
 
 ^. (1) Material oyle was poured r €cra tion. 
 upon Aaron at his confecration, Levn, 
 8.12. but Chrift. was anointed v/iththc 
 holy Ghoft, Acts 1038. (2) Aarm 
 was inftituted without an oath, buc 
 Chrift with an oath, Jleb.j. 20. 21^28, 
 /y*/, 110.4* 
 
 Q.. How do they differ in the Prieft- 
 h?od? 
 
 A. (i) The Priefthood of Aaroni \n 
 was typical! ^ Hebr, 10. 2,3. but the Fritjllwd. 
 Priefthood of Chrift is true and reall, 
 containing the very Image and body of 
 things themfelves. (2) The Priefthood 
 of Aaron was not available to takea- 
 way Cm, Hebr. 91,4,15. But Chrftls 
 Priefthood was perteft to abolifh fin, 
 and to obtain eternal redemption, H b, 
 101,5,11. Heb.y 12,14. (3) The Le- 
 vi ticall Priefthood was to be abroga- 
 ted, Heb.%.i$. butChrifts Priefthood 
 is to continue for ever, Hebr. 7. 24. 
 (4) Aaron died and had fucceffor?, 
 K 2 Heb. 
 
1 3 2 -A fbort Catecbifm, 
 
 i/^.7.23. but Chrift fucceeded none, 
 hath no fuccefTors ; but is our onely and 
 unchangeable high Prkft for ever, Heb. 
 
 73- 
 
 Q^ How do they differ in the Sacri- 
 fice ? 
 it. In the r A. -Aaron and his fuccefTors O) *", 
 facrijice. fered the bodies and blond of beaft?, 
 Heb.y.i 2,14. but Chrift himfelf is both 
 the Prieft and Sacrifice, Eph.^ 25 . Hcb. 
 9.26. and 10.10, Qi) They offered of- 
 tentimes one manner of Sacrifice ; but 
 Chrift hath offered himfclf once for all, 
 Heb.7. 27 and 9.25,26. and 10. 12,14. 
 1 Pet.% 18. 
 
 Q^ How do they differ in the place 
 
 whither they entred > 
 
 l.lnthe A. Aaron and his fuccefTors entrcd 
 
 place vrh'i into the Tabernacle made with hands, 
 
 tberikey f/^.8,5 and 9.6 But Chrift is entrcd 
 
 entered. j nto ^ V£r y neavcn ^ f/*£r. 9, 1 1 24>and 
 
 4.14. 
 6 ^ ron Q* ^ B? f '^ ^ (K r 'ft an< ^ Aaron 
 *«? dt jf er ' 
 
 frieii on- -*.(ii) Moreover, A a on and bis fuc- 
 fcCfyifl ceffors were pricfts onely, but Chrift 
 is both ; s i ot h King and prieft", ticbr.y. 1, 2* 
 Ktrgant r 2 w^ r<wjm d his fuccefTors were but 
 L A ' Miniftcis 
 
With an Expofit'cn upon the fame. 
 
 Minifters, but Chrift is the -author of ial- r * L" 
 
 vac ion, tfeb.^. 9. "V 
 
 CK what doth a 7 thisjhzw > 
 A. All this doth (hew, (0 The ab- 
 iolutenefs. (2) The perfe&ion. And 
 (3) the excellency of Chrift his prieft- 
 hood. 
 
 Q. What axe the functions of his 
 PrieftJv-officel 
 
 A. ^iferfng il up g fcfmfelf a fa* 
 erf gee once for alb ano t mafcfitgre 5 
 qaeilforu0» gHeb 5. i.andp. 26.and 
 7.25. 
 
 ExpoC || . Who of eyed up him- 
 
 Mr 
 
 A. Chrift through the eternal Spirit^ 
 HC09.14. 
 
 0, What was the Sacrifice that he 
 offered > 
 
 A, He offered up his foul and body, 
 as a fweet fmelling (aerifies to the Fa- 
 ther, £/>/.?. 5. 2. whereby he wis con- 
 fecrated , and did enter into Heaven, 
 prefenting himielf before the Father for 
 us, Heb. 9*24 and 10.20. 
 
 O . How often is this facrifice of- 
 fered? 
 
 A. Once for all, Heb. 10. 12. 
 
 Q± What be the parts of this oblation f 
 K 3 A. Two 
 
134 ji fbort faecbifm, 
 
 t.txpia- A. Two.^ (i) Expiatory. (2) Pre- 
 "V- fcntatory. 
 
 taforj Q- Whm is C hr *fi s intrceflion > 
 
 f ^ Chrifts interceffion is hismoft 
 gracious will, frequently andunmove- 
 ably defiring , that all his Members for 
 the perpetual vertue of his Sacrifice, 
 may be accepted of the Father. Rom. 
 8.34. 
 
 Q. What are the proper t'es of his in- 
 terceffion f 
 
 A. Ic i?, t llniverfui and Particu- 
 lar. 2. Heavenly and glorious, 3. Ever 
 effe&ual. 4. Nowiy reciprocals And 
 tendred onely for the vertue of his fa- 
 crifice. 
 
 Q t Why was Ckrift a f Kin^f 
 
 A. %o || brffcle h ana fnbdue all 
 W* tmmlts , but i to f gather ana 
 K ^oDern * Ijte (Elect anD Ctjoten, 
 
 hPialm iiq. 1. Col. 2. 15.1C0r.15. 
 28. i Join io. 16. H g. 2. 7. k Ezek. 
 
 34- 2 3>M- 
 
 Q^ WW if the Kingly Office of 
 Chrijl > 
 
 ■A The Kingly office of Chrift is his 
 fpiritual, eternal > and abfolute Domi- 
 nion, L/iketrjizo Joh. 18.36 JW.2.44. 
 and 7. 14. Heb 1. 8. Rev.^.y* where- 
 by 
 
with an Expoftion upon the fame. 1 3 5 
 
 by being appointed by the Father , 
 Pfial.2. 6,7. and 45.7. /y^/*# no. 2. , 
 Mat. 11. 27. dtts 2.33. Lord of all 
 things in Heaven and earth,* Heb.i, 7^ 8, 
 and peculiarly King and Head of 
 his Church, Ep.h. 1 .2 1, 22* he doth con- 
 found and deftroy all his enemies , but 
 doth gather and govern his ele&, Hof. 
 1 7. Ifiaiah 33. 22. by his word and 
 fpiritj for their felvauon and glory of 
 God. 
 
 Q^ what are the properties of Chrifis 
 dominion ? 
 
 A. It is, 1. Spiritual. 2 Ecern al 3 
 Abfolute* 
 
 Q. Who appointed him to this office * . 
 
 A, God the Father. 
 
 Q, what is the dominion Tphereunto 
 he is appointed ? 
 
 A. To be Lord of all things in Hea- 
 ven and earth, and peculiarly King and 
 Head of his Church. 
 
 Qj. what are the Functions of his 
 
 A. two, i . In refceft of his Enemks. fl S« 2 
 a-InrefpeaofhisE!^. - tnm} ' 
 
 O. What in refpeti of his Enemies? 
 A. He doth confound and deftroy all 
 
 hi$ enemies. 
 
 K4 Q^what 
 
I 3 6 A fhort C Atechifniy 
 
 Q^ What in refpeCt of his Efe<t ? 
 n.\nre- ^„ He doth gather and govern his 
 fpetfofkisEkft. 
 
 How doth he gather and govern his 
 EUft i 
 
 A. By his word and fpirit. 
 
 O , For what end. f 
 
 A For their falvation and the glory 
 of God 5 Ifaidhjyi* 15. and 59. 21. 
 I Theff. 1.5. 
 
 Q. Who are the enem'.es ofChrifi f 
 
 A. || The enemies of Chrift, are 
 1. Satan and all his Angels. And.2 # all 
 their works. 
 
 Q^ what Are the wcrhs of Satan ? 
 
 A. i% Sin. And 2 death, 6^7.3.15. 
 Efh.2 2. 2 Cor, 4.4 2 C or* 615. 
 
 Q. Who elfe are ChrifCs Eatm'es > 
 
 A. All wicked men who be the In- 
 struments of Satan, jW.w8.44. 1 John 
 
 3.8. 
 
 Q. Amongw'icked ffitn^wbo >s the 
 chief enemy ofChrifi ? 
 
 A. The Antichrift of Rome is chief, 
 2^.2.3. 
 
 Q^ How doth Chr'ifi fubd.nc thefe 
 JLnemies ? 
 
 A. The(e enemies Chrift hath al- 
 ready overcome in his own perfbn, 
 
With an Exposition upon the fame. 137 
 
 Eph.^%. CW.2-. 14. John 1 2.3 1. 
 
 <9. How doth he bridle and reprefs 
 them daily in refpeft of his Members 1 
 
 -<*• He doth daily bridle and reprefs 
 them, 1. By his wifdom. 2. Power. 
 3. Word. And 4 Spirit 3 Luke 10. 18,19. 
 and 2. 34 Rev. 12.5. and 2.27. 2 Cor, 
 10.4,5.' ^ 
 
 0^ When will he perfectly fnbdze them 
 in rcfpect of his members ? 
 
 u4. He will perfe&ly fubdue them at 
 the day of Judgement, 1 Cor in. 15. 
 
 (?. HowwJl he fubdue them? 
 
 s*. He will fubdue them, 1. By ad- x Ad'mdt 
 fudging fome; 2. By abolifhing o- i ng $ me% 
 thers. z.AbolU 
 
 _g. Whom will I e ad) '<& <re ? fhing * 
 
 ^ ^. He will adjudge the Devil and all jhers * 
 his partakers to eternal condemnation* 
 -Mat, 2<j. 46 
 
 i?. whom will he utterly abo/i[h ? 
 
 ^. He will abolifh fin and death j 
 1C0r.15.26. 
 
 Q. What is farther to be noted in the 
 execution of his Kingly office^ in refpstt 
 ■of his enemies t 
 
 -d. Further it is to be noted, That 
 Chrift.as a Mediatour in the execution 
 
 of 
 
138 -^ \bort Catecbifm, 
 
 of his Kingly office, doth(i) Outward- 
 ly call fome wicked and ungodly men. 
 Matt. 22. i, 1 4. and 20.16.(1.) Pre- 
 fcribe a Law how they ought to walk , 
 James 4. 12. (3.) Beftow many good 
 things upon them , both fpi ritual and 
 temporal , though not dich as accom- 
 pany Salvation , Beb. 645. Matth. 
 13.19 20, 21. £#^8.13,14. Job 22. 
 18. And 4. inflift divers punifhments 
 upon them, in this life and the life to 
 come, for their fin and difobedience, 
 Matt. 13 12. and 25.28. Ifaiah 6. 10. 
 zTheJf. 2,iOj 11. Luke 16. 23. 
 
 Q_ What are the functions of / is 
 Kinqly office in refpect of his e!eEb 1 
 
 1. Vocation. J?/ Two, 1, Vocation. 2. Govern- 
 2 . Govern- m „ ntt 
 
 mn Q^ whatisVocat'onl 
 
 t A % Vocation is that whereby Chrift 
 doth not onely by his word call his 
 Eleft to Faith, Repentance, and the 
 participation of the Covenant of Grace , 
 ALv\ 1 r 1 -J., 1 5 . Mat. 1 1 . : 8 . but he doth 
 effectually move them by his Spirit to re- 
 pent and believe, Pfrl. 1 10. 3. 2 Ihcff.z. 
 13, 14. £^.3.16,17. 
 
 I .Outward , Q^ Which be: he farts of it ? 
 
 %. Inward yf. Two, I, Outward. 2. Inward. 
 
 Q. what 
 
yVitbanExpofitjon upon the fame. 139 
 
 (^ What is omvsard vocation > 
 
 A. It isGhrigs calling his Eleft by 
 his word, to faith and repentance. 
 
 Q^ lVh<it is the imvard vocation ? 
 Jt. It is Chrifts efFe&ual moving 
 his Ele^tby his Spirit, to repent and be- 
 lieve, . 
 
 Q^ What are the functions of Chrifts 
 Kingly office appertaining to the govern- 
 mem of his Elect ? 
 
 *J.Thc fusions of Chrifts King- 
 ly office appertaining to the govern- 
 ment of his Eleft ar> three, (1) The 
 prefcription of Laws , according to 
 which his Subjects ought to believe and 
 live. 
 
 Q^ Wherein [lands this, &C ? 
 A. It ftands not only in 1. Ap- 
 pointing the faithful by the Miniftery 
 of his word to live godlily, juftly and 
 fbberly. But al{b. 2. in writing his Law 
 in their hearts by his holy Spirit, and 
 enabling them by the fame Spirit to do 
 in fome meafure what he requireth , 
 Tit. 2. 11, 12. Jtfr.31.33. Zech. 36- 27. 
 John 1. 16. , 
 
 Q^ What is the fecond ? 
 A. The communication and be- 
 ftowing of all good things upon them 
 
 apper- 
 
A fhort. Cfrecbifm, 
 
 appertaining to this or a better life, Co 
 far as he knows it needful or profita- 
 ble. 
 
 O. V/hat comprehend you under tne 
 communication of all good ? 
 
 A. Under that, we are to compre- 
 hend the removing of things hurtful , 
 and the defending of his . Subje&s a- 
 gainftthem. Pfalm6%. 18 James jj, i6 5 
 17. Pjfkfm 23.1,2,3. 1 Cor. 12. 8,9, 
 io, 11. £/>/?. 1. 7. Acts 26. 18. Mat 9. 
 6. Gal. 44,5. Rom.% 15, 16. 2 Cor. 
 12 9. ^7.4.13. £*& 22. 32. jW>* 
 17.113 12, 2? j 23. I John^+.Gen.f 
 
 36*27. PfiUmti.*3J+4#*4' i9- and 
 5.13. Pfalm $4.9*10. * *t. it 15. tow*. 
 
 14. M> 15//^- 2 7 7- -?! r " 4^ *8. 
 
 <p. J#Brt /j f /bff thnd f*$ltion of 
 
 Chrijh Kingly office in governing his 
 
 Eledt 
 
 A. The receiving of his El:&. unto 
 Vjimfelf 3 and the giving of eternal life 
 unto them, having pronounced fentence 
 on their fide? Mat 25 49. 
 
 jg. What benefits da wo receive by the 
 death and refurreciien of Chrifl > 
 
 a. Wit are ret>eemefc from tfce 
 II gutlf, I pmrffiwnent 4- an* pofoer 
 m nf Un> an* ffiall te ratfe* up at 
 
 in 
 
With an Expofition upon the fame, 141 
 
 fljFialt&aMCol.i. x 4« m Luke 1. 74, 
 Tit-2.i4.i Cor. 15.13. 
 
 Expof || Q. Hoxv are we redeemed 
 from the guilt of fin by the death of 
 Chrift* 
 
 A. 1. Chrift hadi paid our Debts > 
 and anfwered whatfoever the Law did 
 require at our hands, 1 Pet. 2. ai, 24, Co 
 that die Law hath nothing againft us, 
 C0I.2 14. 
 
 2. Laid down his life accord-, 
 to the will of his Father, John 10. i^* 
 (6 that Chrifts death muft needs be ac- 
 ceptable , Eph.>$.z and confequently 
 we are not bound over to punifti- 
 ment 
 
 Gk H nv may -it be proved that we are 
 delivered from the -whole punishment of 
 fw j • tmporal and eternally the death of 
 Chrifl ? 
 
 f A. (i ) Pumfbment is inflicted be- 
 oanfe 'of Un joh^ 8. Prov. 22.8. and 
 28 18. hof. 10. 13 and 1 4. 1. being 
 freed from fin , we are not lyable to 
 Judgment, .2 Sam. 12. 13. Jer.\, 14* 
 Ez.ech. 18.32. (V.) Itftands not with 
 the Juftice of God, being once fully 
 fatisfied, to require a fecond payment 
 at our hand, Qttil 18. 25. Man. 3. 17. 
 
 3. Nei- 
 
142 A jbort Cdtechifm, 
 
 C3.) Ndtherwill itftand with his glo- 
 rious mercy* (4.) Nor with the honor 
 of Ghrift who is a perfect Redeemer , 
 Tit. 2. 14 (5.) Nor with the price of 
 his Blood, 1 Cor.6- 20. (6.) Nor with 
 our Faith in praying for tull pardon of 
 all our D:bts ? Matth.6> 12^7.) Nor 
 with our peace with God, Ropi. 5, 1, 
 (8 )Nor yet with right reafon, that the 
 guilt offinfhould be removed, and yet 
 punifhment for fin inrlifred. 
 
 iQ. How are weredzeptedfrom the 
 guilt and pun lament of fin? 
 
 " A, <§qd tfee JFatljcr accepting tfce 
 UeatS) of Cfjritf, a0a full n ranfom 
 ana fattsfactioti to fcfs juftfee, Dotft 
 freelp fcffc&arge $ acquit 30 from 
 all onr Um 3 n Rom. 3. 24,25 Col.1.1 4. 
 Eph.1.7. 
 
 Q^ How tfirewe redeemed from the 
 power and tyr>v,my of fin f 
 
 A. Cftrtff bv II W0 o Deacli feillttft 
 fin in U0> ana bv ty0 1 tefarrectfon 
 fcotftqaicfceu U0tbnetonef0ot life, o 
 
 Rom.6.3^4* 
 
 Expol. || Qi. How doth the death of 
 ChrijrkUlfin bf**l 
 
 A. Chrift by his death did conquer 
 fin; and the old man in us; is truly faid 
 
 to 
 
With an Sxpofmon upon the fame. 143 
 
 to be crucified, dead and buried, with the 
 body of Ch rift, we being ingrafted into 
 the iimilitude of his death, CW.2.1 2 ,20. 
 
 Q^ How doth Chrifts refptrreiihn 
 qtiicken us to neiv^efs of life ? 
 
 f A. Having communion with Chrift 
 in his life, we are raifed up to a fpiritual 
 life, Rom, 8. 1 1. and have our converfa- 
 fation in heaven, PhiL$M, 
 
 Q^ Is the life of grace perfeft in us in 
 this life > 
 
 A+ No, the life of Grace is, 1. One- 
 ly begun here. 2 And groweth by de- 
 grees. 3. Being perfected in Heaven. 
 
 Q* What are the benefits of Chrifis 
 afcenfon ? 
 
 &♦ *♦ SDbe leasing pof capttirtfp 
 captiUe* ** 2Dde gffcfejof gifts onto 
 men\ 3. &bz ponding qfcte Cpfrit up- 
 on Ijfg people* 4. &ni> preparing r a 
 plat? fort^em, pEph.4, 8, u.qA&s 
 2.16, 1 7. r John 14.3. 
 
 Q_ /^>W are the benefits of his inter y 
 
 A. 1. 2DljePerfons of tfte faltlj- 
 fall fco altoap* remain jaft. 2, gnu 
 tftcfr Morfegf acceptable in tfje 
 tiS^t of ®o&* $. ffcreiJf? alf.o tftep 
 are sefenw) agstait tlje acenfation 
 
 of 
 
1 44 ^ fhort Catechifm^ 
 
 cfallt&efr cnemfe0>f i Pet.2.5. Gcn.4 
 4. £#0^.28.38. 
 
 Q^ Hw rW// jrfe \<now!edge of thefe 
 things worl^in the heart of him whom 
 Godfdves ? 
 
 A* 1. 3t brings Wm to a ferfott* 
 * condocratfon of \\i* oUm effete : 
 »'. 2Do u grfefce for fia, ana tbe fou 
 of (H3o&3 fctepleafure , toljtrebp w 
 3. 2D$e fteart ts t broken am> bam* 
 bleO*tJer,8.6^7.Luk 15 i 7 , u Afts 2. 
 37. wA&s?.6. 
 
 Expof. f Q. FF#«r istbi heart bro- 
 ken*. 
 
 A. The heart is broken ard humbled, 
 when it is call down with the fight of 
 fin , Pf 51.. 17. bruifed with the weight 
 of Gods wrath , and melted away for 
 fear, Pfalm 119 120.2 Kings 22. 19. 
 knowing that God hath advantage a- 
 gainfthim, and that he is worthy to be 
 condemned 
 
 Q^ What elfe will this knowledge 
 
 TVOylzJ 
 
 A. 3t 4 totll bring x a man II to 
 tonfefs Wjbs tin. 5 *£fgbip to yprff$ 
 Ctjrttt , ana to 6 ganger t after 
 2 Wm, tmttl be obtain b<0 Uefire > 
 x Luke 15. 18. y Matthew 13. 44* 
 
 z /faiah 
 
With An Expofitton upon the fame. f * - 
 
 Ifaiah55.i Job 07.37. 
 
 Expof. || O, In what manner ml! this 
 humbled fo&l confeffe his fin ? 
 
 A, He will acknowledge hisfinnes 
 to God ( 1.) as particularly as, he can* 
 1 Tim. 1.15. ^nd^i) with ,fighs and 
 groans for pardon and forgivenefle, Rom 9 
 8 26. 
 
 Q^ What 'are the properties of this htin- 
 gring after Chrifl f 
 
 t A . Hunger after Chrifl: muft be, 
 1. Fervent, as a thirfty man longeth 
 for drink, -^nd 2. concinuall, never 
 giving over till the defire be obtaine- 
 ed. 
 
 Q^ What doth accompany this hun- 
 grino- after Chrifl ? 
 
 A.^With this defire there is alwayes 
 joyned. 1. An high prizing of Chrift ; 
 A\y& 2, an advifed willingnefle to forgoe 
 all things for Chrifts fake, P/^*/. 1 . 2 2 ,23 . 
 with 3.7,8. 
 
 Q. How are we made partakers of 
 Chrifl with all hi s bene fits £ 
 
 A* JBptfaftti a alonr, a John 9.16* 
 and i.ii.ABls 13.39. 
 
 £xpoff 0^ How may it be proved 
 that we are made partakers of Chrifl by 
 fa'tth done on onr part . ? $ 
 
14^ A jhort Catechifm, 
 
 <4. ( i. '1 By \ faith alone we are ingraft- 
 ed into Ghrift, Rom. u. 20.(2) By 
 faHi alone we receive him John 6.56. 
 (3) By faith alone we have communi- 
 on with him , Rev* 3. 20. and Co are 
 made partakers of all his benefits, J*b* 
 3.36- (4) Alfo faith is the condition 
 of the Covenant of grace. Aott 16. 31. 
 Johnq. 1 8. MarkjlSm 16. John 20 3 I. 
 Rtm.^ 3, 5 
 
 Q. What is Faith 1 
 
 a. 0n f| obetrtenttal refffng b up- 
 on Cbrf ft alone forfalt)atien 3 bPfa. 2. 
 
 n.A&s 16. 31. 
 
 Expof. || d, Why do yon not define 
 faith by an affent ? 
 
 A, Becaufe bare affenting to the 
 truth of Gods promifes, upon the cre- 
 dit of the revealer, is not true and juftify- 
 ing faith, Mat, 21. %z.John 2.23 Luke 
 24.25. and 8. 13. 
 
 Q. When doth the poor foul believe 
 unto 1 vilification ? 
 
 A. When the poor foul doth caft it 
 (elf upon the free promife of God 
 made in Jefus Chrift, for pardon o 
 fin 3 it, doth truly believe* Atts 9. 42f 
 John 14. i.and 5. 24. with Rom.$. 5. 
 Ifaiah 28. 16. with Rom.f. 33 Atts. 
 
 IS. 
 
with an Expofitionupon the fame. 147 
 18 8. with ^0.10,10 11 • 
 
 Q^ What are the properties &f thu 
 faith ? 
 
 A. This faith is, 1. Certain, Mat. 
 i6 f 18. though mixed with many 
 doubtings \Luks. *• 1 ^. and 17. 5. 
 Mirli.p.2^. .^nd 2. continually Lukt 
 22. 31, 3 z. though often fhaken, %fM 
 24.21. 
 
 Q^ Why doe yon not define Faith to be 
 a full per fw ad on ? 
 
 A. Becaufe a full psrfwafion feems 
 rather an cffeft of a ftrong faith, Rc?n* 
 4.21. then the n3 ture of true fai ch. 
 
 Q^ Is not joy an individual! compani- 
 on of faith J 
 
 A. Joy is a fruit of Faith, 1 Vet. \.%. 
 Attr$~6,j)$ t Rom. 5, 3. but not an 
 infeparable companion thereof ; a man, 
 may have true faith, and fcele little or no 
 comfort, Vfalm. 22.1. and 31* 10. and 
 77.2. 
 
 QjSf/hat inhe ground of Faith f 
 
 a. £Se freetpromffc* of c <0a& 
 mass fn Cljrfft concerning tfa m* 
 BfDeneffc cf tins, an& .eternal rtgfev 
 teoufnclTe* c Rom. 4 .. l &. Heb. ii« t 
 
 Expof. f jj^i ^ re ilot temporal b ef- 
 L± Ji 
 
 nm 
 
148 A fhortCatechifm^ 
 
 fingsfec. the grounds of faith, together 
 whh the promlfes ofGocfi 
 
 A. Temporal bleflings., Ecclef?- 
 1 5 . civill vermes j Luke 1812, 1314- 
 agcnerall notice that Chrift will fave 
 th e elefcV ^^.13.20.21. fenfe, reafou> 
 ex , perience,feeli ng, Pfalm 1 o . 1 . a nd 1 "J . 
 12" are not the grounds of faith ;but only 
 thePromifes. 
 
 £K what is the caufe of the -promises? 
 
 A. God of his grace hath made them 
 unto us in Ghrift 3 which ought to be re- 
 ceived. 
 
 Q. Why ought they to be received* 
 
 A. Becaufe God that cannot lye 
 hath fbokenthem, Tit. i 3 2. 2 Tim. 2. 
 
 Q, How is faith ,*7 wro.'t lot in us ? 
 
 X 3ntoartilp bg d tie I! fpirtt aa 
 t!ie autfto;, onttoar&lp bp tbe c 
 p^eacfctag of fte. toaro, arfctCa 5 
 tecWn^astbtfnfframmt thereof, * 
 
 jjfis\$ 14 e Ron. 10. 14 H:b5»ii5i2 # 
 and 6- 1,2. 
 
 Expof. || Q^ How may it be proved 
 that faith u the work^ of the Spirit, 
 
 A. Becaufe faith" i$(i) The gift of 
 Gcd> Phil. 1. -2 9. And 2. a grace fii- 
 p^rnaturall .* anianofhimfelfecanno 
 
 mors 
 
With an Expofition upon the fame, j 40 
 
 more believe , then a corrupt fountain 
 can (end forth fweet waters, 1 Corin~ 
 2.14. 
 
 A. ysbat is Catechiftng ? 
 
 A, Catechifing is an inftruftipn of 
 people in the chief grounds of Cbrifti- 
 an Religion, 1 Corinthians ■ 2*4/1 Cor. 
 3.1. I ^,3. 15. Heb. 6. I, 2. Rom. 
 6.17. 
 
 Q^Wbat are the properties of it? 
 
 A. It muft be, t .Pure.2. Plain. 3. Brief- 
 Aud .4. orderly. 
 
 Q^ What is the end of Catechifing I 
 
 A. 1. That the people may clearly 
 and manifeftly fee the way unto (alva- 
 tion.-a, That they may know how to 
 make ufe both of the Law and of the 
 Gofpel, for their humiliation and com- 
 fort- And .3. underftand how one thing 
 dependeth upon an other, goeth before> 
 or followeth after. 
 
 Q. What are the fpecial benefits of 
 Catechifing 
 
 A. Hereby Chriftians are enabled 
 (1) To refer that which they read to 
 fbmehead. (2) Readily to apply what 
 they hear to fitptrrpofe. (3) To try it. 
 (4) To have it in readinefs in the time 
 of need. (5) To profit by the pub- 
 L 3 lique 
 
150 A (bort CAtechifrr?) 
 
 licjue Miniftery , HtOnwes «^. U, 12. 
 , Q&) To know how to go forward in 
 godlinef?, in an holy method. (7) It 
 is profitable to inform the judgement. 
 (8) To reform the affeftion. fa) And 
 to quicken to the duties of a godly 
 life. 
 
 Q^ How doth the l?ordwoi\ Faith 
 in hs > 
 
 A. 1* TU5y fljefotr.g as f oaf tnf* 
 ferp , atifc tfct true g means? qf owe 
 recovery, 2 <3£nctmragfo£ m h 
 being II (rambles., t0 recede tfte 
 premtfesaf ttje <DQtp?ll, f Rom. 7. 
 
 7. Gal. 3, 22. g Gal 4. 4> 5. h Mat. 
 11. 28. Ifaiah 61. i>2,3. Revelation 
 22. 17. 
 ' "Exp/. |1 Q. Hto ^rA r£* wod 
 
 encouraoc the hawbedi* be ! 7 eve f 
 
 si. The word (1) Commandeth 
 the humbled to believe. (2) Promifeth 
 them comfort, Af^'.^.i^, Luke\%. 32. 
 (3)Setteth forth the neceffity and ex- 
 cellency of Faith,??/*/* 3.18.36.(4) The 
 danger of unbelief, Marl ' t6 16. John 
 12/48. d&s 13. 46. (5) The tender 
 mercies and companions of the Lord^ 
 Pf*t< 103.8. 12. And (6) how God 
 1 Inviteth % 2 Perfwadeth. ?. And 
 
 in- 
 
With an Expofnion upon the fame. 151 
 
 intreateth them to believe, 2 Covin. 
 5.20. 
 
 Q^ How doth thefpiritwori^ by the 
 word? 
 
 A. i. 3t tsotlj teaeti m tetfoom 
 i to applp tftfnga generally fpoftcn »» 
 particularly to cur felted 2. &c- 
 crctlp upbolmtb k agatnft aetpdr. 
 3* fettrretft up trt us pad fceffre** 
 4- 2Pot& m f of ten tfe be*uf« $ #n& 
 Draft n uss to red upon Cftriff for 
 faltmton, before toe o bafts t&c feel* 
 tng of comfort, iEzek. 36. 27 31. k 
 Pfalm5i.i2.1 Phil.2. i3.mEzek. 11. 
 19. and 36.26.11 John 6.44.. o Mat. 11. ■ 
 28,29. 
 
 Q. By what means Is Faith increa- 
 fed? 
 
 A. U5|? tearing q tie fame Mora 
 ^reacbeo or Catecbffeo , an& Iffee^ 
 ioffebp e^rneft * Praper,p 1 Pet. 2.2 q 
 Luke 17.5. 
 
 Expof f Q. what fhould move men 
 to hear the tv or d\ 
 
 A. Becaufe hearing the word preach- 
 ed is an Ordinance of God. 
 
 Qj_ What a-e the facial Benefits of 
 hearing f 
 
 A. It is ordained of God as a means 
 L 4 (i)To 
 
x 5 s ^ /fort CAtechifrrj) 
 
 (i) To encreafe knowledge , Mat. 15. 
 
 10. Prov.i.^ t andS^^.PfaLy^.i6 ) 17. 
 
 1 Cor. 1.2 1. and 14.24925. (2) Xo re- 
 
 frifethe Judgement (3) To givecoun- 
 
 fel in doubtful cafes, P/^/iw 119. 24. 
 
 and 73, 16, 17. (4) To perfect the 
 
 Faithof the weak, Kom.io.S.i Theff. 
 
 3. 10. (5) To make ftable the ftrong, 
 
 sifts 20.32. Rom. 1,11,12. (6) To 
 
 comfort them that are in heavinefs, 
 
 1 The f ,z. 1 1. and 3. 2. and 5.14. (7) To 
 
 raife them that are fallen, 2 Sam, 12. 
 
 12, 13. Gal. 6.u (8) To call back 
 
 them that wander, Ifi1.30.21. (9) To 
 
 ftir up the graces of Gods Spirit, Cant. 
 
 4.16.2 Peui. 13.(10) To refrefh the 
 
 fouls of the Saints with fweet and 
 
 heavenly confolations , Canticles \. 1. 
 
 Pfalm 119. 162 Co/2.2. And (11) 
 
 to build both weak and ftrong , unto 
 
 perfect holinefs, E^.4.11, 12. 1 Pet.$. 
 
 2. 1 Tim^.16. James. 1.21. 
 
 Q. In what refpefts is liberty to pray, 
 a fweet priviledje ? 
 
 * A. Liberty to pray isa-fweet pri- 
 viledge, Eph.2. 18. Becaufe (1) there- 
 by we do (2) And may continually 
 commune with the Lord after a fami- 
 liar manner, %Smq* 18. Pfalm 5. 1, 
 
 2,3. 
 
with m Expofition upon the fame. 153 
 29 3, (3) And lay open our griefs into 
 his bofome, 1 Sam. 1. 15. Pfalm 136. 
 1,2. and 61. 1, 2. (4) Hereby we do 
 teftifie our dutifull atfettion to God, 
 Lnks 15.18. And (5) become helpers 
 toothers* Rom.i<y.^o.PhiLi.i^.2 Thefi 
 3. 1.C0/.4. 12. 
 
 Q^ Wat are the [pedal benefits of 
 prayer ? 
 
 A. 1. It doth adde ftrength to faith, 
 Luke 17.5. (2.) It gives life to the other 
 graces of God that are in us. (3) By 
 it we obtain at the hand of God what 
 good we ftand in need of, Matth.j.j. 
 Ifaiah 65.24. (4.) We grow better ac- 
 quainted with God, Genefis 18.23.27. 
 James 4*8. (5 ) We fight manfully ,a- 
 gainft corruption , Epl.\6.i$. (6.) We 
 learn to d ; re& our felves in a godly 
 life. (7.) By it erodes arc prevented, 
 removed or fanttified, Pfalm 3,4. I fa. 
 37.1,6. (8) AH things are fanftified 
 thereby, 1 iimothy 4. $.(9.) We are 
 kept that we fall not into temptation, 
 Matthew 26.41. Yea (10) often We 
 obtain much more good then we defire or 
 expeft, 1 Kings 3.13* fyh. 3 .20. 
 
 Q^ How elfe may the benefits of pray* 
 er becenceived > 
 
 ul Prayer 
 
I ij/L A fhort Catechifrriy 
 
 J. Prayer is 5 (i)Akey toopon the 
 door of Gods treafure-houfe, Mat. 
 7*7. (2) A prefent remedy to an op- 
 prefTea fpirit, Pfalm 6.1 # 8. and 31. 
 21, 22. (3) A preferver of the godly 
 minde, 2 r //?*/f. 3.5. (4) A giver of 
 ftrength to th^ weak, Epb,$. 14. 16. 
 And (5) in efpecial means to make a 
 man fie to live in every cftate, CoUu 
 9,10. 
 
 Q^ Rowwnfi we bear that tve may 
 get profit? 
 
 a. 1. tHUftft reference, a. f q&eck 5 
 net*. 3. 1 3op- * #n&r4*longfng &e« 
 Arc v to leant. 5, SUiu w gttrfngt 
 crcDft totfce frutft,tlfa. 66.2.fjam.i. 
 21. t Mac.13.44. u 1 Pet. 2.2. wHeb. 
 4.1,2. 
 
 ExpoC || Q, what is reverence .? 
 
 A. Reverence is an affcttion of the 
 heart, arifing from an apprehenfion of 
 Gods majjfty , and our own vile- 
 nefs. 
 
 Q^ what are the effetts of reverence ? 
 
 A f Thereby we are prepared to 
 hear the Word, (1) With humility. 
 (2) Fear. (3) And attention, Atis 
 
 10. 33. 1 Tbejf. 2. 13. John 12. 48 and 
 
 1 1. 28, 29. Hebrews 12. 28. 7^42.5? 6. 
 
 Pfalm 
 
PYith an Ex rofition upon the fame. 1 5 5 
 Pfalm 6*. I ft. -^#* 16.14. 
 Q^ #$** k meekness ? 
 A. Mceknefs is an affection, where- 
 by we are contented- 1. To bear the re- 
 bukes of the Law. And 2 to have the 
 duties of the word to be preffed upon us* 
 I Sam. '3. 17. 2 /C/Wj 20. 19. Pfalm 
 25P5 n.H^.13.22. 
 
 Q. JVha: !s]oy? 
 
 * A * J°y * s a delight of the foul for 
 fome good thing that is prefent^lb 8.8. 
 Exod. 69. 
 
 Q, || What is a longing dejire to 
 learn f 
 
 A. A longing defire to learn, is an 
 eager appetite to be further acquaint- 
 ed with the knowledge ,of the truth, 
 that we may reap fruit and benefit by 
 the fame, Prov.Zj 7. Prov.i.$ 49. Pfal. 
 
 QV I What is it to give credit to the 
 truth > 
 
 A, To give credit to the truth, is to 
 believe the whole truth and every part 
 of it, as true and certain, both to others 
 and to our felves, fo as we expeft the 
 benefit and promife therein, and the ef- 
 fecting and making good of what- 
 ever is there fpoken } 2 Chr.zo.io. I fa. 
 7.?? Qj-bw 
 
15* A ffjort Catechifm, 
 
 Q. Howelfe? 
 
 A. u TMz muff x tneMfate ll of 
 ffcat toe beat* t «♦ £pplp ft to our 
 felt)e0* ?♦ Confer of yft toftft * c- 
 t6er0:aitO4»toittiztJtlfgence |l feta* 
 bottttlje practfce of tobat f0tequfreO x 
 Pfal.i 4 2 and 119.114, 115. yjohn^s. 
 Ifa.2.3. Luke 2.51. 
 
 Expof || Q^ what is the pro fit of *me ^ 
 ditatton ? 
 
 A. Meditation is the very life of read- 
 ing and hearing, 1 Tim.^, 15. 
 
 Q^ fVhat is meditation on the word> 
 
 A. It is a (eparation of our felves pur- 
 pofely from other matters, that we may 
 ferioudy think of what hath been taught, 
 Gen. 24.63. b * 
 
 Qi VVhat is the end of this meditation 
 upon the word ? 
 
 A % 1, x nat j t maybe fetled in the 
 minde. And .2. work upon the affecti- 
 ons, Jer. 2j& 
 
 Q.. What mufi accompany meditation 
 for the attaining ofthefe ends ? 
 
 A. We muft joyn. 1. Examination. 
 2^ And Prayer, Luke 18. 1. there- 
 with. 
 
 t Qi What is it to apply the word to 
 wr felves f 
 
 A. To 
 
with an Expofition upon the fame* 157 
 
 A. To apply the word to our (elves, 
 is to lay it to our heart as concerning us > 
 1 Cor.i 1.28.CV.2.13.5. 
 
 QJVhat are the parts of [be word > 
 
 A. i.TheCommandements. 2. The 
 Threatning?. 3 ♦The Exhortations . 4. 
 The Promifes. 
 
 Q^ }\?w are the Cowmandemems te 
 be appJytd ? 
 
 A t That they may guide us. 
 
 Q. How are the threatning} to be ap- 
 ply ed* 
 
 ^.(i.)That they may humble us for 
 our fins pa ft. 2 Sam. 12.12, 13. and 24. 
 10(2 .)That they may affright us from 
 fin for time to come, 
 
 Q^ How rnufi we apply the exhortati- 
 ons > 
 
 A. That they may incite us to our 
 duty with chearmlneffe, Ecrl. 1a.1t. 
 
 Q^ What ufe'a to be trade of the pro- 
 wife si 
 
 A. The promifcs may be, 1 . For our 
 fupport. 2. For our comfort., whether 
 they be in plain fpecches, or myfticall 
 prophefies,/^/. 1 1^.71,72, 52. 
 
 Q^ How muft we confer with others* 
 A. 1. For inftruftion . 2 . for edifica- 
 tion in holineffe and comfort. 
 
158 A fhon.Catecbifm y 
 
 Q^_ How forlnftruttion ? 
 
 A. 1. We muft communicate to o- 
 thers what we have lea raid, And 
 2 learn of others, 1. What we are igno- 
 rant of. 2. Do not well underftand, Or 3. 
 have forgotten. - 
 
 Q> how for tdi fie at ion Inholinefs and 
 comfort ? 
 
 A. We muft 5 1. By admonition, 2. 
 Exhortation, And 3. comfort help 
 to ftrengthen and edifie one another,H<?£. 
 3.13. 7^16.4,$. Rom.i.ii)i2. Levit. 
 19 17. Prov. 27.5,6. 1 Thejj, 5.11.14. 
 fade v. 20. 
 
 Q. How mnft we frattifc that which 
 istanclnl 
 
 || A. 1. Inwardly we muft heartily 
 denreand ftrive ; And 2- outwardly 
 we muft be, 1 . carefull* 2. without de- 
 lays take opportunities of doing 
 the good that God requireth, 2 Chro. 
 17.6. and 19 3. and 27. 6. Luke 8. 
 
 Q^ What muft accompany thisfrac- 
 tUce > 
 
 A. 1. We muft be humbled for 
 negligence and finnes paft. 2.Watching. 
 3* And fighting againft corruption fo r 
 the time to come, iCorin. 9.26, 27.(4) 
 
 Che- 
 
With an Sxpofition upon the fame. 159 
 
 4.Cherifhingone another wkh befitting 
 comfort, Ifaiah 40. 1 . 
 Q. Vl r hat is prayer? 
 
 A, St t0 t a calling apan ®o& fa 
 t%t name of Ctetftltotttj tfjea fctarf, 
 an&fometfmefoft&tte* tjoiceaccor 
 fctng to b fete tofli for our CeltJe* ano 0- 
 tljer&aExod. 14. 15. 1 Sam. 1. 13. 15. 
 b 1 John 5. 1 4. 
 
 Expof f Q. VVhat reafons or motives 
 be there to induce us to prayer ? 
 
 A (1) The Commandment?, Tf*!. 
 105 4* and 81. 10. I[a^ f 6. 1 Thef. 
 5-17. Romans 12. 12. (2) Promifes, 
 Matth.nq* and 21.22. Mark^w. 24. 
 Pfa/mc^i. 15. Ifa.fo. 2 4- J^/% 29, 
 
 12. Ifaiah tf, 19. J*/?» 16. 23. C 3 ) 
 Threatings of the Lord, ^<?/>/?. 3. 1, 
 2. and*. 6. Ez:k. 22. 3o 9 31. JX^.9. 
 
 13, 14. jfcfcf. 26. 41. (4) The exam- 
 ples of Chrift himfelf 3 and all his Apo- 
 ftlcs, Lake 3.21. m&9.i%>z9. Aits 1. 
 142401^2,42 and 4.24. and 9. H3I4. 
 2 7;w.2. 19,22. (5) Oar own nxeffi- 
 ties 3 J^/.3.9 5 i5.and4 3. If^'ahz6.\6. 
 Vfalm i8.6.P/^'/. 4 .6. And (8) the fuc- 
 cefs ofpnyer, PfiA) 20.1. 'P/^/w 3.4. 
 /y*/» 32.5,6 are {hfficienc Motives 
 and reafons to induce us to th? pra- 
 
 aice 
 
1 6o A foort Catechifniy 
 
 ftice of this duty. 
 
 O.For what ends is it law full to ufe the 
 voice in prayer f 
 
 * A. It is lawfull to ufe the voyce in 
 
 ?rayer ; i. To quicken our dulneffe.2. 
 o inflame our devotion. 3. To prevent 
 rovings. And 4. to edirie our brethren, 
 Zepb.$:p.Pfa w88.i- 
 Q, 1 whom m ft we pray > 
 
 A* %o ! CDcfcc alone tntfte name 
 Of t SlttiftyC John*. 23. Coloflians 
 
 3.17. 
 
 Expof. || Qjvhy nmft we pray to God 
 alone 1 
 
 A. (i) God onely is every where 
 prefcnt, 7^23.23,24.(2) He know - 
 eth all hearts, 1 Kings 8 . 3 9 . Jer . 1 7 9 . 
 10. Pfalm 94.9, 10. (3) Hehearethall 
 prayers, JVeh.i. 6 Pfalm 65 2. and 66. 
 
 19, 20. (4.) He is moft able to help? 
 Pfdm 57, 2. Eph. 2. 20. (5) Prayer is 
 a divine worfhip, Pfalm 5015. and 44. 
 
 20, 21. (6) It is a fpirituall Sacrifice 
 Mai, 1. 11. Pfalm 141. 2. Rev, 8.4. and 
 5 %.Exod. 22. 20. And (7) in God one* 
 ly we ought to believe John, 14. 1. there- 
 fore he onely is to be called upon, Rent. 
 10. 13, 14. ^s the very heathen fa,w 
 by the light oftULturcJonah 1.5. 
 
With an Expcjitton upon the fame. 
 " Q. What is it to pray in the name of 
 Chrift 1 
 
 f 4. To pray in the name of Chrift is, 
 not rudely and cuftomarily to fay thefe 
 Words? Through Jefrs Chrifi onr Lord, 
 &c but in ths confidence of the merit and 
 interceffion of Chrift, to call on our hea- 
 venly Father, Van. 9 . 1 7 
 
 Q^ Why mttft we praj in the nameof 
 Chriftl 
 
 A- Becaufe fince the fall of man, (1) 
 None are called to come to God (2.) 
 Or have promifeto fpeed but in the name 
 of a Mediator, John 14. 6- Heb. 4. 16.1 
 Tim.i^, 1 John 2. 1. Rom. 8.32. Heb 
 .7.25. (3.) In Chrift alone We haveaccefs 
 to the throne of Grace? £/>/?. 2. 18. and 
 312. 
 
 Q^ Do not an gels ^or faints departed , 
 prefent our prayers unto God . ? 
 
 A. Angels or Saints departed , do 
 not prefent our prayers before God ; 
 For(i.)Chrift onely, is our Mediator 
 and High Prieft.( 2)He onely getteth 
 our Prayers acceptance before God , 
 Heb. 1.3. and 4, 14. #^.8.3.(3.) \nd 
 toprefent our prayers before God, and 
 to procure them acceptance with 
 God ? is, in phrafe of Scripture, all one , 
 M Dm. 
 
 1S1 
 
1 62} A jbort Caecbifm, 
 
 Darnel 10. lZ.Atts 10.4,31. 
 
 Q Otitrht we not hi prayer to make 
 particular con f>ffim of our fins > 
 
 A. pta> to far 1. 2* tee d can 
 tome to ttje fertotoleoge of tftcm 
 * 3n& tfct* tee malt do e teitb t 
 grief. I! 3. !£atrt&. #nfc * 4 (bame. 
 S jfreclp f accuffug. 3n& 6. con* 
 fcemntngourfeltes before <IDotJ,tottft. 
 gbicfeett ano contrite beart0 9 d 1 Sam« 
 
 12. 19- Pfal. iV^J-i Neh.8.?. fNch ?. 
 33. gZach.12.10. 
 
 Expof. f QVVhatforrow for fin is re- 
 quired'' 
 
 A. Sorrow for fin nurftbe. 1. Hear- 
 ty. 2. Continual. And 3. as much as 
 may be Particular, 9ft 'm 1-2.4. e % c i~ 
 ally for the fins which have made great 
 breaches in the foul, Pfittm <$i. 1,2, 4. 
 Yea 4 fin Ihould be our chief for- 
 row. 
 
 CK Hhyfbotildthe fia ! abhor fin> 
 |] A The foul (hould abhor fin , 
 especially for the loathfomnefs of it, 
 Pfa'myj. 10- and 119. 163. Job 42.6. 
 yimos ^. 15. 
 
 .£. //fln? ^<tt& rfo loathfomnefs ef fin 
 appear 1 
 
 A. In that(i)Itdarkneth Gods glory 
 
 Gen. 
 
with an Hxpofition upon the fame. \ 62 
 
 Gcnefis 39. 9.(2)lt breaketh his Law.^3) 
 It foileth all it touched^ 2 Cor.j. 1. 
 James 1. 21.13.^.2.12,13. 
 
 0. Why \bould we confeffe our fin? 
 iviihtyamel 
 
 * A- Becauf* God is infinite in Ma- 
 )e&y 9 PfaIm%6, 10. and of pure eyes? 
 H~k 1. 13. A man therefore fhould 
 blufli at the remembrance and confeir 
 fion of finnes before God, Jfaiah. 9,6* 
 Dan. 9.7* feeing his face would be co- 
 vered with flume? ifam.n fliouldknow 
 them. 
 
 Q. What are the parts of prayer ? 
 
 A. ja*tftf on ens SBahWg(btn& 
 
 Q^What 's Petit ; en> 
 
 a. 3t is a draper, Utyere&i foe 
 uellre tie p^efemitag h oi i remotMng 
 ot ttynga ftttrtrall, ana tbe cbtaf* 
 ntng of tlMnga neeofalU either ft* 
 ttt0 life oz tftdtt tefcfdj t0 to come, 
 hlfa, 37.20. Mat.dt 13-iPial. 6.1.2, 
 
 ^. //#)? may we make our requefls 
 that we may be heard J 
 
 a. i. afHi k atifcerttanfctag, ii 
 
 I «♦ JFcelfngttf our foants* m $ 
 
 JFertencp. n \\ 4> Ifcetarence* o 5. , 
 
 ^ops to t tprtOt 6. J3uD p lot* * 
 
 M2 1 kiCor. 
 
I £^ A fhort CAtecbifm, 
 
 k i Cor. i4.i$ ? lMatth. n f 28.m Jam. 
 5.i7nEcclef.5.2 (o)iTim.2.8. pMatth. 
 tf.i4.Mark 1125. 
 
 Expof. || Q^ Why fhouldwe fray with 
 under Ji landing ? 
 
 A. Becaufe blinde devotion is not 
 pleafing to God, Prov.19 2. Attsij. 
 22,23,24. John 3. 22. who requireth to 
 beferved with the ir.inde, Mat. 21. 37. 
 Luke 1 o. 27. We muft therefore know the 
 will of God, 
 Q^_ How is the will of God known ? 
 A. The will of God appears- 1. By 
 hisCommandements. 2, Byhispromi- 
 fzs* 3 . By threatnings. ^nd 4. by the ap- 
 proved pra&ifes of the Saints. 
 
 Qj^ . Muft we fray for nothing Jut on* 
 ly according to the will of God ? 
 
 A., i, We muft defire and pray i r 
 that. And 2. onely for that which w e 
 know Gods word doth warrant us, 1. 
 7^.5.14. 
 
 Q. PVhat is meet to be underwood in 
 Prayer ? 
 
 A. 1. Our words. 2. Matter- v4nd?. 
 Meaning in prayer, are meet to be under - 
 ftood. 
 Q^ with what feeling \hould we pray ? 
 A. 1 . In prayer w e mould feel fin as a 
 
 bur- 
 
With an Expofnion upon the fame. 1 6 < 
 
 burthen? Jer. 31. 18. Ifaiah 63. \7* 
 and(2)be pinched with our want of 
 Grace, Pfa/m 51. 10. 11. 12. J ante* 
 1.5. 
 
 Q^ Whence arlfetb this fenfe and 
 feeling > 
 
 A. It arifeth from, 1. A confedera- 
 tion of Gods judgements due to fin, 
 Ez,ra .96,7. And 2 of the neceffity 
 of faving grace > Luke 17. 5. 2 Or. 
 12.9. 
 
 Q. What fervency is required"* 
 
 * A As the things we beg are more 
 or lefs excellent, and of fit u(e for us, 
 fowe muftbemoreorlefs eager to ob- 
 tain them, Pp*//#5 1.1,2 3,9. and 80.1, 
 
 Q. Whence arifeth this fervency ? 
 A % It arifeth, from a confideration 
 ofthe(i) Neceffity (2.) And excellency 
 of what we defire, Pfalm y9$i9. and 
 86. i.and 102.1314. (3.) Asalfofrom 
 a burning zeal of Gods glory. (4) And 
 hearty love of our brethren, If "a t 6 2.1. 
 Pfa!m 122.6,7,8. 
 
 (^ what is of fofite hereunto ? 
 A. Oppofite hereunto is hypocrifie 
 and vain babling, ,^£#.6.5,6,7. 
 Q. Why muft we fray with reverence ? 
 M 3 || A % 
 
i6£ A (hort C*tecbifm, 
 
 \\ A. Confidering Gods excellent 
 Majefty , we may not rafhly conceive 
 or utter any thing before him, but 
 with reverence, Gencfis 18. 27-, 30. 
 32. 
 
 . VVbat is this reverence ? 
 
 A. Ic is an unfain:d abatement of the 
 minde. 
 
 Q* Whence proceedeth it ? 
 
 A. It proceeds from i.A confideration 
 of Gods divine Majefty. 2. And our own 
 indignity, Luke 15. 21. Gen. 32. 10. 
 Ezra 9-6. Heb. 12.28. 
 
 Q^ Why rmtfl we fray with hofe to 
 fpeed* 
 
 f. A. Having i. A promife from 
 God that he will grant our reouefts > 
 •P/^.34.19. Ifaiah 30.19. and 58.9. we 
 mull believe his word, for he is true 
 and faithful!, Heb. 11. 1 1. 2 Tima.tfa 
 ( 2 } If hope to fpeed accompany 
 not our prayers, they are vain, James, 
 1.6. 
 
 Q. Is hot this hope many times 
 weakj 
 
 A. This hope is weak , feeble, and 
 many times feems to be overwhelmed 
 in the godly, Pfalm 13.1, 2. and 31.22. 
 and77.7>S.?» 
 
 a What 
 
With an Ex f option upon the fame* i £n 
 O. what is meant by lo ve f 
 A. By love is meant, i . That wq mnft 
 forgive our enemies. And .2. carry an 
 hearty affection to the children of God, 
 Eph.q.. 32. CV 3.12,13. 
 Q^ What is 'thankjffivwgl 
 
 A. 3t iss I aq pnwer toficrcta toe 
 ren&er rttymttff to (P^ for fete gene* 
 ral gootwef*, ana alfo prtfcular f 
 fat)Qr0jqi Sam.2.i.r P(al.i36.i'.andf 
 103.1523,4.5 
 
 Expof- j| O^ What motives be there to 
 this duty > 
 
 A. Motives to this duty there be ma* 
 ny. C * ) * c is an excellent, Pfrhn 92, 
 1. C 2 ) An antient) 7^38*7. (3) A 
 fpiritual duty, Heb. 1 3 1 5 . Col. 3 . 16. 
 1 Pet.2-5.Qfi It is to be continued in 
 heaven when other duties ceafe. Rev. 
 l 9- 3i 4> 5- (5 ) h is acceptable to 
 God, 1 Thef 5. 18 Pfalm 1 47. I. 
 (6) It is comely for the Saints? Pfalm 
 3 3 . 1 ♦ and 1 47. 1 . (7) It is pra&ifed by 
 the Angels, Lake 2. 13 (8) it fets on 
 work all the graces of God in u?, Vfal. 
 103. 1, 2,3. (9) It is the end of G >ds 
 benefits, Pfal.i$.6. & 118.29. (io)0, 
 our life. (ii) And of all our fervice?, 
 I faiah%, 19. (12) And it is the ready 
 M 4 way 
 
168 A fhortCatechifrrj, 
 
 way to obtain that we ftand in need of, 
 /y^.50.23. 
 
 Q^ What be the means of true thanks 
 fulnefs. 
 
 ^. The means of true thankfulnefs, 
 are (1) A due confideration of our 
 own vilenefs.(2) And a ferious medi- 
 tation and remembrance of Gods be- 
 nefit^ 2 Sam. 7. 18. 1 Cbrfffi. 16. 16, 
 17. Pfalm \o$. i 3 2,3, &c 1 Sam.2^. 
 3?. GVtf.24.27 Luke f. 1*). Rom.ji2%. 
 G) A perfwafion that God hath in 
 love beftowed them upon us ; Pfa' m ii6. 
 
 12, I4. 
 
 >. Q^ hat things are required \n thanks- 
 giving 1 
 
 ' if't. EotattoCoD, anfcu 2. 3op 
 in fcte mere?* 3. 3 x oedre to fcjato 
 others to cbep and glo^tflo Cod, 4. 
 #nD an y enseal to proceeo in sou* 
 lfnet0 onr felt>e0 3 t Pfal. 1 8, i, 2. u 
 Pfalm 126, 1, 2. and 104 34- x Pfalm 
 34- *'• and 66*16. yDeut.6. 10,11, 12. 
 
 13. 1 Sam. 12. 14. 
 
 Q^ What rule ofdirettipn is there^ ac- 
 cording to which we otttrht to frame onr 
 payer ? 
 
 a. %\% gsncral fchtctfon is 
 t&etDorfc of Cod. V$% raort efyecfal 
 
with an Expofition upon the fame. 169 
 UtMt%om prater. 
 
 Expof. Q. May not the Lords prayer 
 be Pi fed as a prayer i 
 
 <d. The Lords prayer is fo a directi- 
 on, that it rmy be lawfully , and lauda- 
 bly, ufedasa prayer, Mat. 6.9. &c. Luke 
 ii.2}&c. Ntim. 6. 23,24.. Pfal.22. I. 
 and 92. 1. 
 
 Q. Why is it called the Lords prayer* 
 
 A. It is called the Lords prayer, be- 
 caufe the Lord Jefug taught it to his 
 Difciples Luke 1 1. 12. 
 
 Q^ How many things are to be confi- 
 dered in the Lords prayer ? 
 
 J. SPfcte, m preface, tfte draper 
 itfeif, ant) tlje Concludon* 
 
 Q. Which is the preface ? 
 
 a. £Dur JFatfctr foWctj art in 
 tfeatmr* 
 
 Q^ what learn you out of this Pre- 
 face > 
 
 A SDftatdDoD te onr a j| JFatfcer 
 bg> grace b and adoption > tferougft 
 iefus Cfcrfft , c glorfons in #aje- 
 ffp> ana d infinite in potoer , rtat 
 botf) ecananoffcatftprmntCet) totjelp 
 U0, alfa.63.i6.b i^w.8. 15, 16. Gal 
 44,5. c Pfalm 47.2. dPfalmii5. 3* e 
 Eph.3. 20. f Pfalm 50, 15. 
 
 Expof. 
 
j 70 At \roort Latechipn, 
 
 ExpoC || Q^ Who are allowed to call 
 Godfather > 
 
 A. There is no Chriftian Co poor, 
 weak or unworthy in his own eyes, 
 bathe is allowed to call God Father, 
 jf.r2. 29. 
 
 Q. What are you to confider in the 
 Lords Prayer it f elf? 
 
 A. &t* Petftton*, ano a 2D&anW- 
 
 gttrtng, 
 
 CK Whic h is the fir ft Petition X 
 
 A, ^allotoefc t bt tbg * jftams 
 
 Expof.f 2* What doth the word Hal- 
 low fignttie fometimes > 
 
 A. To hallow, is fometimes of un- 
 holy or prophane to make holy^ 1 Cor. 
 6. ie. 11. 
 
 O. But what doth it comprehend f* 
 this Petition > 
 
 A. (1) To fet apart to an holy ufe, 
 Exod, 20. 8. 
 
 (2) To acknowledge, confefs, and 
 profefs holily the Name of God, Mat. 
 11. 19. Lev. 10.3. 1 Pa.3 15. 
 
 Q. what is mea>it by the name of 
 God r 
 
 * A. By Name, is meant (1) God 
 
 himfelf, Pfalm v.j.and 1 15.1,(2)1^5 
 
 ^titles, Exod.$ % 14, 15. Pfiilm 83. 18. 
 
 (3) His 
 
Vvttban Exrojwon upon the fame. 171 
 
 ( 3 ) His properties , Exod.34- 5> 6> 7- 
 £ 4 ) His ordinances, Pfalm 1 38. 2. and 
 1 iim,6.i. (5) His works, Pfalm 19. 
 1.(6) His jadgementSs P faL 9. 16- //*. 
 30. 27. (7) His mercies * I fa* 48.9, 
 10, u. £^^18.26 (8)Or anything 
 whereby he makes himfelf known, Exod. 
 20.7. 
 
 O. Wh.ttdefireyju of God in this Pe- 
 tition > 
 
 A. 2£ftac<§ofc0 infinite ejwellewep 
 map be magntSeu g by u* on cart ft u 
 in fceart> t to tooru > attain * Sees g 
 Pfalm 40. 1 6. and 1 1 5 • 1 . 
 
 Expof.|| (X Ihwis the name of God 
 magnified in heart ? 
 
 A> By an inward and faithful 
 acknowledgement; Wuh 1 . Confidence. 
 
 2. Fear. 3. Love- 4 Hope. 5. Humility* 
 6. Patience. 7. Joy. And 8. defire of 
 his p*e&nce in H.aveti; (7^8.13.1 Pet+ 
 
 3. 15. Romans 4. 20. P/j/V. 1. 20, 21 , 
 22,23. 
 
 Q. How in word ? 
 
 A, By fpeaking good of Gods name 
 toothers, Pfalm^^.7, Dm.32.3. Pfah 
 105.1, 3. and 145*21. 
 CX. How in deed ? 
 
 A, 1. By walking in holinefs and 
 
 righte- 
 
j j 2 -^ /^' Catechifm, 
 
 righteoufhefs before God, Mdtfy 16* 
 John 15.8* 1 Per.2.%2. (2) Patiently 
 fubmitting our felves unto his will, 
 Jojbnaj.x^^ (3) Conftantly and un- 
 dantediy profiling his truth, PfdL 119. 
 46. John 21.19. Ani (4) reforming our 
 lives, if we have gone aftray, Jer. 13.16. 
 Mai. 2.2* 
 
 C^ Which is the fecond Petition f 
 
 J. %\vp || $rtng&om t wait. 
 
 Expof. || Q. why mufi we fray that 
 Chrifls Kingdom may come ? 
 
 A % Becaufe Satan hath his King- 
 dom on earth, 2 Corin.^. Luke n. 
 18. 
 
 Q^ Who be the bond-Jlaves of Satan? 
 
 A. All men by nature are his bond- 
 flaves, Eph. 2.2.2 Tim.2.26. 
 
 Q^ By what laws is Satan Kingdom 
 governed f 
 
 A. (1) By ignorance. (2 J Error. (3) 
 Impiety. And (4) difobedience, Eph. 4. 
 
 18. 
 
 J9. What is the Kingdom ofChrifi ? 
 
 A. Chrift hath his Kingdom, CV. 
 1.13, to wit, his Church> which is the 
 company of mankinde, 1 Pet, 2. 9. 
 Eph. 5. 23 . in heaven and earth, Eph. 
 3.15. Colof. 1. 20. called from the 
 
 world, 
 
jvithm Expofition upon the fame. \j* 
 
 world, Romans. 8. 30. unto falvation 
 through him ABs 4.1 2 . 
 
 Q^What be the degrees of thu King- 
 dome f 
 A, i.MiIitant.2. Triumphant. 
 Q^ what be the Prerogatives of the 
 Church Militant'. 
 
 A. In this world it is, 1 . Redeemed. 
 2. Called. 3 . Sanctified, i Cor 1.30. 
 
 Q^ What is the Prerogative of the 
 Church triumphant ? 
 
 A. The Church triumphant ( which 
 is after this life) is glorified, Matth.n$. 
 34.2 Thef.i.io. 
 
 QjVhat doth the word^Kmgdome^/ig" 
 nifie in Scripture fometimes I 
 
 A. The government which Chrift 
 exercifeth over all men^and al other crea- 
 tures,E/?A.i.2 1,22. Heb.i. 6,7. 
 
 Q* What doth it more fpecially Jignifie 
 in this Petition ? 
 
 A. The (peciall government which he 
 exercifeth over his Ghurch,£/>£. 5. 23. in 
 this life>and the life to come. 
 
 £K What doe yon defire of God in this 
 Petition ? 
 
 A. Mnt * Cfjrfff toonto h torn 
 tort ftub a* be nnfcer tfte pofoer of 
 £atan> i rule in (6e feeartg of W* 
 
 c6ofeti 
 
1 74 A tbort Catechifm, 
 
 fenb? tjte Spirit liere, ana k perfect 
 tfcefr faltDi ton frt l^eatren hereaf- 
 ter h Can,icics 8 8. Afts 7. 60. 
 iEphef. 316, 17. k Phil. 1.8,9.10, 11, 
 12. 
 
 Expof. * Q. frhm defre you of God 
 f Articular h) in re;'pcii of them that be 
 und:r tkt powr of Satan ? 
 
 A- Particularly we cbfire, That 1. 
 God would fend forth his word, M*t* 
 9.38.(2) Give it free paffage, £/?/i. 6.19. 
 Rom. 1530.31,3 :. ^Powerfully ac- 
 company it by his Spirit, D;ut, 338.10. 
 2 Cor, 10.4,5 (4 Bring his chofen from 
 the power of ^acan to God, Ails 26. 
 18. 
 
 _£?. what in refpett of the?n that be con- 
 vey ted 2 
 
 ~ A. \. That God would uphold fuch 
 as be converted 9 Pfi/m 51. 12. John 
 17. 15. (2) Strengthen the weak Cant. 
 \.±.Lu\;e ii s 31,32.2 ' ^12.8, 9.(3) 
 Comfort the arHifted, Pfktm 5 1 .12. Cant. 
 1 . 1 . ( 4)Rec;d the wand ri rig, /yWw. 1 1 9. 
 2f.Lfikj 1 9. 10 (5) v^nd make all grow 
 in grace and knowledge^ Pet. 3.18 .Luke 
 
 means whereby the faithfn/l are. built for- 
 ward in gracs? ^>^ 
 
With an Sxpofnion upon the fame. 175 
 
 A. (1) That the fame word may 
 be continued, Gal, 25.(2) The Sacra- 
 ments •' And difcipline purely adrhini- 
 ftred, 1 Cor. 11. 23, 24, c^r* 1 ( or.^. 
 3,4,5. Wb 3. 3, 3,-}, 5,6. Heb.%. 5. 
 (4) That good Mi'nifte'rs, and (5) Ma- 
 giiirates may be 1 . Prefer ved, Deuttf. 
 1 1. 2 The if . 3 1,2. P/*/.2o.l'._2. Prof- 
 pered, P/*/*w 1 22 6 7, 3. 1 T/ra. 2.2. 
 And 3,Increafed ) trifyi 10,2. (R49.23, 
 (6) That Cacechiilng may be more 
 ufed, 1 Corinth.?, 2. And (7) that 
 Schools for piety may be erected and 
 maintained, 2 Kings 6.1, 2 9 d"^ If*. 
 62.7. 
 
 Qv WW dfe^r* you in refpetb of the 
 per felt falvation of the eleff ? 
 
 A. That Chrift would come to judge- 
 ment Rev. 22. 20. 
 
 Q^ Which is the third petition 1 
 
 a. SCfoM! toUl be* tone in ear ft a* 
 itfainl #?atienr. 
 
 Expof. || Q^ W&7 mufl we pray that 
 Gods will may bs done ? 
 
 A. Becaufe man by nature doth the 
 will of the fleftb and of Satan, £p£. 2.3.' 
 J^«8.44. 
 
 Q Whofe will ought heto do ? 
 
 A. He ought to defireand do, not 
 
 his 
 
Ij6 A fhort Catecbifa 
 
 his own will* Rom.%.6. Mat. 16.39. but 
 the will of God, ffa.26. 8. Pfal. I 1 9. 5. 
 105. 
 
 f 2« What is the w\ll of God } 
 A. The word of God revealed in the 
 old and new Teftament, is the will of 
 God. 
 
 * J0. What is it to doe the will of 
 God* 
 
 A* To doc Gods will, is to obey ic 
 Exod.2 4.7. 
 
 II Q+ Wb° °b e ] th e W 'M e fGod in Hea- 
 ven ? 
 
 A. In Heaven the Saints departed 3 and 
 the Angels obey the Lord, Heb. 1 2.2 3 . 
 Pfalm 103.20. 
 
 Q^ Who ought to obey the will of God 
 on earth ? 
 
 A. On earth all men Iking are to 
 be obedient, Exod. 24.3. iSam. 15. 
 22. 
 
 QJVhatdefireyQKofGodin this Pe- 
 
 th ion • 
 
 A, SSat 1 t*atf cetor Goto fcoilletl) 
 in fti0lDoru,mtgWbe obepeUmi,C6ear^ 
 fallen 2.&peeullp 5 o 3. JFattljfaUp ant) 
 4*Conffantlp bptnen on eartb,a*p#n* 
 gel* 1 &0 tn JeatJeiT,lExodt i5>-8Romans 
 
 12. 
 
V 
 
 Vi Vi th an Exposition upon the fame. \jj 
 
 12.2 m Pfalm 27.8. and 4. 8. n Pfalm 
 1 19.32)603 oRev.2. 10* p Ifa.6.2» 
 
 Expof; f Qi Vfhat do yon pafticu* 
 larly defer e of God in this Petition? 
 
 A. We particularly craye of God, 
 0) The knowledge of his will, Pfalm 
 119-18333334. CW.19, 10.(2) The 
 fupprellion of our own vile wills, Rom. 
 7. 24. (3.) Faith in Gods promifes , 
 Romans 1. 9, 12 (4.) Conftancy and 
 chearfulnefs in our fuffering?, CoU 1. 
 9,11. 
 
 0. What inward, difpofetion to obedi- 
 ence do you defer e > 
 
 A*\. An inward defire. 2. Care, 
 3 Delight, Pfalm 119 .36, 143, 145. 
 4, Endeavor. And 5 ability to walk 
 in holinefs* Pfalm 119. 112, 167 9 168 
 PhU^.i%. 
 
 Q^ Are we Able in this life perfectly to 
 obey the Lord as the angels do ? 
 
 A- In this life perfectly we cannot 
 do the will of Gocl> 2 Samuel 12. 9, 
 and 13. 39. and 24 10. 2 Chron. 35. 22. 
 Luke 1 . 6, 20. as the Angels do : But wc 
 muft i. Defire. 2. Strive after. And. 3. 
 hope for perfe&ion* Lnke 13.24.P&/, 
 1.6. 
 
 Q. How then do we obey as the angels 
 dot N A. When 
 
I j 8 A (hort C*tecbifrrt, 
 
 * A. When we obey with fincerity 
 Gen.i.%, 24. and 17. 1. Mich, 6.8. as 
 the Angels do, though not in the fame 
 degree, iO>r. 1.1^9, 10. 
 
 Q. Which is the fourth Petition 1 
 
 A. |!<DltJe aatbtet&ap'onrii&afte 
 threat). 
 
 Expof. j| O. JP&0 w# /? pray, Give us? 
 A. All both poor and rich muft pray> 
 Give uj. 
 
 A. t. Becaufe we have nothing but 
 by Gods free gift \ C or. ^.n fames 1. 
 17.(2) We have title to nothing, but 
 in Chrift Jeflis, Hefai.z. with Rom, 8. 
 32. (3) We can keep nothing but by 
 the Lords licence, Job 1. 12. (4) Nei- 
 ther cm any thing profper with up, 
 but by his bk fling, Deuteronomy 8. 16. 
 Prov 10. 22. Pfa/m 127. H2. Hajr 9 1. 
 
 f Q. Sceingwepray but for aday y 
 may -we not provide for the time to 
 come 1 
 
 A. We may provide for the time to 
 come. 1. In a lawfull manner. 2. And 
 when God gives opportunity, Eph. 4. 28. 
 Gen, 41. 34, 35, &c. and 50. 20. 2 Cor* 
 13.14^^11,28. 
 
 Q^whae 
 
with an Expedition upon the fame, \C$ 
 
 Q^ What then is reqmred of us in this 
 particular > 
 
 A. We mhft ever wait upon Gods 
 providence, i /Vr.5.7. Pfilm 55. 22. 
 both 1 . When we have the means, Prov. % 
 3.5,6. And 2. when we want them, 
 Ija.2S.16. 
 
 (K What cares for the things of this 
 life is to be abandoned ? 
 
 jI.Wc imift caft off,i.Diftruftfull,2.- 
 Exceflive? 3 . Diftra&ing , 4. Unprofita- 
 ble, And 5 needlefs oares, Mat. 6. 25. &c- 
 to the end. 
 * Q. Vfhen is bread f aid to be Ours ? 
 
 A, Bread is (aid to be ours, when 
 it is,(i.)gotten by juft and lawful means,^ 
 Eph.q. 28. (2) In a good and honeft 
 calling, Gen.^. 19.(3^) Our perfons be- 
 ing accepted of God in Jefus Chrift, 1 
 CVr.3.22,23. 
 
 Q. Why is this brea d Qurs> 
 
 A. Becaufethat which we fa poffefs 
 is given us ofGod in love and mercy. 
 
 (K What is meant by dally bread > 
 
 A. By daily bread, is meant bread , 
 1. For the fupply of our prefent nece- 
 flity. 2 . Or rather that which is fit for us 5 
 or agreeable to our prefent condition 9 
 
 Prov.$o,$ 9 9. 
 
 N 2 Q. what 
 
1 8 o A fart Crtechtfrft) 
 
 Q. what doth the Word Bread ftgnifi 
 fometimes in Serif ture > 
 
 A. The bread of life which is Chrift, 
 John 6.48 
 
 Q^ What doth it fignific in this Pe- 
 tition ? 
 
 A. AW outward things, Trov- 27.27. 
 Jer.i 1.1 9. Frtiv. 59.1 4.(1 )For our ne- 
 ceffity (2) AndChrifh™ delight, P/V. 104 
 
 Q. what defire joh of God in this Pe~ 
 tit 'on > 
 
 A. Sljac || 0o& tooula beff oto on ua 
 all tbtngs ueceCTarp fei ttfs life as 
 footsniafntenanct, tc» 
 
 Expo f. || QJtkat do you fray for under 
 then awe of bread ? 
 
 A. We pray for (1) Food. (2) Ray - 
 ment, Sen . 28. 20. (3) Sleep. Pfalm 3 
 5 . and 4. 8. (4 ^Fitting delights, Pfalm. 
 23.5. Prov. 5.18, 19.C7ftf.21. 8. andap. 
 
 22. 
 
 QzJVhat defire you under the name of 
 Our bread ? 
 
 A. 1. Contentation with oureftates 
 Heb m 13.5. 1 Tim.6.6. though they be 
 mean, Z^//. 4. 12.1T/w. 6.2. (2)Ke- 
 fiing on Gods providence, Prov. 16 
 3. (j)Loveofjuftice, fob. 29.24. (4) 
 
 Fa i th- 
 
VFitb an Expofition upon the fame. 1 8 j 
 
 (4) FaithfLdaefs.(5^ Painfulnefs in our 
 callings, 2 Thef$: i2. CO Joy- (7) 
 Thankfulnefs, Dent. 28 47. and 8. io, 
 1 1 • (8) Gods blefllng upon them, Gen. 
 24. 12. Pfalm 67. 1,6,7. (?) Thcfan- 
 ftitication of whatsoever we enjoy , 1 
 ^w.4.4. (10) Asalfoforpace, Pfalm 
 122.7,8. 
 
 Q^ What dc fire yo% as means hereof > 
 A m \. Protection by the Magiftrate, 
 1 Ttm.i 1,2. (2.)Sea(bnable weather, 
 &c. 1 Kinqs 8.35336 Jjh.l.2lDetit. 
 28 12 (3.)Valianc Souldiers, 2 Sam 13. 
 8) 2, 10, 1 . to 39. (4.) Learned and good 
 Pny/itians* O/.4 14. 
 
 Q. What do we pray agamft- > 
 A. We pray againft, 1 . Govetuoufc 
 nefs, Pfal.i 1946. (2.}Diftra$ing cares, 
 Mat. 6.3^ (3)Diftruft, Pfilm 78.22. 
 (4.) Difcontent with our eftatej 1 Tim. 
 6. io.(5.)Idlene6, A^r,20.3,6(6)Op- 
 preffion (7.) Injuftice (8) Carele nefs 
 (9) Unjuft war. And (10") whatfoever 
 doth unlawfully hurt and impeach our 
 outward profperity. 
 
 jg. Which is the fifth Petition ? 
 
 A. 2n& t jFo;gfte u* oor tnt* 
 paffe* 10 toe il rorgitJt t%% m t tfja t trcf* 
 wfi*safutt«* 
 
 N 5 Expof> 
 
1 82 A Jhort Catechifm 9 
 
 Expof. f Qi What is it to forgive 
 Jin f 
 
 A. To forgive finne is, i .To cover 
 it. 2. To put it away out of fighc 
 3 . -^nd not to impute it. 4. Or not to 
 call to a reckoning tot \t % Pfalm 32.1,2. 
 
 * Q^Why arefinnes called trefpajfes or 
 debts > 
 
 A- Sinnes are called trefpaffes or 
 debts. Mark 8. 35. becaufe we are 
 bound to make fatisfa&ion for theni> 
 by fuffering the juft judgment of God 
 J-»ti\>e 1 1.4. Gen. 2. 17. if the divine ju- 
 ftice be not fatisfied by another, CoU 1 . 
 20. 
 
 || Qi Is our forgiving other s^ a caafe 
 why God for gives us ? 
 
 A. Our forgiving others^ is not a 
 caufewhyGod forgives us, Matt. 18. 
 32,33.Co/.3.i3,i Johnq.. 10, 11. but a 
 Sgn whereby we are aifured that God 
 hath pardoned us, Adatu6.\ 4, 1 5 . and 5. 
 22.24. Matt. y.ii* 
 
 ( | Q. Are we ever to for give the tref- 
 pafs that is done again ft us > 
 
 A. The wrong that is done unto us 
 ( though not alwayes the dammage, 
 2 Chron*\iy\6 t iTim*^. 8, Ej>h.2.9.\ 
 
 Exec' 
 
With an Expojition upon the fame. 183 
 Exod. 24.14, 15, Alii 16. 37. comp.) 
 we ought to forgive Mqrkji 1.25. 
 
 0^ Every trefpafs is a fin 3 how then 
 can we for give it ? 
 
 A. The fin being the breach of the 
 divine law , God only can pardon , 
 Pfalm 51. 1,4. 
 
 Q. i^yhat de fire yon of God in this 
 Petition > 
 
 A, Statu <©ot> in W0 free * mer* 
 f?fn9efU0 Cfcritf, fooutafullpbpap 
 Don all our Una, a* c \w do par&oti 
 tfte torong* and tnfarieg toe recette 
 from Others a Ifaiah 43.2$. b Pfalm 51. 
 2. c Luke 11. 4. 
 
 Expof || 2. What do we acknowledge 
 in this Petition > 
 
 A. In this Petition^i) We acknow- 
 ledge our {elves to be nrifcrable miners, 
 Pfat.qo.iz- and 25.11. Mx;?* 9.6.(2) 
 That we have no power to {atisfie for 
 fm 9 Pfa/.^.y 9 2. ACts 2.37,38- Ez,e\. 
 1 ^ -4^5 -C3 OThat God is patient, bearing 
 with us Co long, Lam- 3.22. P/a/«* 1 45 . 
 8. Pfalm $6. 5, 15. and 103,8.4. And 
 merciful^ not giving leave onely, Dan. $. 
 18, 19. 2 Ckron.j.i^, but commanding 
 us alfo to pray for pardon, Hof 14. 
 ij 2; 
 
 N 4 Q^ #*4t 
 
184 ^ fhortCatechifm, 
 
 Q^ What is the effett of the tonfidera- 
 tion of Gods titer cy in this particular > 
 
 A. Hereby he gives us hope of for- 
 givenefs.* arid hence> we arc drawn to flee 
 to the throne of grace, ?falm26. 15,1^. 
 
 X? . What do we pray for, in this Peti- 
 tion * 
 
 <A. For the full forgivenefs both oV 
 guilt and puqiftirnent, P/^i.i, 2. 
 
 Q^ Why muft we beg the pardon of Jin 
 every day * 
 
 A. 1 . Every day we fin, Ecclef, 7. 
 21. Job 14.4. and therefore every day 
 we muft pray for pardon, Pfalm 55.17. 
 and 2. Our faith is weak, Luke 24. 2 1, 
 22,23. Rom. 14. 1. we muft therefore 
 pray daily » that we may have greater 
 aflurance of our falvation, Luke 17. 
 5. 2 Samuel 12. 13. with Pfalm 51. 
 
 1,2. 
 
 O. Which is the fixth Petition ? 
 
 a. ams | lea* us not Into rem* 
 ptatton , but Deliver || 00 from 
 etill. 
 
 E^pof. || Q* Why mufi we pray 3 not te 
 be lead into temptation > 
 
 ^. Becaufe forgivenefs of fins, ancj 
 grievous temptations are infeparable 
 
 com- 
 
mth an Expofition upon the fame. 185 
 companions, Lu^e 2i # 22> 23,24,25. 
 Attsg. 17,23,24. 
 
 Q^ What is temptation** 
 
 A. Temptation is any tryal, where- 
 by the heart is incited to fin by Satan, 
 the world, or the flefli , 1 7hetf.$. 5. 
 James i. 14.Mat.26 41- 
 
 Q. JVbo are f aid to temp ? 
 
 A.i. God. 2. Satan, the world, and 
 theflefh. 
 
 QjVhy doth God ttmpt his ferv ants > 
 
 A* God is faid to tempt hisfervants, 
 to try and humble them* 
 
 Q. How doth God tempt them 1 
 
 A. 1. By offering occalions of fin, 
 2. Sending afflictions. And 3. deferring 
 to help, Deut.i% 3* and 8.2. G^/, 22. 1. 
 Pfa f m 1 0.1 , 
 
 Q. Is not God then the author of fin ? 
 
 A. No •' This in refpeft of God is ever 
 good, Mat.19.1j. Hahi.i$Jam.i.\$. 
 
 Q^ How are Satan^he world^and the 
 fiejbfaid to tempt .? 
 
 A. Satan, the world, and the flelh 
 are faid to tempt, by inciting always 
 unto fin. 
 
 Q. How doth Satan tempt ? 
 
 A. Satan doth tempc 5 1 . By inward 
 fuggeftions, 1 Qbron.zui/johmyit, 
 
 2. A»d 
 
1 8 6 A fyort Catecbifm, 
 
 AndC2)by outward obje&s,2 Sam.ii .2 , 
 3.^^.4.3,4,8. 
 
 jg. How doth the world tempt ? 
 
 /4. The world doth tempt, 1. By 
 bad examples, Jer. 44. 17. Or 2. by 
 wicked perflations, allurings,or terri- 
 fying,*^/*^. and 36 7. and Job 2.9. 1. 
 .KVtfjrr 13.8. Mat. 16. 22. Acb s.2i 9 
 12. 
 
 Q^ f-W *Wj r/v H e(h tempt ? 
 
 A. The flefb tempteth when we are 
 incited of our own corruption, Obad. 3 . 
 James 1. 14. 1 Pet.i.i 1. 
 
 Q^ What be the degrees of temptati- 
 on? 
 
 A. Temptation hath thefe degrees 5 
 1. Suggeftion. 2. Delight. 3. Confent, 
 And 4. pracYice,J^»^/ 1.14. 
 
 Q^ What is it to be lead into tempta- 
 tion ? 
 
 A. To be lead into temptation, is 
 to be overcome of temptation ; fo that 
 Satan doth prevail againft us, and get 
 the victory, Matth.i6. 41. 1 Chron. 
 21. 1. 
 
 Q^ How is God f aid to lead into temp- 
 tation ? 
 
 A. God is faid to lead into tempta- 
 tion, i. When in any tryall he doth 
 
 for- 
 
With an Sxgofition upon the fame. *8y 
 
 forfake man.fa) Doth with-hoid or 
 with -draw flroni him hl§ grace, (3)Doth 
 faffer him t(5 fall, 2 Chhmkles 32.31. 
 f 4.) Doth harden his heart, Exod.j.$. 
 >4nd (5) ddth^gkeiHm wholly up into 
 Sataifs power, and the full fway of his 
 own corrupt heart, Romans \. 24.26. 
 28. i 
 
 d^ What is it to deliver ? 
 
 || 4. To deliver, is either 1 . To fupport, 
 under. ?» Or elfe to proteft and defend 
 fronievil,2 Cor, 12. 9. 
 
 <^ Whatism?amby evi/} 
 
 A. Byevill,the power and poyfon of 
 fin> Satan, and the world is underftood, 
 y^fr.5.37. 
 
 ,'jg* what de fire you of God in this Pe- 
 ril ion ? 
 
 A. 2Do be freeo from* trials tbem* 
 teltie*, fo far da* it toiil ttanotoitb 
 0oo* poo pleafttre : ana alteapea 
 from tbe cUtt tftereof , e cbat tee faint 
 hot twoer ttym* n be foiled bp 
 t^em, d Mac t 26. 39, e Rom.8. 28, 1 Cor* 
 10.13. 
 
 Expof. * Q . tf^* do we acknowledge 
 in this Petition ? 
 
 4* Here we acknowledge, (1) The 
 £oreU power over our enemies that 
 
 tempt 
 
1 8 8 A fhort Catechifm, 
 
 tempt us, Zach. 3. 2.' fade 9. And .2. 
 our own frailty, Pfalm 1 03 . 1 4, 1 5 . 
 
 jg^ What do we bewail ? 
 
 -id. We bewail our pronen:fs to evil 
 and corruption, Rom .7.24. 1 8 . 
 
 jg. What do we de fire in particular ? 
 
 A. Wedefire God, (1) To bridle 
 Satan, 2 Cor. 12.7, 8- (2) To kill fin, 
 Pfal. 19. 13. (3") To fupport us by 
 his grace, Eph.$% 16 1 77?<?/f. 3. 13. 
 (4) To ftir us up to be watchful in pray- 
 er. Eph % 6. 18.(5) To give us, 1. Hope. 
 2. Patience. 3. Confolation, Col. 1. 1 1. 
 a Thef.i. 17. And 4. A good iflue out 
 of all tryals, Pfalm 6.4. that we nei- 
 ther 1. Prefume. Nor 2 Defpair, Prov. 
 30.9. And to free us from miferyfo far 
 as may (land with his good pie ifure. 
 
 Q. Which is the 1 hankj giving in the 
 Lords Prayer ? 
 
 *♦ $oz Writ to tie fcfng&om, tbe 
 t potoer, ano tic * glorp foj tter 
 anDctm 
 
 Expof || f?. How do thefe word** Thin J 
 is the kingdom, prot/* that all bleffmgt 
 mufi Be asked of God ? 
 
 A. (1) Baraufe God is the right 
 owner, and fupreme and abfolute ru- 
 ler over all things in heaven and 
 
 earth, 
 
With an Expofition upon the [ante. 18^ 
 earth/7 en, 14.19.1 Chron.29.11. Vfalm 
 24. 1. 3. all bleflings therefore are to 
 be craved at his hands, Vfalm. 145. 14. 
 15, 1 6 . (2) Whither fhould fubje&s flee* 
 but to their King ? Pfa/m. 705. Pfalm 
 29,10,11,12. 
 
 Q. How doth thefe wcrds^ Thine is the 
 power prove that al bhffinqs mufi t?e era* 
 vedofhim ? 
 
 f A.\i} Beeaufe God can give 
 whatfoever we ftand in need of, Matt. v 
 77. and 8.2. ( a) He can ftrengthen 
 us againft any finne, 2 lim % 4, 18. Ji*de 
 34. and unto any duty, Htb, 13.21. 
 ^nd ( 3 ) we have no ftrength bat from 
 him, 1 Chronicles 29. 15, 16. 2 Cor in. 
 3.5. therefore we muft call upon him a- 
 lone. 
 
 Qjfow do thefe words. Thine is the 
 glory con fir me it > 
 
 *A. 1. Bccaufe God ought to be glo- 
 rified by us in all things. Collojfians j$.\j 
 2. He gaineth glory by hearing the 
 prayer* of his people, Pfa/m. 79.11. 
 Pfalm^oi^zxsA 3©. H512. And 5. for 
 his glory he will not deny them any 
 thing that (hall be good, Man, 7.1 1 .Luke 
 u. 13. 
 
 Q^ Doe rot thefe Words contain area* 
 
 Con 
 
190 -A fhort Cattcbifm, 
 
 fon alfa why we be a the former blejfintrs 
 et the hands of God i 
 
 a. pt&, for feefng tfce fcfng&om, 
 potoer ana giorp , are tfce Horaa, 
 toe lljoalD call upon Mm in ail oar 
 neeefstttes- 
 
 Q* whtchis the Cone I ft fon of the 
 Lords Prayer } 
 
 J. A MEN, foWcti <0 a fottnef* 
 0ng of our faitft , ant) Dcflre of tije 
 tying* pjape&for, Jcr. u. 5. 
 
 Q. What doth Simen || fignlfie > 
 
 A- &oitf0>o^&obeit, 1 Kings 1. 
 36.Jer.286. ana 1.15. 
 
 ExpoC|| Q^ What doth Amen figni fie 
 in Scripture fmeumes ? 
 
 A. Amen^ (i) Its fometimesa title 
 of Chrift, Rev.%. 14. becaufe of his 
 faithfnlneis and truth in performing all 
 promifes, 2 Cor. 1. 20.(2) In the be- 
 ginning of fentences 3 it is an earned 
 arTeveration> John 6.26. Mat. 24, 47. 
 Lul^e 12.44. 
 
 Q« what doth i t imply when its ad- 
 ded in the end ofBleffwgs, Prayers^ or 
 Imprecations ? 
 
 A. When its added in the end of 
 Bleffings j Prayers, or Imprecations, it 
 in)plyeth,(OA defireof the thing, fo 
 
 to 
 
vVtw An&xvojiuon upon the fame, ipi 
 
 to be. And (2) confidence that,fo it fhal 
 be, NumK^. 22. Z^r.27. 15. 1 Cor* 
 14. 16. 
 
 Q^Wh at learn you hence \thatChri ft 
 teacheth us to end our Prayers with 
 Amen ? 
 
 A . Chrift teaching u« to end our pray- 
 ers with^#z^ doth chereby admonifh 
 us, i.Todefire grace of Cod. And .2. 
 to believe. 
 
 Q^ What muft we believe ? 
 
 A, That God presently hearcth and 
 will certainly iu due time grant our re- 
 queft> 1 Cor. 14* 16. 
 
 Q^ What things then are to beftriven 
 again ft in grayer ? 
 
 - A, 1 . Coldnei?, 2 . Doubting;, 3 Di- 
 ftruffi, are to beftriven againft, 1 Tim t 
 2.8. James 1.6. 
 
 Ck What muft we do after we have 
 frayed. ? 
 
 A, €>bfert)e fcoto f tot f tyrefe* onto ' 
 toljat anftoer toe recefte, fPfa-3,4 
 and8<;.8. 
 
 Expof. t Q^ What rules are to be 
 obfcrved touching the fuceefs of our 
 prayers I 
 
 A. 1. We muft know, thai: God 
 fomecimes doth hear and grant our 
 
 requeftj, 
 
1 9 2 A fhort GatecktjTBj 
 
 requefts, when yet he doth defer to give 
 us the (enfe thereof, /fit. 64* 24* 2 Sam. 
 12,1 3. with Pfalm. $1.1)2. Dan. 9.22. 
 23. andio.i2 3 i3.(2)^lfohedothnot 
 alwayes give the particular thing we ask, 
 but what heknowes beftforus, Rcm.i. 
 10. 2 Cor 12.7.8 9.Heb.^. 7. (3) Fur- 
 ther we muft take heed that we limit 
 not the Lord to our own t\mc 9 /faiab 28 
 16. (4) Nor yet receive Satansanfwer 
 for the Lords. 
 
 Q. How may Sat am anfwer he de- 
 cerned? 
 
 A, Satans anfwer is either, 1 . Con- 
 trary to the word of truth, Or 2* if he 
 fpeak the truth, it is to a wrong end, 
 viz,. 1. Defpair. 2. Or Prophane- 
 neffe. 
 
 Q^ when doe wee fpeed well in pray* 
 trf 
 
 A. We fpeed well, ( 1.) When God 
 giveth us the fame thing that we crave, 
 being good? Lam. 3. jj.Gen. 30, 19.22. 
 and 20. 1 j.PJalm 21.2. 4. Exod. 17.11. 
 Jofh. 10. 13 (2) Or another as fa, or 
 more fit for us, Gen. 17,1 8 9 i 9.Mark^\^ 
 3 5. with £M.^.7.0r(3)more patience & 
 ftrength to wait> 2 C<?r. 12. fiS&.PJ aim 
 401. 
 
Vfhhan Expofition upon the fame. 1*3 
 Q. What benefit fhall we gaine there- 
 by ? 
 
 A. i* 3t toill ttir m tftt II &cart 
 tog ttoankfulneOtt 2. UUmofcehf 
 fculneffe, 3. flno * negifgence. 4. 
 ^trengtycn 11 oar i faftti, $. 0n&fn« 
 flantet our \\rsxU totth k je«l , to? 
 
 an&lOt)S, g Plal 2,r, -ai, 22. hPial 88* 
 1 3. and 4.1, 2.iPfal. 4. 3, and 116. i.k 
 Pfal.28 6 >7 . 
 
 Expof. || Q. How doth it flir up the 
 heart to thankjtdneffe 1 
 
 A. 1. The hearing of our holy pray- 
 ers is a pledge of Gods love* 2. ^nd a 
 fweet and comfortable ceftimony of his 
 mercy Pfalm 3 1.21, 22. provoking the 
 heart chearfully to praife God 9 Pfa/m.^o 
 
 8.10,1 I 5 I2. 
 
 Q. How doth observation of fuccejfe 
 inpraver y ferve to remove dulnejfe ? 
 
 [j A, When God anfwereth our pray- 
 ers, the light of his countenance fhineth 
 upon us,and this reviveth the dull fpirits 
 rpfalin 1 16.6,7 9. 1 $ am *7 2 7« 
 Q*How doth it remove negligence J 
 * A. Experience of good received from 
 God,and begged in prayer, doth quicken 
 us thereunto, Pfalm 68. 6, 7,'andu6. 
 
 O QHot* 
 
A jbort Catecbijm, 
 l ^ q. How doth it ftrengthen onr 
 
 |j .4. God is unchangeable, lb that 
 former mercies given doe affure us ot fu- 
 ture bleirings,Ppz/.6l.5>6. 
 
 Qj. How doth it enflame onr hearts 
 
 with z,eal)&c, 
 
 f A. Though our hearts arecoldby 
 nature, yet the fight of Gods love doth 
 move us effectually to love the Lor J a - 
 1 gain PJalm 105.18^19^0,21. 
 
 q; What mn ft we doe if Godanjwer 
 us not. the fir/} or fecond time > 
 
 jl u diamine * l>Qto toelprae 
 ano m 2. Continue Ufcrtent t&erc- 
 in : 3.Mattfngnttpnnfte Jlojo untu 
 tefpeei5jljames4.3» m Luke 18. 1. n 
 Hab. 2.3^1.5.3. . 
 
 Expof .* Q;. Why mnft we examine km 
 we fray if we [feed not at the fir ft { 
 
 A. "Becaufe fometimes we ask and 
 receive not,becaufe we ask amifs. 
 
 Q. How many wales do we fray amtfs ? 
 
 A. Three waies(i) For the manner, 
 when we pray 1. Ignorantly,2* Rafhly, 
 3. Coldly, 4. With wearinefs, 5 P;*™ 1 }- 
 fully 6. And without love, pbzj.6- 
 Prov zi.l}. _ 
 
 CO For the matter, asking 1. l-bu*g»- 
 
 not: 
 
with an Expofition upon the fame. T a r 
 
 notgood,Mat.2Os2i 22.Ltfl>e 9. 54.55. 
 Of 2 . not fit for them for whom we pray. 
 (3) For the end, when we aske to a 
 wrong end. 
 
 Q. What rules are to be observed here- 
 in } 
 
 A. Here obferve, That(i) They 
 pray well that take notice of their 
 wants in prxycrsPfalm 31,32.(2) ^nd 
 fometimes the childe of God prayeth 
 beft when he knoweth not that he 
 prayeth at all, Rem. 8. 26, 0)Alfo 
 God fometimes giveth us what we 
 pray for, when we pray but coldly, 
 ^^9.22.24, 25. that he might en- 
 courage us to pray; and denies us fomer 
 times when we pray fervently, that we 
 mjght not truft to our prayers, Pfdm. 
 
 22.2* 
 
 Q. Why rnufi -we continue fervent m 
 prayer, if God deny us at the firfti 
 
 II A m Becaufe God for a time m ay de - 
 ny what we ask, Vfalm6.% m and 13. 
 
 Q^ Why doth God for a time dm us 
 •what we askjt 
 
 A. ("l) That he may exei-cife oar 
 
 .humility in regard of our wants, Lam. 
 
 2.4. Judges 1^.13,14. (2) Oar Faith. 
 
 O2 (3) ^ n d 
 
I p 6 A fhort CMechifrr?) 
 
 ■ (3)And our patience in waiting, Matt h t 
 15.22,23, 24.26,27,28. (4) ^ndtry 
 our obedience, whether we will in con- 
 fcience obey, though we want the com- 
 fort promifed, Pfalm 44. 17,18,19,20. 
 Moreover he deferreth to help for a 
 feafon, To(5 ) quicken us to prayer. (6) 
 To make us know our felves.(7)That 
 we may carefully preferve his graces, 
 when once we have them ^nd (8) that 
 he may doe u? good in the latter end, 
 Judg. 20. 26. Therefore we mould not 
 be faint hearted, but hold out unto th* 
 end. 
 
 Q. How is a man fupported tope fe- 
 vere in prayer f 
 
 A. 1. By faith, 2. Hope, 3. And love, 
 Pfal.40.1. and 37.7. 
 
 Q» Who ought to fray j? 
 
 jf- SUoagJ (0oD reqafrettoof 
 all men npoti eartf>> pet ft moit 
 fptrfallp belougeftj to tbe mem* 
 ber0 of p tfc Cbnrrt) militant, 
 oMatth. 7.7, 8. Pfalm 14.2.P John 16- 
 23.26. 
 
 Q. Who can or may pray wijk hope to 
 fpeed f 
 
 a. £Dnelp tfep q t bat || depart feora 
 fntqtiftoq«P&UJ.i8 r 
 
 Expof, 
 
ft* 
 
 Vnoim Ex f option upon the fame. 
 
 Expo r . || O, why mvft he thatpr^yn^ 7 
 depart from iniquity > 
 
 ^. i . Bccaufe fuch only as feel the 
 burthen of fin, and have a defire to be 
 eafed, are called to coqie unto Chrift, 
 
 2. And they onely have a promife 
 tofinde good fucceis, Ifa.tf. 1. Mat. 
 11.28. 
 
 3. Others do but mock God, Pfal m 
 
 78^35* 5** 
 
 4. Neither can they pray with the 
 
 graces required 3 as faith, reverence, 
 fervency, love, &c m Co long as they 
 love wickednefp, Zach. 12. 10. 2 Tim. 
 2. 19. 
 
 5. Prayer is not a work of nature 
 but of the fpirk of fanttification> Rom. 
 8. 15, 26. 6V.44, <5- and he cannot 
 fulfil the lufts of the flefti, that hath the 
 fpirit of grace dwelling in him, Gal. 
 5.16. 
 
 6. The Prayers of the wicked are 
 an abomination unto the Lord, Prov. 
 15. 8. Jjhny. 31. I fat ah 58.7,8, 9. 
 £^^.17.18 
 
 C^ // our dep arting from fin perfett in 
 this life ? 
 
 -<4. Our departing from fin is at the 
 
 firftyery rude and imperfefr, John si. 
 
 O 3 15. 
 
 97 
 
I g 8 ** ft ort C*t&bifnr, 
 
 15. i Pet.z.i. but we muftpray daily 
 to be renewed, Col.i. 9. Phil. 1.9, 10, 
 
 11,17/^.3.13. 
 
 Q. For whom mnfl we pray ? 
 
 A* jfo* tallr torts- mr men nofo 
 Ifttng* or tftat flrall f&crcaftet ltt)e>tmt 
 * not for tfce t Deal'* r 1 Timothy 2 . 1 . f 
 John 17.20. tLuke 16.24,25. 
 
 Expof. f 5: ^7 mtt fl w*fr*y for all 
 
 forts of men ? 
 
 ^/i(i) The Commandment of God 
 James 5. 16- Eph. 6. 18. Cat. 4. 3. 
 Rem. 1 5 . 3 o; (2) Our love to our bro- 
 ther. 1. Who is of our flefh. 2, And 
 may appertain to the Kingdom of 
 grace.* Rom. 10, I. 2. John 5. 16. do 
 require that we pray for all forts of men 
 living. 
 
 Q^ What forts of men muft we pray 
 
 A. (1) Both private, James ^ 14. 
 1 Sam. 12.25. (2) And publique per- 
 form, iKihgsi. 36.37. Ifaiah 6. 10. 
 (3) Friends, J^ 42 8; 10. ^4) And 
 toes, Pfalm^ 13. (5) Near in blood. 
 Num 12.13. ^^.25.21. and 17, i8.ana 
 27,28. and 28.3 # i Chro.iq.i 9(6) And 
 iirangersj CW. 1, 9. ( 7 ) Weak. Or 
 (8) ttrong Chriftian?, 1 Tkef 5. 14. 
 
 Col 
 
with an Expofnion upon the fame, ipp 
 CV.4. 12.2 Cor.i. ii. Heb.\^ % 18,19- 
 (9) Such as Hand. 2 Thef 3.5. (10) Or 
 be gone aftray, Cant. 2* 8. £-*W. 32. 3 1 •> 
 32* Rom, 10. 1. 
 
 Q. Why is it our duty thus to pray for 
 all forts I 
 
 A. (1) All need the prayers one of 
 another, J^w^ 5. 16. (2) Satan feeks 
 to moleft and trouble all men, L%ke 22. 
 31. Job 1. $, 10. Eph.6.12.1 Pet.CyS. 
 (3) The fall of any man is adiftionor 
 to God, Rom.2. 23, 24. (4) A finners 
 conversion brings glory to his Name , 
 Apoc. 16.9. M&L 2. 1, 2. (5) The 
 prayer of the weakeftChriftianis avail- 
 able with God, Pfa/m6^. 2. and 14$. 
 18. P[alm 102. 17.. (6) At lead, it 
 (hall return into his own bofome, Pfal. 
 35. 13. E&ek^ 14. 14. (7) Icis a fpe- 
 cial aft of love » Mat. 5. 44. (?) A 
 means to reconcile our enemies unto 
 us, Rom. 12. 20. (9) Or to prevent 
 danger or hurt , that otherwise we 
 might receive from him, Pfalm 109.- 
 
 4- 
 
 Q^why mufi we not pray for the 
 
 dead? 
 
 * A. £1) Becaufe prayers cannot 
 
 avail the dead, Rev.\^. 13. 1 Pet. 3. 19. 
 
 O 4 Bet. 
 
200 
 
 A fbortCatecbifrfi, , 
 
 Hcb.o. 27. {*) Neither can a prayer 
 forthembeaworkoffaith. 
 
 q^ ^ <*»*** prayer for the dead be < 
 <* work^of faith ? 
 
 ^.i.Bccaufe there is not any com- 
 mandment to do it. 2. Or promife ot good 
 to come by it. 3. Or approved example 
 to warrant it in Scripture. 
 
 *CL *h*t is the foundation of theje 
 
 pr ^^Supcrftition did firft hatch thefe 
 prayers, and fuperftition now is the foun- 
 dation of them. 
 
 £. What pretence do the tgnoiant 
 
 make to defend them'* ■ 
 
 ^. Love is the pretence which tne 
 ignorant fort make to defend them. 
 6 Q. What are we toth.nl^ of them tn 
 
 deed? XT . _ i^. 
 
 J, Indeed they are, 1 Vain, 2. ig 
 noranc, 3 M* 4 Atid uncharita- 
 
 blC Q. May men content themfehes to 
 pajln private onelj, or onely in p«*' 
 
 ***** #* Imtllflw? multu nte botb 
 ©antique ano w private t PW er * u 
 Aftsa. wLukcii.i. ■ s 
 
With an Expofition upon the fame. 201 
 J. Publique prayer is that which is 
 ufed in the publique meetings and afiem- 
 blies of Gods fervants. 
 
 Q^ What ren\ons may jbew the necef- 
 fity and ufe of d%b like prayer ? 
 * A, fhis is (1) A principal part of 
 Gods tvor (hip, ACh 3.1.(2) It is accepta- 
 ble unto his Majefty. 
 
 Q^ Why is It acceptable to God* 
 A. Becaufe (0 We acknowledge 
 him openly to be the giver of every 
 good gift. (2) And fpeak of his free 
 favor, to the praife ot his grace, Pfal 
 22. 25^1^40.10.(3) It was ever ufed 
 in the houfe of God, Matth* 21.12 
 (4) It fancYificth every other duty, 
 1 //7W.4. 5. Ce) It Is commanded by 
 Chrift. (6) fchrift hath promifed his 
 pretence in a fpecial manner in the con- 
 gregation, Pfalm 27. 4. Matt<i%. 28. 
 (7) Alfo hereby we are quickned to 
 pray more fervently, Zach%. 20, 21, 
 22. (8) We do teftifie our faith, hope, 
 thankfulnefs. (9) We profefs our 
 felves to be the fervants of Chrift, 
 (10) We ftir up others by our example , 
 Pfol.9%.6. and 96.1,2,7,8' (11) And 
 it is much to our comfort , that what 
 we ask, is approved and fought with 
 
 common 
 
2Qt A\hort Catechifm^ 
 
 common confent ; publique fervice be- 
 ing of more worth then private, as a 
 focicey exceedeth the worthinefs of one 
 man, Pfa/,2^.9. and 87.2. and 3$. 18. 
 and in. 1. 
 
 j£K What is private prayer ? 
 
 | A. Private prayer is that which is 
 performed, 1 . In a family : Or- 2. by one 
 alone, Zach.\ 2. 12,1 3,14. 
 
 CK Why is prayer in the family nece f- 
 f*ry> 
 
 A. In the family, prayer is necefTary : 
 COGod by his commandment binding 
 Parents and Matters to fee it perform- 
 ed, Jofhua 24. 1 5 . Gcnefis 18.18 (2.)The 
 faithful have followed the Lords di- 
 rection herein, fob 1.5. (3.) Hereby the 
 affairs of the whole family are fan&i- 
 fied, 1 Chroti. 16. 43. P faint 127. I. 
 1 77^4.5. And (4.) God will pour 
 down a blefling upon that family 5 
 that joyntly feeketh his favor by hear- 
 ty fupplication, Atts 1 . 14, 15. and 1 2. 
 
 Q. Why mufl we pray alone ? 
 
 A- VVemuft pray alone, Gen. 2 4.63. 
 
 and 32. 9, 1 o. Luke 11. 1. Mat. 6.6* 
 
 O) That we may be more fit to joyn 
 
 with others to our edification. (2) And 
 
 have 
 
pVithanExpefitton upon the fame. 203 
 
 have comfort when we are alone, PfaL 
 30.10, 11,12(5 .) Alfo we have private 
 1. Sins to confefs : 2. Wants to be- 
 wail. 3 . CrofTes under which we fhould 
 be humbled, Pfalm 6.2,3 ,6,7. Matt. 
 14*3 1, 4. And 4. favours for which we 
 fhould be thankful, Lam. 3.23. f/fc/jg! 1 . 
 23,24* and 66. 19, 20. 
 
 Q^_ What other means hath the Lard 
 anointed to increafe faith "> 
 
 A. fl&e fcat x atjmtnlflratfcn , 
 ana receding cf tte t &acra~ 
 mente, * Gen. 17.9, io,n. Rom.4. 
 11. 
 
 Expof.f Qjf'hat did the word Sacra* 
 merit jignifie in ancient times ? 
 
 A. The word Sacrament did in an- 
 cient times fignifie an oath $ whereby 
 Souldiers bound themfelves ro be true 
 to their Captain, and the General in 
 like manner did binde himfelf to the Sol- 
 diers. 
 
 Q. What is it now ufed to fignifit f 
 
 A. Now it is ufed to fignifie the 
 Seals of the Covenant , whereby Che 
 Lord doth binde himfelf in Ghriit 
 Jefus to be merciful to us , and we 
 binde our (elves to be true unto 
 Chrift. 
 
 Q. How 
 
C04 -^ fyort Catechifn?) 
 
 Q^ Horv are the Sacraments fecial 
 means to confirm faith > 
 
 A. The Sacraments are fpecial means 
 to confirm faith, becaufe i. Chrift 
 is after a fpecial manner reprefented? 
 2. And offered unto all. And.3. effe&u- 
 ally beftowed upon every worthy com- 
 municant. 
 
 Q. Who ought to admmifler the Sa- 
 craments ? 
 
 A. tf)mlptfceptbat yare I latofullp 
 calleD tbcrrunto bp t&t Cfctucfc, y 
 //*£. 5 4. 
 
 Expof*|| Q. Who are lawfully called 
 to adminijter the Sacraments > 
 
 A. Such are lawfully called to ad- 
 minifter the Sacraments, who 1. Being 
 furniflied with gifts of knowledge and 
 holinels* 2. Are fet apart for that of- 
 fice by the Church, Dext.'fi. 10. Ma! m 
 2.7. Matth.$. 14, 15, 16. 1 7"#.3. 
 2,4556,7. 7/M.7,8 9. Matth. 24.45, 
 Mom,i.i.Ttt.i, 5. 
 
 Q^ ff&rf* #V 4 Sacrament ? 
 
 [A* atfeal of y tfce cetenanrof 
 grace, yR0m-4.11* 
 
 Expof.f Q^Why are the Sacraments 
 called Seals? 
 A. Sacraments are appointed, not 
 
 onely 
 
With an Expofition upon the fain ^ 205 
 onely, 1 . To help the underftanding : 
 and 2- The memory, But 3. al(b to per- 
 fwade 3 and allure the heart that Ghriftis 
 ours. 
 
 Q ♦ VPhy call you the Sacrament a Seal 
 cfthe Coven an t of Grace ? 
 
 A. Becaufe the Covenant is fealed in 
 the Sacrament. 
 
 Q^ what is the caufe of that Cove- 
 nant t 
 
 A, God of his meer grace and favour, 
 made it with us. 
 
 Q. /» whom is it made > 
 
 A. In Jefus Chrift. 
 
 Q^ With whom ? • 
 A. With us being mi(erable finners, 
 Gen.ij.j 9)io>il,&c. 
 
 0. In what words is this Covenant, 
 ex ore (fed in Scripture } 
 
 A. 3 totii be ! tftp 2 ©o&, an* fyou 
 foalt be mp people, 2Jfcr.3t.551 
 
 Expof. || O. What doth Godpromljein 
 this frvenant > 
 
 A. In this Covenant God doth 
 p»oni(e> 1. To be our Saviour, King and 
 Father. 2. To pardon our finncs. 3. To 
 fanftifie our nature. 4. To bellow all 
 good things upon us. And 5# pro- 
 teft us from all evill, Geneftsiy,i 9 2. 
 
 Lev, 
 
2 o tf A fbort Catechifniy 
 
 Lev.i6.i\\ii. 2 C0r.tf.16, I7 3 i8. Heb. 
 8.10,11.12. 
 Q^JVhat do wepromife to God } 
 A. Wepromife, t. To choofe God 
 to be our God. 2.T0 truft in him- 3. To 
 love. 4. To fear him. And 5. to walk in 
 obedience to him, pxodxr. 15. 2. and 
 20.19.and 24.3.7. 
 
 Q. what are the parts of a Sacra- 
 , tncntl 
 
 a. Ctoa : an t outtoarD fciflble 
 0gne> fantttfUfc to * repjefent ant 
 f eale another tltfng to tfje mtn&e arm 
 tjeart ; ana an fntoaro . grace, fijttfcte 
 tbettytigtfgntfiti). 
 
 Expo£ f 0. i/w is It proved that 
 there be two parts of a Sacrament ? 
 
 A. Of a lign there muft needs be two 
 parts, the underftanding thereby concei- 
 ving one thing, and the fenfe another, Gc- 
 nefis 9. 11, 12, 13, 14, 15*1 6,1 7. //*/*£ 
 38.7,8. therefore ofa Sacrament there 
 mult needs be two parts, one inward, a- 
 nother outward. 
 
 Qi What h a ft an f anil i fled f 
 
 * A. A fign fan&ified, is that 
 which, is appoynted by the Lord himfelf 
 to fign 1 fie, Exodttf 49. 11. 13. and 
 xwt by man upon any conceited ana- 
 logy 
 
With An Sxpofition upon the fame. 207 
 
 logy or proportion. 
 
 jg. What is the inward grace ? , 
 |f A. The inward grace is the fres 
 and tpirituall gift which God beftow- 
 ethupon the foul) Gen % ij.j. Matth. 26. 
 28. 
 
 Q^ who is the dmhor of the Sacra- 
 ment\ 
 
 K ttht HQ#)a onelp t fofco tnafce 
 tfce Covenant, a Ifaiah7fi4; and 38^ 
 
 7- 
 
 Expof. f Q^ How is it proved that 
 God onely is the Author of the Sacra- 
 ments ? 
 
 A. Becaufe 1. God is the only Law- 
 giver of his Church, fame s 4.1 2. Match, 
 ?3 8 10. Afts 3.22. to teach it by word 
 and figix* 
 
 2. And, as to forgive finnes, and re- 
 ceive unco grace , is proper to the 
 Lord alone, Michel 7 . 1 8 . Hofea. 1 4 \ 1 y 2 . 
 foicis his peculiar, to inftitucea figne 
 and Seale for the confirmation there- 
 of. 
 
 Q^ How many Sacraments be there ? 
 
 a. 3n tfce * &t\n K,z%wmmt 
 Dtxtlv tfoa : b I5aptfCme tttMJje 
 &O2U0 c &nppcr> b John 1. 2 6 t cLuie. 
 
 22.19,20. 
 
 Expof. 
 
qo3 A jhort Catfckifrr^ 
 
 Expof. * Q. Why fey joh there be on- 
 ly two Sacraments m the New Tefta- 
 ment f 
 
 A, In the Old Teftament the Jewes 
 had many Sacraments .-fomeordinaryj 
 Gen. \j, 9 # ii } 12, &c.Exodi2. 1,2,3. 
 &c fome extraordinary, 1 (or. 10. 1? 2, 
 3.5. Buc the N^w Teftament hath ontly 
 two. 
 Q, How may t hat be proved ? 
 A. Becaufe there be no more Sacra- 
 ments of the New Teftament, then 
 Chrift did inftitute and receive before his 
 death. 
 
 (^ Why was it neceffary that Chrift 
 (hozld receive the Sacraments of the New 
 Teftament f 
 
 A. It was neceffary that he fhould 
 receive both. 1. To fan&ifie them in 
 his own perfon, And 2. to feal that 
 Communion which is between him and 
 us. 
 
 Q^ What fay y oh of the five other Sa- 
 crament? which the Papifts adde to thefe 
 two? 
 
 A. The nature of a Sacrament a- 
 greeth not to the five forged Sacra- 
 ments of the Papifts. 1. Becaufe they 
 are not proper to the Church. 2. Nor 
 
 are 
 
With an Expofition upon the fame. 2 £ 
 are hot inftituted of Godv 3. Or con- 
 lift not of an outward vifible fign , 
 and inward grace : 4. The Cove- 
 nant of grace is not fealed in any of 
 them. 
 
 Q. What is the proper tie of the Sacra- 
 ments in the New 'Ttftatncm > 
 
 A. Thefe Sacraments of the New 
 Teftamentare perpetual, and never to be 
 abrogated, Heb.%. 13. 
 
 Q^ What is Baptifm ? 
 
 A. a |! Sacrament c of our f ngraf* 
 ftng tato Ctulft* communion tott!} 
 i|fai> and entrance tnto tfce Cfcarcfc c 
 Mat.28. 19.Aas8.31. 
 
 Expof. || Q^Doth not Baptism make 
 mcnChriftian forils > 
 
 A, The feed of Abraham^ Gal. •$.*]. 
 or children of Chriftian parents , ard 
 
 1. Within the Covenant. 2. Are Chri* 
 ftians and Members of the Church 1 
 Co . 7. 1 4. Rom. 11.16. Baptifm there - 
 fore doth not make them Ghiiftian 
 fouls. 
 
 Q. What then is the ttfe of Baptifm f 
 A. It doth folemnly (ignifie and 
 feal, 1. Their ingrafting into Chrift, 
 
 2. Aad that communion which the 
 members of Ghrift, have with Him their 
 
 P Head, 
 
31© Afhort Catechfm y 
 
 Head. 3. U doth confirm, that they 
 are acknowledged Members of the 
 Church , and entrsd into it> 1 Peter 
 
 Qi What is the utwardfign ? 
 
 A. Mater, f to&eretottfc tip par- 
 tp baptff efc t* g toaibiD bp dtpptng 
 m fpjbtfeltng* h into tftt f jjaame 
 of tbe ifatljer > &on > and bolp 
 CPfcott, f Afts 10. 47* g Matth. 3. *, 
 11, 13) 16. A&s 16. 15. h Matthew 
 *8. J 9. 
 
 Expof. f Q^ Wi><# ii it to be baptised 
 into the name of the FatherySon^ and he If 
 Ghofi ? 
 
 A. To be baptized into the name of 
 the Father, Son> and holy Ghoft, is to 
 be confecrated unto the worftrip and 
 fcrvice of the Father? Son, and holy 
 Ghoft. 
 
 Q. What is the inward grace or thing 
 fignified 1 
 
 A- J^&ttaitfc i of * Oit0» ana 
 it fanctttUatfoit> i Mark 14. Afts 2. 38. 
 k Tit. 3. 5. 
 
 ExpoC * Qi How may it appear that 
 tin ivward grace in Bapttfm u the 
 forgivtnefs of Jm$ avd Sanflkificati* 
 
 A. Water 
 
With an Hxpofition upon the fame* 2 1 1 
 A m Water in Baptifm doth lignifie 
 1. Chrifts bloo4> by which all our fins 
 are waihed av\ay. And 2 Chrifts 
 Spirit, by which we are regenerated? 
 Rom.6.%- Manb.%. 11. John 1. 26. 
 Col. 2. 12. Wherefore the inward 
 grace in Baptifm, is the pardon of our 
 fins, and renewing of our nature, Tit. 
 
 3-5* 
 
 Q^ To wha: condition doth the forty 
 
 Baptised blnde himfelf f 
 
 a. 2Do belletJe d fn ll Cbrtff, an* 
 cto forfakefcf* ftn*,d /vas 8. 37. c 
 
 Matth 3. i% 
 
 Expof. || Ql How is it proved that the 
 party Baptised doth tfinde himfelf to re- 
 pent and belkve ? 
 
 A. Gods promife to us, and our 
 promife to God, implyed in the Cove- 
 nant, is fealed in Baptilm, Aftsi&^i^ 
 15, 31, 32, 33. Co that we binde our 
 felves thereby to the performance of our 
 duty. 
 
 Q, Infants baptized have not the ufe 
 ofreafon 9 how then can they bind them* 
 felves to believe > 
 
 A. Infants Baptized have not the 
 
 ufe of reafon, much lefs faith to be- 
 
 lieve; but yet as they be in the Cove- 
 
 P 2 nanc* 
 
212 A fhort Cdtechifrri) 
 
 •nant, fo they oblige themfelves to be- 
 lieve in Ghrift, and depart from ini- 
 quity ; which they are bound to per- 
 form, when they are come to years of 
 difcretion, Acts 2. 39. with 2 Cor* 6. 
 
 C^ How 9 ft ottght a man to be Bapti- 
 sed? 
 
 A* 3t te enough once to be f bap! f* 
 jea : foj Bapttf m if a pleuge of our g 
 tietobirfb,fAa. 7 8.gTit.3$. 
 
 Expof. |) Q. why is Baptifm to be ad- 
 min, ftred bat once to one man ? 
 
 A. We never read that Chrift or his 
 Apoftles did admin? fhr Baptiim more 
 then once to one man. 
 
 2. ^nd Gircumcifion, the Seal of 
 entrance into the Church of the Jews (in 
 the place whereof Baptifm is come) was 
 only once applyed by Gods appoint- 
 ment, Gen. 17. 23, 24, &c. 
 Q. Who oHphttobe Bapt.'z»td? 
 
 A. 3nft&el* b contorted to t tie 
 fattb, anD * Infants i of one , o:botlj 
 Cfcftttan II parents h Afts 8. i2.i Afts 
 2. 39- 1 Cor 7. 1 4- t 
 
 Expof f Q: Why are not Infidels to he 
 baptised before they be converted to the 
 fothf -' 
 
 ^.Be- 
 
With an Expofnion upon the fame. 2 \l 
 
 A. Becaufe all they who be within the 
 Covenant, and ftich onely, are to be re- 
 cei ved into Baptifm. 
 
 O. How i* it proved} that infants 
 of Cfcrifl/an Parents ought to be bapti* 
 &d! 
 
 * A. (i) B:caufe Infants ofChrifti- 
 an Parents are within the Covenant, 
 (2) To them appertained thepromifi 
 of forgivenefs of fins, and the Kingdom 
 of God. (3) Circumcifion among the 
 Jews ( wkich anfwereth to our baptifiii ) 
 was adminiftred to infants, Gen f 17. 1 2, 
 and 21. 1, 4. Luk£ 1. 59 and 2. 21. 
 And (4) when the faithful which the 
 Scripture faith , were, converted with 
 their whole hoffjhold^ and Baptiz>sd-> it 
 may probably be thought, there were 
 (bme children amongft ttaro of thofe 
 houfholds , who were not excluded 
 Afts 14 14, 15. 
 
 Q. Who a-e to be acknowledged Chri- 
 ftians > 
 
 || A. Though we acknowledge fuch 
 onely to be fincere Chriftians , who 
 (erve God with upright hearts, Rom. 
 21. 28, 29. yet thofe are not denied 
 to be Chriftians , who make fo much 
 as a -genco) profeffion of Chrift> A 8s 
 P 3 tu 
 
A fhort fatecbifm, 
 3*4 11.26. iCor. i« 2. with 5. 1, 2,3. and 
 
 J5'I2. 
 
 Q, What. is the Lords Supper > 
 
 a. t 3 k Sacrament of our con* 
 ffnnance ano grototfc in Cferitt k 1 
 Gor. 10. 16- 
 
 Expof. f Qi #*» ^ f £* IWdfr Sup- 
 per proved to be a Sacrament of our 
 growth in Chrifi ? 
 
 A. Becaufe there Ghrift is given to 
 be fpiritual nourifbment unto the foul, 
 that we might grow and increafe in 
 him, John 6. 33, 48,50,51,52,54, 
 56. as plants are not onely grafted, but 
 00 grow in the ftock • and this is fealed 
 , « in this Sacrament. 
 
 Q. who is the author of this Sacra- 
 ment ? 
 
 A, SDfce & orts 1 3tfiw !i in tlje fame 
 nlgftt f tbaf tie teas betrapeM 1 Cor. 
 n.23,24. 
 
 Expof j| O^ How nttrj it be proved 
 that Chrifi had authority to infiltute this 
 Sacrament \ 
 
 -^. (1) Becaufe Chrift is the Lord 
 and head of his Church, Atts 10.36. 
 Eph. 1. 22. Col, 1. 18. (2) He hath 
 aathority given from the Father to 
 Inftitute Sacraments* ^#£.28.18, 19' 
 
 (3)Aad 
 
With An Expofithn upon the fame* 
 (j) And potter cffe&ually to perform 
 whatsoever is fignified and fealcd there 
 in, /0/w 1.4. £/>£.< 1,4. 
 
 Q. Mow did drift inftiwte this Sa- 
 crament * 
 
 A. He did in his own per(bn inftitute 
 and ordain it. 
 
 Q. What f pedal things may be con- 
 ft deredin the time -when this Sacrament 
 was inftitute d f 
 
 f A *\* When Chrift was preparing 
 himfelf to the greateft work of love that 
 ever was. 2. Having his thoughts wholly 
 bsnt to procure the eternal good of his 
 EIe& ; then did he out of his infinite 
 ldte, 3. Even in the fame night that he 
 was to be betrayed? appoint this holy 
 Sacrament. 
 
 Q^ Why was it inftjwted before his 
 death .? 
 
 A. Becaufe the inftitution and f eating 
 of the Teftament, ought to go before the 
 death of theTeftator. 
 
 Q. What nfe is to be made hereof? 
 
 A, Thisfhould ftirusup, 1. With 
 care and reverence to receive this 
 pledge of Chrifts love. 2. And to 
 come unto it as unto a fpiritual feaft. 
 Being* 3* perfwaded that Chrift will 
 P 4 re- 
 
 215 
 
% 1 6 4 fbort Catecbifrn, 
 
 refpeft us now he is glorified , feeing 
 
 he did not forget us in his agony and 
 
 pafDon. 
 
 Q^fVbath theoHtveardfign ? 
 
 A. 552ta&*an& mWSiinu tottfi rte 
 actions pertatntng to tbem> as | break* 
 ttiS'SMns, recettitng , tatins , an* 
 
 ttftnfctng, m Matthew 26. 26, 27, 
 28. 
 
 ExpoC * Q^JVhy were bread and 
 relne ordained to be outward figns of the 
 Sacrament ? 
 
 A. Becaufe bread and wine (1) Arc 
 mod ufual, fit, and neceflfary nouriftr 
 ments, Pfalm 104. 15. CO They do of 
 all others beft ferve to exprefs the 
 Body and Blood of Chrift, John 6. 
 
 Q. Mttft the bread be leavened or un- 
 leavened ? 
 
 A. Leavened or unleavened bread 
 areoffreeufe, Acts 20.7. Mat. 26.17. 
 26. But it is expedient that it be bread 
 that hath fubftance in it. 
 
 Q, Whatthin^euofufing the wafer 
 cake \ 
 
 A. The ufe of the wafer cake it 
 Juftly blamed as Superftitious, by our 
 Church* 
 
 \Qjvbat 
 
mth an Expojition upon the fame,* zif 
 
 Q. What bread and wine for quality 
 mnft be ufed ) 
 
 A, Becaute the Sacrament is a fpiri- 
 tnal feaft, therefore the fineft Bread 
 and purcft Wine is of moft laudable 
 ufe. 
 
 Q. What tlunk^yon of mixing water 
 with wine ? 
 
 A. Out of niggardlinefs to mix wa- 
 ter with wine? favofeth of an ill minde > 
 Mal.i.f)%. 
 
 Q^ Why did Chrifi inftitnte both 
 bread and wine ? 
 
 A. £hr! ft being not onely thstrue, 
 but the Efficient nourifhment of the 
 foul) intending to give us a full meal, ap- 
 pointed both bread and wine, and that 
 feverally to be ufed in the Lords Supper, i 
 Cor. 1 1.23, 24. 
 
 O. Is it lawful to adminifter this Sa- 
 crament in one kjnde onely ? 
 
 A. It is Sacriledge to deliver this 
 Sacrament in one kinde onely. 
 
 Q. Mnfi the b, end and wine be ad~ 
 miniflred feverally or together ? 
 
 A- It is preemption not to admi- 
 nifter them feverally, feeing Chrift in- 
 tended to fet forth his violent death , 
 wherein his body and Wood was fepa- 
 rased. . Q^whj 
 
2i3 -^ ]hort Cateehifm, 
 
 Q^ Why is the bread to be broken ? 
 A. The bread is to be broken. 
 i. According to the example of Ghrift; 
 2. And of his Apoftles ." 3. Becaufe thif 
 Sacrament wag anointed fpecially to re- 
 prefentthc death and paflion of our Sa- 
 vior Ghrift , in which his body was cru- 
 cified,and his blooa fhed. Mat. 26.26, vj % 
 28. Atts^o.j. 
 
 Q. What is the inward grace > 
 
 A. Cfofttn toftti allt tfce benefit a 
 cfflfa SDeatti anu ^af*fon 5 n 1 Cor.n. 
 24. 
 
 £*/>*/. f Q. Why fay y oh that Chrifi 
 with all his bete fits is the inward grace 
 in this Sacrament $ 
 
 A. Becaufe not onely Chrift his be- 
 nefits, but even Chrift himfelf is offer- 
 ed unto us ; For we cannot be parta- 
 kers of the benefits of Ghrift, unlefswebe 
 united unto him, "John 152. Eph. 4. 16. 
 Col .2. 19. 
 
 Q^ How is Chrifi prefentin the Sacra- 
 ment? 
 
 A. Chrift is truly and fpiritually 
 prefent in the Sacrament) exhibited to 
 the Faith of every worthy receiver 9 
 but not corporally united to the bread 
 and wine in refpeft of place, Atts 3. 
 
 21. 
 
WitbanExvofition upon the fame, ttp 
 
 2 1. with MaLi%.6. John 1 6. 1 8. 
 
 Q, ff^<# <&/•/? the bread anil win f y and 
 the breaking of bread in this Sacrament 
 fi^nifie I 
 
 "|| A. The Bread fignities the Body 
 of Chrift, the Wine betokeneth his 
 Blood j the breaking of the Bread , 
 fetteth forth the crucifying ofChrihS 
 
 &?. 
 
 Q f What is the duty of the Mini ft er 
 in the Adminift ration of the Sacra- 
 ment ? 
 
 A. %o o confecrate * it bp Declaring 
 tfce InfMtntlon thereof, anstpraper 
 Jopneb toftb . tbanfcfgtbfog ; * *♦ £0 
 
 •Koto breafctijebreatr. 9. 3nfc after « 
 toarb* to Deliver ttje 15 ;ea& and Mfne 
 to tbe people of ®oc 5 o 1 Cor. 11.25, 
 24 # Matth 2d. a6, 27, 28. Mark 14. 2». 
 
 Luke 22. ip. 
 
 Expof. * Q^ What is it to confe- 
 crate } 
 
 A. To confecrate, is to (ec apart 
 the bread and wine unto an holy ufe, 
 1 Timothy 4.5. Exodtts 13. 2. and 22. 
 29. 
 
 Q^Why is the tnftitution of the Sacr*- 
 ment to be declared f 
 
 (| A. Becaufe if Chrift had not in- 
 
 ftituted 
 
2 20 A flwrt Catechifm^ 
 
 flituted this ufc of bread and wine, it 
 could never have had the being, effica- 
 cy, and vercue of a Sacrament ; there- 
 fore the inftitution ought to be decla- 
 red. 
 
 (^ Why tnstft prayer be joyned with 
 the expo fithn efthe Inftitution f 
 
 f A- Becaufe though God is ever 
 ready preft to beftow a blefling upon 
 his ordinances, Mai. 3. 10. Pfal.%\.\$. 
 yet he looketh to be fought unto, John 4 
 10. Atts-6. r> 4. and 4. 31. Therefore 
 the IVfinifter muft crave Gods blefling to 
 fanftifie the bread and wine to their right 
 ends. 
 
 Q^why mxft Thanhs giving be ad- 
 ded! 
 
 * A. The work of oar Redemption 
 being lively ftt forth in this Sacrament , 
 praife to God for that benefit ought not 
 to be omitted, /toW.5.9. Pfal.nz.q. 
 Rev, 1. jj 6, Zaehjg.g. 
 
 Q, What is hereby figm fit >d> 
 
 a. 2Lt)f action of (So* tbe iFatier 
 offering Ctettt to all> ano beftototng 
 if m p effect nail)? npon tfce to otfbt? re* 
 tetter* pi Cor. 10. 16- 
 
 Q. What is the duty of the receivers ? 
 
 A atfl g recelto tin U to** *"* 
 
 totnt 
 
with m Expofition upon the fame, 22 x 
 
 fofne fcclttJerefc , ant) to f eat *tt& 
 D^{nllrtrreof > qMat.26.26,27. 1 Cor. 
 11.23,14. 
 Expof. || Q: How mufl the bread axd 
 
 cup be received. ? 
 
 A. It is moft expedient to receive 
 the bread and cup into the hand , and 
 not fuperftitioufiy, or unfeemlily to 
 have the bread put, or the wine poured , 
 into the mouth, Mat- 16. 26. 1 Cor. 
 14.40. 
 
 Q^ What doth eating import f 
 
 f A. Eating importeth more then 
 to fuffer a thing to melt in the mouth: 
 for common bread fit.,., 'for nouriftt- 
 ment, which mould be ufed, mould by 
 chewing, &c. be prepared for the fkn 
 mack. 
 
 (K What is ftgnified hereby ' 
 
 A* £Dar r receittng an* fee&ftig 
 
 aponCtjrtft bpfaitb,r 1 Cor.io. 16. 
 
 Q^ Is itfufjicient to receive this Sacra- 
 ment. once\ W 
 
 a. #3 : bat f toe maft ttttibz If 
 
 f sfteilif A&s 2.42.and 20.7. 
 
 Expof. f Q. h by is this Sacrament to 
 be received often* 
 
 A * ( 1 ) Chrift Commandment 
 1 Cor. n t 26. (2) The ^poftles era- 
 
 Sfce, 
 
222 A fbort Catecbifm, 
 
 ftice, Atts 20.7. (3) Our own neceC- 
 fity, do require that we receive this Sa- 
 crament otten. Rev. 3. 2, 3 
 
 ^ Wfof /'/ £# r mctjjiry I 
 
 A. (1.) Weaknefs of faith, 1 5<i», 
 *7- |. Mart 16 14. (2.)Dulnefsof 
 underftanding, John 20, 9. /tf*r<,8.i7> 
 18. (3.) Forgetfulnefs , Luke 24- 9. 
 And (4) fpiritual wants and decays in 
 grace > Matth, 24. 12. Rev.z. 4. and 
 3.2. 
 
 _£?. //0w often mnfl we receive > 
 
 A. Wemuft receive it as often as it 
 is adminiftred in that congregation 
 where we live , unlefs we 1 . Be juftly 
 hindred; 2. Or companies in great 
 parifhes be forted for feveral days, 
 oecaufe they cannot communicate all at 
 once, Numb. 9. 13. 2 Chro». 30. 12. 
 Aiis 2. 42. Matth.2i.%16. \Lor. io* 
 16. 
 
 Q. For tv hat end and ttfe ought we to 
 receive this Sacrament ? 
 
 A* SLo i* confirm on; * iFattfc , 
 commtmton tottfc Ctjrift , t ano all 
 fating grace? in n*. 2. %o keep 
 II fn u remembrance tbe noraa 
 fceat& until be come again, 3. And 
 to ttfttfit* onr lota one unto ano= 
 
With an Sxpofition upm the fame. 323 
 
 otfcco i Gor.io. 16. u 1 Com i. 24.. 26, 
 1 Cor 12. 13. 
 
 Expof. * Q* Haw is the receiving of 
 the Sacrament profitable to increaje 
 faith > 
 
 A. The increafe of faith , and of 
 Communion with Chrift? infer neceffa- 
 rily an increafe of all graces, which 
 fpring thence as from the root , Joh* 
 l 5* 4« Ephefiaxs 2. 2 1, 22. John 7^ 
 
 37- 
 
 Q^. How doth it keep in remembrance 
 the death ofChrift > 
 
 || A. 1. This ftirrethupamoreferioiK 
 thinking on Chrifts love and goodnef$ 
 in his death, and fo preferves the fame 
 more truly in memory. 
 
 2, And by eating tjiis Bread and 
 drinking this wine, men do profefs* 
 and after a fort preach unto others , 
 unto the worlds end , the myftery of 
 the Gofpell , the furn and fubftance 
 whereof confifteth in the 'death of Je- 
 fus Ghrift, and the fruits that flow 
 therefrom , fbadowed in the Sacra- 
 ment. 
 
 (^ What is the danger of unworthy 
 receiving > 
 
 At SSntoortte x recttfttrs t are 
 
 gntlte 
 
A fhort Catechlfrtii 
 
 gttiltg of ttje bodp and bloats of cfc 
 Horo, and dp rat and drink judge* 
 men! to tfj£thfeit>e*> * i £>. n. 27, 
 
 Expof.f Q^ FF/w are unworthy re* 
 c elvers ! 
 
 A* Unworthy receivers are fuch who 
 cat and drink unworthily, that is, who 
 receive the bread and wine without re- 
 verence and due refpefr. 
 
 Q. How many ways may the Sacra* 
 went be received without due reverence 
 or refpeft t 
 
 A. When we give not the due reve- 
 rence and refpec"t,(i) To the myftery con- 
 tained in them, 1 Samuel 6*19. z S*m* 
 6.6. 2 Cbron.$o. 20. (2.) Or to the 
 holy ends why they were ordained. (3 ) 
 Or to the perfon by whole authority 
 they were appointed, t £^.2*29. with 
 
 Q. what it it to be guilty *f the bod} 
 and blood of Ohrift > 
 
 * ft. To be guilty of the Body and 
 filood of the Lord, is CO To offer a 
 fpecial wrong and injury to the perfon 
 of Ghrift and his fufferings.(20 And 
 in a fpecial manner to fin againft the 
 work of our Redemption % which is 
 
 full/ 
 
With an Expojiti on upon the fame, aij 
 fully fee * forth in the Lords Sup* 
 per. 
 
 Q_ Who are' to receive this Sacra" 
 m.nt ? 
 
 J. u &ucfc *» fenoto tftetr II ml* 
 ferp fa? fin, t&e reme&p tljereof in 
 CWtt, an* z tftr t Ootfrfnc of tfte 
 Sacrament toftball 2. Carneftlp 
 a longing * to be fatf0fieo toffft 
 tlje b>tao of ltfe> x Matthew 11. 22. 
 2 Exodus i2 t 26, 2 y- a Revelation 22, 
 
 Expof. H^. ^7 mufl fuch as come 
 to this Sacratnent know the benefits of 
 Chrifts death ? 
 
 A. 1. Bscaufe Chrifts death is fignified 
 by the Sacrament. 2. And Chrift, with 
 all the benefits of his death and paffion 
 is offered herein. 3. Unlets we know 
 Chrift, our mifery without him, and 
 the exceeding benefits of his death, we 
 can never, 1. Ddire, John^. 10. Or. 2% 
 rejoyce in thankfgiving for that mercy y 
 Rom.j.i^. £/>£.2,ij4 # and 5.6.1 Tim* 
 
 1. i3» H- 
 
 Q^ why mpifl we know the doftrine of 
 the Sacrament \ 
 
 t A. This Sacrament is afign and 
 feal t therefore, before we can, 1. life 
 
1*26 A jbort Catecbifm y 
 
 it well. 2. Or prepare to receive. 3. Or 
 examine our felves how we receive , 
 1 Cor. 1 1.28. we muft have under Itand- 
 ing, Exod.i 2.26^. Jojh 4.6. zChr.$o* 
 22. 
 
 Q. JVhymuflvsethirfitobefatisfied 
 mtb the bread of life 1 
 
 * J. Becaufe the thirfty, who are 
 ever lowly, are the onely welcome guefts 
 unto the Lords Table* John j.y,Rev. 
 , 22.15, 
 
 Q^ Horv is this dcfire ftirred uV in 
 pjs} 
 
 <A. This defire is ftirred up in us by 
 a con(ideration 3 (i.)Ot the neceflky of 
 the Sacrament* (2 ) Of our own wane 
 thereof, Matth. 9 12. (3) Of the 
 benefits bellowed therein, Pfalm 63.1. 
 a, 3, Prov.^. 7. And (4) of the helps we 
 fcave thereby to quicken and confirm our 
 faith. 
 
 j?, What elfe is required in them that 
 come to thts holy Table ? 
 
 X 3^ tkenctoefc-i hatred of all b 
 ffn, an Ijeartp en&eafcoi c to otter* 
 come natural paf0ion0) ano an nU 
 ter ana tDell*a*ttife& d fotfafcfug of 
 S?ofs tins: 4- Wlltngneftf to e be 
 ftmigtbiirt tn t fatty 3n* 5* 3 
 
 long* 
 
With an Expofetion upon the fame. 2 27 
 
 iongtng f fceBre fei *tlje goou of 
 onrb;tffcttt> b Luke 3, 12, 13, cMat, 
 13.3. d Luke 14. 28, 29. &c. e Matth * 
 5.6. f Marke 11. 25. Matthew 5. i$ 
 24. 
 
 Expof. J) Q^ Why ts it necejfary that 
 he that comes to the Lords Table, jhould 
 hate AilfiKnel 
 
 A. (1) Becaufe hs that loves finne,can- 
 not truly third after Chrift, Matthew 
 
 11. 28. (2) Nor believe in God, Mar, 
 1. 1 5. Ads 15.9. 1 /o/j# 3.3. 1 Cor. 15. 
 17. (3) Nor have communion with 
 him, 2 Cor. 6.14. Pfa/m. ^4. Amos 3. 
 3. 1 /0/w 16. (4) Sinne is of a foyling 
 nature, and doth defile Gods Ordi- 
 nances unto us 9 T;t. 1. 15. //^zf. 2. 13* 
 l^.Heb. 10.22. Numb, 9.6. 4 Chron. 
 
 23.19. 
 
 Q^ Is it enough- that wee hate all 
 
 A. It (bfficeth not that we hate ^11 fin, 
 but th« mud be renewed by labour and 
 CdxzyJidat. iS. 3. G^.35. 2. Ar^os 4, 
 
 12. £0^1 3.12, 13,14. 
 
 g. How is this- hatred to bs renew- 
 ed > 
 
 A. By driving, ( 1 ) To fee more 
 
 throughly the vilenefle and multitude 
 
 Q2 of 
 
228 A S^ 0rt c *techifm> : 
 
 of out particular (ins, Reve/.$.2 9 3. ■ 
 
 7^.3^3. CO To P ur S c the hcart of 
 
 them by felf-judging and condemning, 
 jAmes 4 8,95 & c - A " d C3) to quic- 
 ken the loathing of them in the heart, 
 fo that the very thought of them may 
 be bitter, Jeremiah 31. 19. 2 Timothy 
 
 ' Q. Whj is Faith required of all them 
 that come to th.s heavenly banquet* 
 
 + A. We (hould defireto have our 
 faith encreafed, before we come to the 
 Lords Table : 1. Becaufe Fakh was re- 
 quired of fach who did defire to be 
 baptized, Acts 8.37. and 16. 33, 34. 
 (2.) It is the eye by which we difcern , 
 2 Cor. 1.1%. John 3. 14,15. and 8- 56. 
 And (3) the hand by which we receive 
 Chrift, John 1. 12. and 6.35. making 
 this feaft of the Lords exceeding fwecc 
 Pfalm 1 19. 103. 
 
 Q^ why muft roe come in Love ? 
 * A. B-caufe when we come to the 
 Lords Table, (1) We profefs ourfelves 
 to be children of the fame Father , 
 2 C*r.*.i8.(a) The redeemed of the 
 fame Lord, 1. Cor&6. (3) Such as be 
 guided by the fame fpiric, 1 Cor. 12. 
 
 13. CO Ruld b ? the fanK c T F r ed 
 
1 With An Expoft tion upon the fame. 21 9 
 (5) Fed at the fame Table, 1 Cor. 16 f 
 17.(6) Members of the fame body, 
 £/>/?.44,5j6. And (7) Heirs of the 
 fame Kingdom, £0^.8.14, 17. Should 
 we not then heartily defire the good of 
 one another both infoul and body > £/>/?. 
 4.3.1/^.3.8. 
 
 Q. What if (i man find himje/f wea^ 
 in faiths and full of doubting 1 
 
 A. i$t tnaft bctoatl g %\z \\ m 
 belief- pw foj faftlj, feefc to babe 
 bfa aotibt* refolded, ano Co receftte 
 to be furtber ttrengtbetieD t fti h 
 belt ett n& g Mark 9, 24. h Judges 6, 37, 
 38. Exodus 1 2 1 1 , 2, 3, 4. 
 
 Expof.||Q: Why mu ft we bewail our 
 unbelief ? 
 
 ^/. Unbelief hinders the fweetnefs 
 of the Lords Ordinances, "John 6. 54. 
 63,64- Godly forrowfor it, quickens 
 a defire and makes way for the increafe 
 of Faith, 2 Cor. j . 1 o. wherefore doubt- 
 ings are to be bewailed , but we muft 
 not thereby be kept from feafting with 
 Chrift. 
 
 Q, why muft not weaknejft of 
 Fahh hinder w from feafting with 
 Chrift ? 
 
 f^» C 1 *) Becauie the weak were ad- 
 Qj$ mitted 
 
mitted by Chrift unto this Table, Mat. 
 26. with 26. $6. Mark^ 16. 14s Albs 
 
 (2). The Sacrament was ordained not 
 onely for the ftrong man, but even for 
 babes in Chrift, that they might wax 
 ftronger. Rom. 4. 11. 1. Cor. 3. 2, 3. 
 they may therefore approach unto this 
 Banquet. 
 
 (3) Such are invited by the Matter of 
 the Feaftj/jw.^ 6. Mat. 22.9. Z,*^ 14. 
 21,23. 
 
 ^X //aw <?^/j^ 4 mans heart to bs af- 
 fctte&if^-e-ceiving the Sacrament ? 
 
 A» flantcty i retnrence, k jop and 
 * comfort, I metittattng on tbe not* 
 toari Ggna, ant> tobat tbep ffgnf* 
 fie ; He t>afntte0 p^eparea > ano 
 lobe of \\m tbat prepared tbem , 
 our communion Initb Cfcrtft* bte 
 graces, ana faitftfttl people > tuftert* 
 bp tbe btacrt m te ftfrresupta tbanf- 
 gtbtngj iExod. 3» 5-Gen. 28. 17 k Deut* 
 16. 15. li Cor. n. 25, mi King.8. 
 66. 
 
 Expof. * Qr How are we to behave 
 our [elves in this heavenly banquet I 
 
 A. From that which was noted be- 
 fore touching the actions of the Mi- 
 
 nifter. 
 
with an Expofnion upon the fame. 231 
 
 nifter, and the people in the delivery and 
 receiving of this Sacrament, we may 
 learn how we ought to behave our felves 
 in this holy bufinefs. 
 
 Q. what k the exercife of the outward 
 man ? 
 
 A. We are to exercife, 1. The eye 
 in feeing the Elements , ani the a&i- 
 ous belonging thereunto, Exod. 24.8. 
 2. The ear in hearing the myfteries ex- 
 plained 3. The hand in receiving the 
 Elements. And 4. the tafte in feeling the 
 comfort of them. 
 
 Q. What X the exercife of the inward 
 man ? 
 
 A. We are to exercife-) 1 . The minde 3 
 2, The heart. 
 
 Q. How is the minde to be exerci* 
 fed? 
 
 A. In meditating and remembring 1: 
 ofChrift fufferings, And. 2, the love of 
 God. 
 
 O. How doth the love of God appear 
 towards us\ 
 
 A. Notonely, 1. In giving his Son 
 to die for us, John 3 . 16. But. 2. alfo of- 
 fering and fcaling unto us our Redem- 
 ption thereby. 
 
 Q. How is the heart to be exercifid f 
 Q^4 A. We 
 
3 3 * -^ jbort Catechifm^ 
 
 A. We mould ftir up the heart 
 (t.) To receive Ghrifl, //rf.64.7 (2.)To 
 rnonrn for fin, Zach. 12.10. (3.) To de- 
 fire Gods favour.(4*) To rejoyce in his 
 love> Neh m 8. 1 0.(5%) To ftand in awe 
 before him, Pfalm 5.7. fearing after an 
 holy manner, left by any unruly affe&i- 
 ons, or unfitting gefture, W£ (hew the 
 leaft want of due efteem, and joy in his 
 prefence, Pfalm 2.1 1. and 44. 1 Cor, H. 
 10. and 14*40. 
 
 Q^ What mufi we do^ after we have 
 received > 
 
 A. »maftl tnUeatxmi toftn&e 
 an frureafe of jFattfc n note » a»n 
 ail tairtng gracea , abotnrttng tno^e 
 andmo^tufcortl^otrifrn Prov.4. 1 &♦ 
 Ezek.47.12** 
 
 Ezpof. || 0. Why mnfi we endeavour 
 to abound in well doing after we have 
 received ? 
 
 <d- (1) Becaufe the receiving of the 
 Lords Supper is a renewing of our co- 
 venant with God, Exod. 13. 1. Gen.ij, 
 11.2. Chron. 30.29. (2) Therein we 
 feed fpiritually upon Ghrift, 1 Cor. jc* 
 1 6. (3) We are refreftied by him 
 And, (4) by Faith we drawvertue from 
 him> Rom. g, 2, Phil^ 13, therefore 
 
 after 
 
with an Expofition upon the fame. 233 
 
 after we have reecived,we muft grow more 
 in grace and knowledge. 
 
 (j. Ifwefpeed not well after we have 
 received \wh at may be the caufe? 
 
 A. If we fpeed not well after we have 
 received, 1. Commonly our want of 
 preparation was the caufe thereof , 
 Or.2.dete&s willingly admitted in the 
 a& of Receiving, 2 Chron. 30. 19, 20. 
 fudges 10. 14, 15- 
 
 Q^ What rules are to be observed in 
 this matter > 
 
 A. 1 . Care muft be taken, that out of 
 diflike of our (elves> we do not diflike or 
 deny that meafure of grace which the 
 Lord beftoweth upon us • 2. Neither 
 muft we be over-hafty . 
 O. Whyfol 
 
 A. Bccaufe the Lord doth not al- 
 ways pour his gifts upon us, the fame 
 day> that we come unto him in his holy 
 Ordinances, Pfalm 97.1 1 . Cant. 3. 4. and 
 5.6. 
 
 Q^ What order hath the Lord left in 
 his Churchy to keep his Ordinances from 
 contempt ? 
 
 A %to ftnrulp II fljoato t be o 
 aftmontfteQ , tie * obtttnatt p tx* 
 cqmmtmtcattfr It «ttt ttie prnitent 
 
 after 
 
2 34 j* fhort Catechifm, 
 
 tfcefrfallt redone*, anfcq comforfefr, 
 o i Theff. 5. 14. p 1 (£or. 5,4.42 Cor. 
 2.6,7 
 
 Expof || Q^ Who areun-nh? 
 
 A. They are unruly, (i.) Who are 
 inordinate (2.) Who live diflblutely : 
 (3-) A nd fuch who are known by fpeech, 
 gcftura and deeds, not to walk ac- 
 cording to the rule of the word , or 
 bufie bodies, vain, boafters, idle, &c 
 zThef 3. „, I2 ( 4 ) Qrfuch as be 
 fallen into any outward fin, 1 Corin 
 69. 
 
 Q. Ho* mu ft the unruly be deah 
 Withal? 
 
 \A. Such perfbns being members of 
 the Church, 1 Cor.^. n, 12. mould be 
 reprehended. 
 
 Q. Far what muft reprehenfien be 
 given i 
 
 A. 1. For their (in, 2. Certainly 
 known borh to be fin, And. 3. to be 
 committed by them. Lev. 19.17. 
 
 C^ How muft admonition be perform- 
 ed? 
 
 A. Admonition muft b: perform- 
 ed with (1.) MeekftMs, (2 ) And discre- 
 tion, GaM.1,2. 2 n* a8 . 2 ;.(*) Some- 
 times alio with zeal ? (4 ) And with fe- 
 
 verityj 
 
With anExfwfition upon the fame. 235 
 verity, 1 Cor. 4.21 . Gal at tans 3. 1. 
 
 Q. What is the title of d'fcretion and 
 &eal in admonition > 
 
 A % That it be fitted, 1 . To the per- 
 sons finning. 2 The fin commi tted. 3 .And 
 the manner of doing, Numb. 12. 9, ro. 
 14. 
 
 (^ What if the fin be private \ 
 1 v4. If the fin bs private, known to 
 few, the admonition muft be private, 
 Mat. 18. 15. Luhe 17 3. 
 
 Q^ ^^ if it be known to fart of the 
 Chrch? 
 
 A. If known to part of the Church, 
 admonition mud be before them thac 
 know it, 
 
 Q. What if it be known to the whole 
 Chnrcb > 
 
 A. If it be known to the whole 
 Church, the admonition muft be pub- 
 like, 1 Tim<y. 20. unlefs it be known 
 by their fault , that have publiftied it 
 without caufe. 
 
 Q^ What if the fault be pub lifted with- 
 out caufe ? 
 
 A % (1) Always re'fpeft is to be had 
 to the condition of the party offend- 
 ing, 1 The ff. 5. 1 4. And. (2) that muft 
 be done, which tends moft to the edi- 
 fication 
 
2 $6 A fyort Catechifm, 
 
 fication of the Church, i Corin % 14. 
 26. 
 
 Q. What if admonition at firfi pre~ 
 vail not > 
 
 A. If admonition at the firft prevail 
 not, then it is to be doubled, until either 
 the offender be reformed, or declare his 
 obftinacy,77f.2. 10, 11. 
 
 Q^ Who are to be held, obflinate f 
 * A. Such arc to be held obftinate, 
 1. Who defpifethe Churches admoni- 
 tion, 2. And will by no means be reclai- 
 med from their fin, notwithstanding the 
 long-fuffering which the Church hath u- 
 fed towards them, Mat. 18. 17. Tit.2. 
 10, 11. iTim.2.2$> 
 
 O. What is it to be excommunicated ? 
 
 SA. To be excommunicated is to 
 ebarredfrom, 1. The publike ordi- 
 nances of God • And. 2. the fociety of the 
 laithful,both publiqueand private, 1 Cor, 
 5.3, ii, 12. 1 Tim* 1. 20. 2 Thcjf. 3. 6, 
 
 Q. Is the excommunicate V e rfon to 
 be debarred from all fociety of the faith- 
 jfc/f 
 
 A. No : but fo far as neceffity will 
 permit, either in refpeft of their ge- 
 neral; or particular calling, 1 Coring. 
 
 20. 
 
mtb an'Expofition upon the fame. 2 3 7 
 20. and 7. 10,11,12. with £^.5.31. 
 
 Q. What it the end of thefe cen- 
 fures? '\j - 
 
 A The end of thefe cenfures is 
 (1) The humbling, (2) Andtherefor- 
 ming of the finner, 1 Cor. 5. 5. 2 Theff. 
 2. 14. (3) The terrifying of others, 
 , Tin, X 10. And (4) keeping the Or- 
 dinances of God in reverence, 1 Con 
 
 C () *J t 
 
 Q. Why is the fenitent to be reftored 
 and comforted \ 
 
 f A. i. Becaufe the cenfures ot the 
 Church are meaicines to cure, not poy- 
 fons to deftroy. 2. They are inflrfted tor 
 to humble, and bring into the right way 
 fucruas have gone aftray. 
 
 C^ Who is to be ejhemed penitent > 
 A, That finner who doth, 1 . Truly 
 lament the evil of his life, And. 2. isun- 
 fainedly forrowful. 
 
 0. vPhy izfrcb a one to be received a* 
 (rain into the Church> 
 * A. He is to be received again into the 
 bofome of the Church, *nd comforted, 
 leaft Satan by his devices (hould bring 
 him to defpair, 2 Cor. 2. 10, 1 1 . 1 TbcQ. 
 
 5. 14. 
 
 Q. Be fides the forename d me antyfire 
 
238 A Ibort Catechifm, 
 
 there nitfome other 9 profitable for \n ■• 
 creafe of faith > 
 
 A, f^ea, reattng [|*oi t bearing 
 tlje Scriptures rcafc, (a f puUique 
 ana tin r potato'! meDftatfon*, u and 
 w conference >t r Revel. 1.3, f Ads 
 13. 15. t Afts8.28.uLuke2 5i.wHeb. 
 3.13 
 
 Expof. |1 £K What is the benefit 
 of read'.nq 3 or hearing the Scriptures 
 readl 
 
 A. The reading or hearing of the 
 Scripture readd,doth (i.)Furnifh the 
 minde more with knowledge, 1 Pet. 1. 
 19. Prov. 1.5. Dan. n.19,20. And 
 (2) worke upon the affections. Dent. 
 J 7. J Sj 19 2 King. 22. 11. 19, Pfaim. 
 119.93. 
 
 Q^ //*)* /.f r /;* nwei ^ be applyed that 
 it mi qht worke ts-pon us ? 
 
 A. We are to apply, (1) TheCom- 
 mandementsforour direction. (2.)The 
 threatnings to feare us from linne, or to 
 humble us for it, 2 \£hron. 34-19. 27. 
 And ( 3 ) the promifes for our comfort 
 and incouragement. 
 
 Q. Why muft the Scriptnre be readd 
 • in pub I i que f 
 
 t A. Becaufe 1. As God requires 
 
 that 
 
VVixh an Sxpofnicn upon the fame, 039 
 
 that the Scripture (hoiil be read in pub- 
 lique 5 1 r lhejf.^ ij. Col. 4, 16 So 2. 
 thereby he hath promifed, that his peo- 
 ple may learn to fear him, Dent. 31.12, 
 
 *3- 
 
 Q^ Why muft we alve attendance to 
 
 private reading ? 
 
 * .A, Becaufe private reading ( 1 .)Ma- 
 keth the publiquc Miniftery more pro- 
 fitable, Alls 8.30,31. (2) It inableth 
 us better to judge of the "Doctrines' 
 taught, A&s 1 7 . 1 1 . (3 .)Thereby we are 
 better fitted for the combate, 1 T*>» 4. 
 13,1 5 . And(4)many evils are therby pre- 
 vented, Ifa.%. 19, 20, Pfal.ii$.9,Job 
 
 22.21- 
 
 Q^ What are the bens fas of Medita- 
 t'on ? 
 
 || A . Meditation is available, (1 ) For 
 the getting of grounded an.i fetled 
 knowledge, 2 77a#. 2.7. Pfatm 119*99- 
 . (2.^ For the increafe thereof, 1 I'm. 4. 
 M- r 5« (3) Ic- ftrcngthneth memory 5 
 Pfaim 119. 15 16.(4) Enlargeth olir 
 delight in good , Pfaim 104 34. and 
 119 16. (5.) Difcovereth corruption , 
 .(6.) Puigeth the heart of idle and un- 
 profitable waudrings. ( 7 ) Addeth life 
 andftrength to holy duties, Genji^.6%* 
 
240 <A jhort Catecbifrr^ 
 
 Pftlm 143.5,6. And (8) hereby we 
 grow more inwardly acquainted with 
 God, Tfa/.jy. to, 1 1, 12. 
 
 Q/^when mu[l this duty be pratli* 
 
 fed* 
 A. This duty muft be pracVifed every 
 
 day more or left, Pfii.nf-Sf* 
 
 £). How miift v» confer > 
 f A. (1.) Withwi'fdom, /Vo?/. 10. 
 32. and 15.22. Pfal-wto. (2.) With 
 reverence 1 Pct.4. 11. (3.) With love, 
 ( 4 )With the fpiritof meeknefs (5 .) Gei > 
 tlencfs, 7V*** 3. 2. Cohf/ians 4. 6. ^/A 
 2. 2, 3. (6) With a defire of reaping 
 
 good. 
 Q^ what are the benefits of religious 
 
 conference * 
 
 A. All fuch as do confer religouily 
 mail thereby prevent, (O Rotten fpee- 
 ches, Epb.+ 29. (2) Hardnefs of 
 heart, Heb. 3 . H • (3 ) And much other 
 evil, EccL 5. 2.(4) They (hall increafe. 
 in knowledge, Prcv. 1.5. (5) Be re- 
 folved of their doubts , Colof 3. 16. 
 1 Tbe(T. 5. 11. Job 16. 4>5» ( 6 ) ** 
 armed againft falling, Atls 11, iz.pde 
 20. Prov. 18 8. (7) Be quickned from 
 their dulnefs. Heb. 10. 53. (8) This 
 will kindle defire of more fellowlbip 
 
 with 
 
VVith m Expofition upon the fame. 241 
 with Chrift, Cam. 5. 16. And (9) ie 
 willfweeten the commqnion of Saints 
 Kom, 1. 1 j, ii, 1 lk§f$. 2. fow. 15, 
 t>. 52^ 24.. 
 
 Q^Wkenmxft ihtfe duties be pratti* 
 fed? 
 
 -A. Thefe duties muft carefully be pra- 
 ftifed of every man, as he hath oppor- 
 tunity and means, Matth. 25.27. 2 Cor. 
 8.11. 
 
 Qj_ Hitherto of the ordinary means 
 whereby fai;h is incrcafed ; be there )iot 
 a'fofomt || extraordinary means f 
 
 A* fggg: at* tfcefe be fcolp x faft- 
 *ng, ftolp y fealittng arm relfgtouo z 
 t)oto0, xlukc 5, 35- yEfthcr. ?♦ 17* 2 
 Pfalm 50. 14. 
 
 Q. What is meant bj extraordinary 
 dnt'.es f 
 
 || A. By extraordinary duties, are 
 meant fuch, which be of more (eldom and 
 rare practice 5 though they muft be ufed 
 oft, as God giveth occafion, and when 
 he calleth thereunto. 
 
 Q^ What is an holy fafl f 
 
 A* & reUgtotwa abfffwnce from 
 
 all i! b tm lima of w railing am? 
 
 c t comfo;t0 of tbt0 Ufe> to far as 
 
 tomrtfnsf* ana mctfrftg fottl pej* 
 
 R iwtt* 
 
342 A \wn i.aecmjm 9 
 
 mit, tfcat toe mtgW be moje feri- 
 cuflp d bumbltD * before <Pab> and 
 ino^c ferbcnt tn piaper, a Heft » 4> **• b 
 Lev. 23.28. cExod.33. 5. dDan. 9.9,11. 
 Lev. 23. 27. 
 
 Expof || Q. Why muft we abftaln 
 from the labors of cur calling, in the day 
 of a faft ? 
 
 A. Becaufe a Faft is to be kept as a 
 Sabbath unto God, Lev.i^. 28. //rf.58. 
 1 3 , i'4* And therefore upon that day as 
 upon the Sabbath, inch bufinefles of this 
 life muft be avoided, that agree not with 
 the Sabbath. 
 
 Q^ What under ft and you by the com - 
 forts of th's I'fel 
 
 t A % By the comforts of this life, we 
 are to underftand meat, drink, coftly ap- 
 parel, recreation, and all other delights, 
 Dan. io 3. I Cor. j. 5. 
 
 QJVhat muft bejojned with the exer- 
 vfe offafting ? 
 
 * A* With failing muft be joyned a 
 ferois meditation, (1 ) Of our fins, 
 Ezjrk 9.4., 6. Nehemiah 1. 6\ 7. CO 
 Of Gads Judgements, Neh. 9. 35^ 36. 
 37. And (3)oft)urfpecial Wants, Dan. 
 9. 11,18. 
 
 Q. who is a per fort fit for th's exer- 
 . «8f7'- ^.The 
 
with an Expofitionupon the fame. 243 
 A. The perfbn meet for this exercife 
 muftbeno novice in religion, Luke % 5, 
 36, 37. ./*/** 9. 15,16. 
 
 Q^ Ho w is a fafl diflin g uj (bed ? 
 yl. Afaft is either, (1) Of one a- 
 lone, 2 Sam. \2. 16. or (2) Of the 
 whole family,, Zach. 12. 12. or (3) Of 
 a particular congregation > or (4) Of 
 the whole Church in general, Judg* 2b. 
 
 Q. When ought we to faftl 
 
 aT m\>tti toe 1. feel, oz 2. c fear 
 fome grteiboaa I! caiamttp npon, 00, 
 01 ftangfng otoer f oar teas*, u 
 toant fome fpecfal * Bleteftig > 
 4 *«t pieifeo Mth feme f pedal tin > 
 5. 02 go a boat fome foefgfctp f mat 9 
 ter, c Hefl.4. \6. Ezra 8- it. f a&$ 
 I If A 
 
 Expof. (J Q. What call you grievous 
 calamities ? 
 
 A. Sword, famine, peftilence, ftrange 
 unwonted fickneflfes? unfeafonable wea- 
 ther, &c. Ez,?ltjel 1 4. 2 1 . with Ifa 9 22, 
 12,13. 
 
 Q. What judgements hang over our 
 hsads } 
 
 t -^- Tbefe judgments hang over, 
 our heads, which 1. Our fins, and the 
 R 2 fins 
 
-244 ' A ^ ort c * teAt f mi 
 
 fins of the Land have deferved and 
 cry for, Amos%. 5,8. J*w 54- Gen 
 
 18 20. CO «W ch God hath d S^" 
 ^byhh word and miniftery. ** 
 
 ,« witha 17- (O And hath ,nfl ' a " 
 2? toriy "pin like Tranfgreflbrs . 
 
 tec. 7.12. Amos 6.2, 3. .. 
 
 1 0. »*,«*/* we bumble o^r finis ,n 
 f*JHZ £ , den we want fame fpecial blef- 
 
 '^ A. Becanfe notwithftanding the 
 ordinary *nd daily prayers >of ««* g£ 
 pie. the Lord in great wifdom will lun 
 \ them to want feme (pedal good thing, 
 that they may Peek him more earneftly in 
 fheuSchJdiuyoffamngJ^.ao.28. 
 
 Q . what is an holy Feajt '■ 
 ,6. 8. and 19. .io» ii.hNch. 8. ij>- 
 
Ityith an Expofnion upon the fame. 3 * - 
 prepared to the extraordinary duty of 
 thanksgiving-* 
 
 A, Becaufe in a day of extraordina- 
 ry thankfgiving, there iliould be a feri- 
 ous remembrance of Gods benefits, Pfalm 
 ni.6 and 103.2. 
 
 Q. Hiw \hoidd the heart be affefied 
 with thankj giving ? 
 
 A. We mould be ftirred up, (1,) Af- 
 ter a fervent manner to yield praife to 
 the Lord, Pfalm 34. 3. and 35. 27. 
 Exodus 15. 2. (2) And to rejoyce 
 before him heartily , Bent, 12. 12. 
 (3) Tying ourfelves unto him by re- 
 newing our Covenant, John 2.9. Deut+ 
 ,29.3.10,11,12,13. 2 Chron. 15. n, 
 1 2. And (4) learn to be more con- 
 fident in him , having experience of 
 his great goodnefs, Pfalm 3.5,6. and 
 52.9. 
 
 Q^ What nfe of Cods creatures is al- 
 lowed on a day of thanksgiving ? 
 
 f A. O n a d a y of thankfgiving 
 we may have a more liberal ufe of 
 Gods creatures-* both in meat and ap- 
 parel, then is ordinary, Neh$. 10. Hefl. 
 
 9. 22. 
 
 Q^ How mnft this be ufed ? 
 A % This muft bt ufed in modeyati- 
 R 3 on 
 
2 4 6 A fhort C*techifrr?) 
 
 <*n and fobriety, that men may be better 
 fitted for the exercife of Religion, 
 I Kings %. fa 
 
 Q. How mtifl this exercife be perfor- 
 med, if it be pMicfite ? 
 
 A. This exercife, if it bepublique, 
 muft be joyned wich the preaching of the 
 Word. 
 
 Q. Ho)r 9 if private $ 
 
 A. I fit be private, it muft be joyned 
 with the reading of the Scripture or forhe 
 holy exhortation, for the better ftirring 
 up of affection. 
 
 Q^ What is a religious vorv f 
 
 A. SL f oletnti i p^omtfe unto ©ot>, 
 mate bp a ll fit pert on, of temt t 
 latofall Wn& &Wb M* in Ijf* 
 efcofee, to teftffte fcte lota am> * 
 tftanfcfaincfo iDcut. 23. 21,22. Prov. 
 20. 25. 
 
 Expo£ || Qj^ What per fons are ft to 
 vow? 
 
 A. Such perfons are fit to vow, who 
 have knowledge, judgement and ability 
 to difcern of a vow, and of the duties be- 
 longing to the performance of the fame, 
 Ecc/ef.^.z. 
 
 Q^ why may not a man vow An $tn- 
 Urvfnl> vihy or fttperflitioHS thing ? 
 
 \A. 
 
With an Expofnion upon the fame. 247 
 
 f A. A man may not vow an un- 
 lawful j vile, or faperftitious thing , 
 J):ut. 23. 18. for Q 1.) We are obliged 
 to avoid all evil, yea all appearance of 
 evil, 1 The IT. 5. 22. (2.) Itisprefum- 
 ption and rafhnefs to vow than to God 
 which he hath forbidden^ and will not 
 accept, fudges 10. 3 1 . 3 1 . 
 
 Q, Is tt lawful to vow any thing to 
 God that is impojfible ? 
 
 * A. What we are not able to per- 
 form either, (1.) By reafon of the com- 
 mon frailty of all men, Ecclef. 5. 5. 
 with 1 Cor. j.j. (2.) Or by reafon of 
 our fubjecYion unto others we may not 
 vow; as the wifejchilde, (errant, may not 
 vow without the liberty of their fuperi- 
 ors, 7^^.30.3,4,6,738, 12. 
 
 Q_ What things are to be held, In our 
 free choice , and, what not t 
 
 A. That thing is not to be held in 
 our free choice, which we are neceflarily 
 bound unto before our vow, Lev 27.26. 
 .Dw. 23,22,23. 
 
 Q. // it not lawful to vow that which 
 we are bound unto ? 
 
 A. To quicken and ftir us up the bet- 
 ter to the performance of our duty, it 
 is lawful to renew the Covenant and 
 R 4 vow 
 
2/t8 A fbortCatechifm> 
 
 vow, which we made unto the Lord in 
 Bjptifm, Pfal. 1 1 6. io6. 
 
 Q. How were vows commonly mtdt 
 to God ? 
 
 ^. To God vows fwee commonly, 
 made with prayer Gen.\%. 20. Pfalm 
 61.5. and paid with thankfgiving, P/^/. 
 65.1. and 66.13,14 &• 1 16.i4.Jw 2 «9» 
 Or When fhould vows be performed ? 
 * A. Vows mould be performed 
 fpeedily, Ecclcfa 5. Dm.23.23. P/*/. 
 7p.11. 
 
 Q. what if we vjw rafhly t 
 A. If we vow ralhly, the rafhnefs is to 
 be repented of 5 the vow^oiherwife law- 
 ful is to be performed, 
 
 Q. What if we vow an unlawfzl 
 thing * 
 
 A. A vow (hould not in any wife be 
 the bond of iniquity. Mat. 15. 5, 6. 
 v j 5^^.25.22.39.^^ 23.21. 
 
 Q^ Can faith, being wrought and 
 confirmed in u$) be fruit lefs and unpro- 
 3 fit able) 
 
 Pal. 5. 6. 
 
 . . pxpof. || Q. Why cannot faith be fruit* 
 lefs and unprofitable ? 
 
 A By faith we are knit unto Chrift, 
 
 Rom, 
 
With an Expofitton upon the fame. 249 
 Romans 1 1. 19, 20. Eph. 3. 17. and 
 therefore it cannot be utterly fruitlefsj 
 John 15. 5. feeing we receive the Tap 
 of grace from him, John 1.16. CVtfJ/, 
 1.19. 
 
 <2# JF/w /'j *£<? principal work^ of 
 faith $ 
 
 A* 3% f ?nrfftet& tfte fceart A8s 
 159- 
 Expof. t 2^ ^^ w M ** p# r */* /^* 
 
 ^. To purifie the heart, is 1 To abate 
 and crucifie the poweF of fin in the be- 
 liever, And. 2. by little and little to re- 
 new him in holinefs and righteoufnefs 
 Gal, 5.24. and 6.14. 
 
 Q. Who is the author of fwitifica- 
 tion \ 
 
 A. The fpiritof God is the author of 
 fan&ification, John 3.5.1 Cor t 6,i 1 . Gal. 
 5.22. Rom.%. 11. 
 
 CK How doth faith pari 'fie the heart ? 
 
 A. Faith is the inftrument of the holy 
 Ghoft, whereby the heart is cleanfed? Col. 
 2.12. 
 
 Q. wha t followeth thereupon ? 
 
 a, a figfyti ttg * attij combating a s 
 gainftttn f corruption, Gal.5. 17. 
 
 Expof * <2.. *^W # th* cm fe of this 
 
 com" 
 
2 r o -^ fl°ort Catechifm, 
 
 comb ate in every regenerate per f on ? 
 
 A. Becaufc thofe that are fan&ified, 
 arc fan&ifijd in every part , Col. 2 . 1 1 
 x Th'eff. 5. 23. Epb. 4. 24 Col. 3 i . 
 and yet but in part, Prov. 30. 2. 3. pbiL 
 3.12. £<?w. 8- 13. Col. 3. 4. fo that 
 grace and corruption are mingled to- 
 gether in the beft, Romans 6.13. and 
 7. 25. 
 
 Q. //<w many kjndes of comb ate s may 
 be in a man* and which of them is peculi- 
 ar to a true believer ? 
 
 A. This fpiritual combate, is not 
 (1.) Ofthemindc with the will, or the 
 will with the affefrions onely , Numb. 
 22. 34 C 2 ) Nor of divers deilres onely, 
 inrefpeft of fundry and different con- 
 fiderations. But Q 3 ) of the part regene- 
 rate, with the part unregenerate. Gal. 
 5 17. as of theminde regenerate, with 
 the minde unregenerate, and fo of the 
 will, &c 
 
 0. What sre the properties of this com- 
 bated 
 
 A. This combate is 1. Continual, 
 
 2. Againft the firft motions of fin, 
 
 'and not onely againft outward grofs 
 
 evils ,Rom> 8. 13 Eph.4* 22. Romans 
 
 6. 17. 
 
 QJVhat 
 
Wtw an \LX\:0\ition upon we fame. 251 
 
 Q^ what is the effett hereof > 
 A. The effeft hereof is , that a man 
 fan&ified cannot do what he would, 
 Gal. 5. 17. fbmetimes he is grievoufly 
 foiled by the fleft, Matth. 2*. 40, 41. 
 but in the end, the Spirit (hall get the 
 victory? John 4. 4. and 5. 4. Rom.%. 2. 
 Rev. 2. 26. 
 Q. What elf e^ 
 
 a* 3, renotmefag of 1 all etrtll in 
 I! af&tff an, anD of * grof m ff ns,in life 
 an&cont)erfatton> IA&s 2. 3$.m./*&$ 
 19. i8>i9. 
 
 Expof. || Qwhy muft a f urged heart 
 renounce all evill in affetlion f 
 
 A. A pure heart can no more de- 
 light in evil, thert a clean fountain can 
 fend forth corrupt waters Pfalm 24. 
 q.Ifaah^i. 6, 8. Prov. 12. 5. there- 
 fore a purged heart muft renounce all 
 evil, E^ektel 36. 26,27. Jer. 32. 39, 
 40. 
 
 jg. W&7 *»#/? /»<? renounce all grofs fin^ 
 in life andconverfation ! 
 
 *^Becaufe the willis the com. 
 manderof the outward man, 2 Cor. 8. 
 ii* If it be turned unto God, the con- 
 vention muft needs be reformed, Jer. 
 3. 14, 17. 1 Sam. 12. 22, 21. 1 Kings 
 
 8. 48,49- Q^trS*^ 
 
$$2 A\hortCatechifm y 
 
 Q, What is a third thina that follow- 
 <th hence > 
 
 a. %ztt n and t delfgfct fit flat 
 to bfcb in good, joined tottb a On- 
 we i| deffre> pnrpofe, and o endra- 
 *<*<* daUp to amend to&atfoeter f* 
 amffa, and to p lead a lift accord 6 
 fag* to tfce lato of 0od, n Piai. u 9 . 
 97- o Phil- 3. 13, 14. Atts 11.23. pPfal. 
 119.6. 
 
 Expof. f Q^ Whence ccm^sit^ that the 
 believer doth love and delight in that 
 which is aoodt 
 
 A. The fame fpirit, which wrought 
 the grace of faith, and cleanfeth the 
 heart, doth (weedy incline it both to 
 long after , and to cleave with joy to 
 that which is good, Ez,ekj. 36. 27. 
 gnd 11. 19. 7.0. Romans 6.19. Pfalm 
 U. 11. 
 
 Q_ Why doth the beliver daily endea- 
 vor to reform wh at ts amifs ? 
 
 || A. Becaufe the true believer hath 
 laid afide the practice and defire of all 
 fin, Pfal.i 19. 113.128, 163. 
 
 Q^ In wh.it refpett hath he Uhd afide 
 the pr aft Ice and defire of all finl 
 
 A, Notonely, 1 Out of a forefigbt 
 of the ill confluences , and fearful 
 
 evils 
 
With an Exf option upon the fame. 2 53 
 
 evils that may fall, 1 Kings 8 .47. £*,^« 
 18. 20. Z,«£j? 15. 17. But, 2. even out 
 of love to the chiefcft good, and all good- 
 nefs, 1 Cor. 5. 14. 
 
 Q. In what manner f 
 
 A. (i.) With a true purpoft, Pfalm 
 119.106 -**#j n.23. (2)AndaweII- 
 advifed deliberation, Ruth 1.1 6- there- 
 fore he is willing to efpy out and re- 
 form whatfoever is out of order, PfaU 
 119=59. 
 
 Q. Have all the likj meafure of grace? , 
 A. All have not the like meafure of 
 grace, Rom. 12. 3. neither can with like 
 viftory overcome their corruption, Rom. 
 14. 1, and 15. i.P^i/3. 15. 
 
 Q. fVhatitfe is to be made hereof ? 
 
 a. if The ftrong mould not wax 
 proud', Rom. 11. 20. Gal.6.i» Rom.i^. 
 3. Nor. 2. the weak difmayed, Rom. 14. 
 4.^^4.31^2. 
 
 Q^ Why doth the believer refolve to 
 It ad his life according to the law of God > 
 
 * A. 1. The redeemed of the I^ord 
 do fee that many ways they ^re bound 
 to obey, Pfalm 100. 2, 3 anoV 86. 13. 
 1 Or.6.19, 20 i^t.1.17, 18. (a.)And 
 alfo th,at it is a bleffed thing to bear 
 the yoke* Matthew. «, 29; 1 "John 5.3. 
 
 Pfalm 
 
54 -A fbort Catecbifm, 
 
 Pfi r ,6<). 4. and 119. 14.6W.6. 16. and 
 (b they refolve to deny their own will > 
 and follow the Lord, Phi/. i.%y. and 3 . 
 
 20. ^^2^.7. iPjf.42,3. i 
 
 Q^ Where in is the fum of the Law 
 
 coma t ned f 
 
 A. 3n tbc q t SC'en Command* 
 
 Ultnt0,qDeut, 10.4 and 4, 13. 
 
 Expof. f Q: Where is the full Ex- 
 poficion of the Commandment to be 
 found >' 
 
 -^. Thefe Ten Commandments are 
 an abridgement of the whole Law, the 
 full expofirion whereof is to be found 
 in the books of the Prophets, and A- 
 poftles, and holy men, who wrote by in- 
 spiration of the Spiiit, Exod. 34. 2j % 
 1 Kings 8. 9. Afatt.22. 40. 
 
 Q^Vl r hat Rules are to be obferved 
 for the riff hi underftandfna of the Deca- 
 logue ? 
 
 A. For the right underdo ndins of the 
 Ten Commandment?, called the Deca- 
 logue, obferve thefe rules. 
 
 1 . The. Law is fpiritual, binding the 
 foul and conference to entire obedi- 
 ence, BLomzns 7. 1 4, Matthev* 4. 2 r,22, 
 27, 28. 
 
 2. The meaning of the precepts is 
 
 to 
 
VVhh an Sxpofition upon the fame. 255 
 
 to be drawn from the main fcope and 
 end thereof, Matthew 5, 33, 34, 35, 36, 
 
 37- 
 
 3* Th& Commandment which for- 
 
 biddethafin, commanded! the contra- 
 ry duty • and the Commandment which 
 requircth a duty, forbiddeth the contra- . 
 ry iin, Pfalm 34. 12, 14.//X 1.16,17* 
 Mart%. 4. 
 
 4* Under one vice expr efly forbidden , 
 all of the fame kinde* and that neceffa- 
 rily depend thereon , as alfo the leaft 
 caufe occafion or inti cement thereunto, 
 arc forbidden, Ma • 5. 2i 5 22, 27,28. 1 
 John 3 15. 
 
 5 . Under one duty exprefled, all of the 
 like nature are comprehended , as all 
 mecnsdFe&S} and whatfoeveris necefla- 
 rily required for the performance of that 
 duty. 
 
 Q. Is one and the fame thin a then 
 commanded in divers preempts } 
 
 A. In divers, yea in all the Com- 
 mandments, one and the fame duty 
 may in divers refpe&s, be comman- 
 ded, and one and the fame fin may be 
 forbidden. 
 
 6. Where the more honourable per- 
 fon is expreffed, as the man, let the wo- 
 man 
 
A jhort Catccbifa 
 man underftand that the precept concern- 
 ethher. 
 
 7. Where the duty of one man Wan- 
 ing in relation to another is taught , 
 there is taught alfo the duty of all that 
 (Undin the like relation one unto an- 
 other. 
 
 Q. In what particular may tbts be 
 
 explained. > 
 
 A. As when the duty of one infe- 
 rior towards his fuperior is taught, there 
 is taught the general duty which all fu- 
 periors owe to thofe that be under them, 
 which inferiors owe to them thatbj o- 
 ver them, and which equals owe one to 
 another. 
 
 O . H ow are they divided * 
 
 A, 3nto itaot '*&«*«*> Dcut *- a2 * 
 
 and 10. 1, 2. . 
 
 Expof. t Ql what m ^ objtrved 
 from the Commandments, as they are fet 
 
 down toeethe- ? 
 
 j4.Vrcm the Commandment?, as they 
 are fet down together we may obferve ; 
 
 00 That the Lawismoft P^ly, 
 1. Wife, 2. Tuft, 3. Equal,4.andftria. 
 ly binding the confeience, 5. And that 
 of all men without exception, And t>. 
 that' continually, Dc*t.tf 9 &c.Pf^m 
 
With an EXpoJition upon the fame. 257 
 
 2. For order of do&rine, there is a 
 perfeft diftin&ion of one Command- 
 nienc from another; but as touching 
 pra&ice, they are fo nearly knit toge- 
 ther, that no one can be perfectly o- 
 bayed, unfefs all be obeyed, and he that 
 breaketh one Commandment , tranf- 
 grefTeth the whole law> Deuu 27. 26 . 
 Gal, 3. 10. James 2. 10, IX. 
 
 3. The love of God is the ground of 
 our love to our neighbour^ 1 John 4.. 20. 
 and 5. 1,2. 
 
 4. Our love to our neighbor is atefti* 
 mony of our love to God, Rom. 13.8, 
 9,10., 
 
 5. Such as be truly religious muft have 
 refpe&unto all Gcds Commandments > 
 Pfa/m 119,6. 
 
 6. The duties of the firft Table are 
 more excellent; and the breaches there- 
 of more grievous then of the iecond. if e- 
 qual proportion be obferved, and com- 
 parifon be made, 1 £<*?». 2.25. Jfa.y. 
 
 n> 
 
 7. If two Commandments cannot 
 be performed at once, the lefTer muft 
 give place to the greater * fothe love 
 qf God muft be preferred before the 
 love of our neighbour 5 and moral 
 
 S duties 
 
2 5 8 A jhort fatecbifnt, 
 
 duties before outward circumftances , 
 Ho f 6.6* Matth. 12.4. 
 
 8. The law is fet forth as a rule of 
 life to them that are in Chrift, there- 
 fore our obedience is to be performed 
 unto God in and through Jefus Chrift, 
 Mat. 19. 17, 18^ 19. Exod. 19.637, 
 8. wuh 20. 1 > &c, 
 
 9. All fins here forbidden are to be 
 fhunned, and that both alway , and 
 at all times. The duties commanded are 
 perpetual, to be pra&ifed when the 
 Lord giveth opportunity, and calleth 
 thereunto. 
 
 Q. Which are the Commandments of 
 the fir ft Table ? 
 
 A.'flje four ffrff, anfc tftep teacfc 
 ustfcetmtp tofcfefctoe otoe unto dDoD 
 fmmefctatclp. 
 
 Q^ Which are the Commandments of 
 the fecond Table > 
 
 A* £&e (fir laff> toWcJj fnGruct us 
 in our mrtp totearb* our netgWw \ 
 Ephef. 6. 2. 
 
 C^ Which is the firfl Command- 
 ment f ■ 
 
 A. a am tiie H030 % ®od, *c» 
 Sft ou ftait fate none otfter <DoM be* 
 fore mp fate. 
 
 Q. #*** 
 
With an Expofition upon the fame. 2 , g 
 
 Q_What i* the general dny require I 
 in this Commandment? 
 
 A. 2$atta!!i.mfnae,2.fottl>3*a* 
 ffectfotM. ami ttie effects of t6efe,toe 
 tafceffcetrue^oo \n€^mtobtout^ 
 won* * 
 
 Expof.ll .£>. What are the fpecial du- 
 ties of this Commandment) in refpett of 
 them:ndes 
 
 ^. The fpecial duties of this Com- 
 mand men t 3 in refpeft of the mindejare( i) 
 Knowledge of God, (>.) Acknowledge- 
 ment, (3.)Eftimation, Dem.^ 9 . Ifaiah 
 43 io. Tfalm 89-6>7> &c. and p.i. Jer. 
 24.7. and 9. 24. Co/of 1. 10# /j^. _ 
 18. and (4) Faith. 7 
 
 (^ WhatinreJpeB of will and affecti- 
 on 1 JJ 
 
 4. CO Truft, 2 C/jw/z. 20. 20 P/k/i 
 27. i, 3. and 37.5. ( 2 ) Love, 0**t. 
 6.5. Pja/miS. 1. Mat. 10. 37. ^ 
 rear, (4) Reverence, Pfa/m 2 .io 9 11. 
 and 4.4. 1 />,/. j. J7 . ^^ IO 2g# 
 
 Jtoy io.6 9 7. and 5. 22. Lev. 19. 14. 
 
 ^130.3.5^15.3,4.^5) Hope, 
 ^^. 3.23, 26. Rom. i$.i$. Jer. l?i 
 
 *3- (6) Humility, 7^.5,6. Mich. 
 
 6. 8. Gen.$ 2 . to. ( 7 ) Patience, Pfa/m 
 
 39< 9* &>m. i3.i 2# Heb. 10. 3^. jfe£ 1. 
 
 S a 21* 
 
2 £o <A fo ort C*teckifm> 
 
 21. Jer.. 14.22. (8) Joy, Pfalm^, I. 
 
 (9) Zeal, or fervour of will, <j4/,4.i8. 
 
 (10) Defire of Godsprefence in hea- 
 ven, Phil.i. 23.2 71^.4.8. Rev. 22.17, 
 
 20. * 
 
 jg. What in refpctl of the effects of 
 
 the f el 
 
 A. (1) Invocation, Pfal. 32. 6. and 
 65. 2 Phil. 45. 6. (2) Thankfulnefs, 
 Pfa).y%.i. and 56. 12,13. (3) Swear- 
 ing by God alone, Dent. 10. 20. (4) 
 Adoration, !>«"♦ 6 13. and 10. 20. 
 Mat- 4. 10.' And (5) profeffion of his 
 nam-, 1 Pet.3. 15. /**r. 10 32.1^.3. 
 
 17. and6.ii.ft>w.io. l0 - 
 
 What is the general fin here for- 
 bidden ? 
 
 A, ail II iJ JFailtas to gltir C5o& 
 tljat afortfatoljonoi fuftfcfef* tone an* 
 to tjtm : 2. fl>2 elft tn t fofcole 0; In 
 part,gtt>tng it toan^ orter. 
 
 Expof. || Qt What facial fins ofO- 
 m'fiion are forbidden, in refpetb of the 
 
 m'.nde \ 
 
 A, The fins forbidden, are (0 A "" 
 theifm, Pfal.1^.1. Ttt.1,16. Exod.^2. 
 (2) Ignorance, j<r^ 22 ' and 9-3' F f a -' 
 1 4 3«C3 ) E rror concerning God, Rom.i. 
 22.7^.5.23. (4) Infidelity. 
 5 Q jffoif 
 
With an Exp option upon the fame. 9 g- T 
 
 Qjvhatin re j pert ofwillmdJijfecii- 
 ons ? 
 
 ^•00 Diftruft, Heb. 10. 38. Ifa.j. 
 9- Jer 17. 5, 6. (2.) Preemption, Mat. 
 4.7. 1 Cor. 10. 5. IO , Numb. 15. 30, 
 31.(3.) Want of love, 1 Cor. 16.22. 
 (4O Of fear, (5.) Or of reverence, Pfal 
 36. 1. 2fc*f. 28. 58, 59. (6) Prophane- 
 nefs, &>/». 1. 30.2. Pet. 3.4, 5. 7V;>tv 
 1.22. (7.) Defpair, <7<?». 4. 13. (8) Im- 
 patience, Exodus 16. 3. and 17. 2, 3. 
 <>0 Deadnefs, And (10) hardnefs of 
 heart, ^w. 2. 5. Luke 2.34. 
 
 <?. M^ /j forbidden in refpert of 
 both\ Jt J 
 
 A. Unthankfulnefs, Rom. i.2r. 
 
 Q^ What faccial fins ofCommjfionars 
 forbidden in refpecb of the heart f 
 
 t ^.(*) Pride, Acts 1 2. 23 . Dan.q, 
 26> 27. Luke 18. 14. (2*) Confidence in 
 1. wit, 2. wealth, 3. friends, 4. or wic- 
 ked devices, Jer.\ 7 . ^ 6 and 49. 16. 
 2 Chron. 16. 12. (3.) Carnal love, J/«. 
 10.37. l ohn 12.32.2 T/w.3.2. (4.)Fear 
 of man more then of God, ft??/. 2 1.8. 
 •Matth. 10. 28. J*r. 10.2. (5 .) Bale de- 
 lights that draw the heart from the foun- 
 tain of goodnefs, J/^.24.37. ^% 21. 
 H*and 14.18,^. 
 
 S3 Q,. What 
 
[a £2 A fbort eatechfm, 
 
 Q^ What in refpett of the efetts of the 
 minde and will ? 
 
 A, (i) Invocation of wood, ftone* 
 or Saints departed, Da*.$. 2, 8tc. I fa. 
 63. 16. (2) Sacrificing to our nets * 
 Hah. 1. itf.orbleffing an Idol, If a. 66. 
 3. 1 Sam. 31. 9 Pfalm 106.28. Cj) 
 Dedicating holy days to the honour of 
 Saints , Exod 32. 6. or to the Crofs. 
 (4) Profefling homage or obedience to 
 the Pope, 1 Cor. 7. 23. (5) Reprefent- 
 ingGod by an image, Dtut.$* 12, 15, 
 I fa. 40. 1 8. (6) Society of marriage 
 with idolaters of this kinde Dent. 7. 
 3,4 £^0^/34, 14, 15, 16.2 Chron. 21, 
 6. (7) Seeking to wizards for help, 
 Lev. 20. 6- 1 Saw. 28. lij &c. And 
 afcribing any thing, whether it be 
 property , work, or glory, that be- 
 longeth to the Lord alone , to any 
 creature or thing, though we acknow- 
 ledge it to be no god, Eph.<}.$. Phil^. 
 H.Exod.32.%. Rom.i. 23,25. 1 Cor.io. 
 
 20. 
 
 Q. Which is the fecond Command- 
 ment 1 
 
 A. SDfjoti (bait not matte to t&pMf 
 anpgratJtn Image, *c* 
 
 jg. #^r /j the general dmj whicb^ 
 
 - . " thi$ 
 
with an hxf option upon the fame. i6^ 
 this Qomman Iment requireth > 
 
 A. E&at toe bo \ too^fljfp tfte true 
 <Bod purely accoutring to ftf Ml. 
 
 Expof. || O- what are the fpectal du- 
 ties here required ? 
 
 A. The particular duties of this pre- 
 cept comprised tinder that general, are 
 i. Hearing, 2. And reading the word, 
 3. And prayer, either publique or pri- 
 vate, Matth, 28. 19 > 20. Deut. 33. 10. 
 Lu\e 4. 15. and n.i. and 1.10. 1 Tim. 
 2. i. (4.) Adminiftration of the Sacra- 
 ment, Mat. 3. 1, 6. and 26.26, dv. 
 (5.) And difcipline, Matth. 18 153 &c. 
 2 Cor. 2. 6. 2 77^ 3. 15. (6) Me- 
 ditation, Pfalm 1.2. and 37. 31. and 
 77. 15. (7.) Conference, Dent. 6. 7. 
 jfcf*/.3. 16. (8.) Failing, Luke 5.35. 
 Atts\$.z % Ani (9) feafting, Eft her 
 9. 17 with all means and furtherances 
 thereof. 
 
 Q. How muft we be affecledjinto^aud 
 exercifed m thefe duties ? 
 
 A. All thefe duties muft be 1. Ap- 
 proved, 2. Exercifed, 3. Maintained , 
 And. 4. performed purely, as God of- 
 fereth opportunity, without carnal ima- 
 ginations and conceits 3 ZVw. 4 2 t and 1 2 # 
 S 4 32* 
 
2^4 •** fyortCaterbifnt) 
 
 32. Acts 17. 29. Ifa.^o i8> 22, 8cc. 
 
 Q. Whati's the general fin forbid" 
 den> 
 
 A. ail * omffafon of (Boa* true 
 tooi&tp, fo fan it f0 requires \ an& 
 all falfe toorflnp, either fntentea 
 bv others j 02 taftcn ap of our oton 
 fceat>*. 
 
 Expof. * Q^ J*^r £<? *&* fpecial fins 
 ofomijjion a vain ft this Commandment > 
 
 A* The omitflon of any of the for- 
 mer particular duties required, as of hear- 
 ing, &c Luke 1 4. 19. {/rf.64. 7. is here 
 forbidden- 
 
 0. What are the fins of cemmiffion in 
 refpetl of the heart ? 
 
 A. (1 .) Carnal imaginations in Gods 
 worfhip, Alls 17. 29. (2.) Liking and 
 approbation of our own Inventions 9 
 Numb. 15. 39. 
 
 (^ What are the fins of all, forbid- 
 den ? • 
 
 A. (1.) Making images for a reli- 
 gious ufe 9 Lev.i 94. and 26.i.(2.)Wor- 
 fhipping God 10, at 5 or before an image , 
 3 Kings 19. 18. 2 ICv.gs 18. 1. (3.) Ad- 
 ding to 5 (4) Or detracting from, or 
 (5.) Changing any thing of the word of 
 
 Cod, 
 
with an ILxpofition upon the fame. 265 
 
 God.(6)In{Htuting falle Sacrament?,^) 
 Or offices in Gods Churchy Dew. 4. 2. 
 and 12. 32. 1 Kings 12. 31, 32. (8) 
 Will-worthip grounded onely upon 
 good intent or cuftom, Matth* 15*9. 
 Col, 2. 18323. 
 
 Q^Rehearfe feme fpecial points ofwil- 
 worjhtp here condemned ? 
 
 a!{\ .) Popiih faftings,(2.)Going on 
 Pilgrimage, (3 )Vows 1. Of poverty, 
 2. Single lite, or 3. Any fuperftkious 
 or vain thing, (4.) Tying Gods prefence 
 to time or place. Numb. 23. 28, 29. 1 
 £^.4.4,7. 2 Sam.i^^.Job 4.20. (5.) , 
 Praying upon beds. ( 
 
 6. fl^W be the occajjons of Idolatry J 
 condemned £ 1 
 
 -/£• ( 1 • ) Maintaining of any Idolatrous 
 cuftoms, as fit and decent to adorn and 
 beautifie the worfhip of God, Deut.ii. 
 30. I fa. 30.22. (2 . ) Society with falfe 
 worfhippers of God in marriage, T>eut, 
 7.34.EW.23 . 32,33. And (3 )making 
 leagues of amity wich-them, 2 Chron.i?, 
 
 1,2. 
 
 Q^ What is the third Ccmmandment ? 
 
 A^.SQon'lbaUnot fafceflje j]3ame 
 of tty %m tte ©*& in t>afa> ic„ 
 
a66] A yoort Catechifm, 
 
 Q. What is the general duty required 
 in this Commandment t 
 
 A, Sl&at toe QjoulDtufe i« tbe tU 
 fie*,* properties, 3. teojHs, 4 ana 
 crofnanccs oftlje Hord, toftfj 1. hnoto ■ 
 ie&ge>*. fattl>> 3. rct);rence, 4 jap, 
 ana 5j Uncertain tftous^loorDana 
 conttrfatton. 
 
 Expof.f Qi What be the facial da* 
 ties of this Commandment in refpetl of our 
 thoughts and affections ? 
 
 A. The fpecial duties are \. 
 Reverend meditation of Gods titles* 
 properties and word, Pfalm 8. 1, 
 &c. and 1.2. And. 2. diligent obfer- 
 vation of his works > both of creation 
 and providence , mercy and judge- 
 ment , Pfalm 104. 24. and 107. 
 
 43- 
 
 Q^ What be the facial duties in 
 
 refaB of hearing the word andpray- 
 er> 
 
 A- Hearing the word, and calling 
 upon Gods name, (1) With defire > 
 Pfalm 42.1. f 2) Care, (3) Diligence , 
 Ecclef^. 17. Job 25.7. (4) Gonftan- 
 cy, Pfalm 1 22.2.(5) Zeal, James 5.16. 
 Matt.Ji. 12,(0 Faith; J*w»u6.John 
 
 5- *4- 
 
VVtth m Sxpofition upon the fame. 267 
 
 5.24. (7) Joy, Mat a 344. And (S) hu- 
 milityylfi*.66> 2. and 57. 15. 
 
 Qj What is required in receiving the 
 Sacrament ? 
 
 A. Repeiving the Sacrament, 1. with 
 due preparation, And. 2. right affecti- 
 on, I Cor, 11. 21,28. Number s 9.6.&C. 
 Qtvhaty in the profejfwn of Religion } 
 A, llfmg apparel, meat, drink, fleep> 
 recreation, &c. 1. After a fan&ificd 
 maner, 2. With prayer, 3. With mode- 
 ration, And. 4. to the glory of God, 1 
 Tim. 2.9. Luke 2 1 • 34. I Tim.q. t 4, 5. 
 I Cor. 10. 31. 
 Q^Whatjn confcjfnn of our finsl 
 A. Making confeflion of our fins ( 1 ) 
 With grief, Ez,ra 9. Dan. 6. (2) with 
 broken -heartednefs, Pfalm 51. 17. 
 And (3) with purpofe of amendment fc. 
 
 jW 39* 37>1%- 
 Q. what^in fpeaking of Gods word and 
 
 A. Speaking of Gods word and 
 works, 1. With fincerity, 2. Fear, 3. re- 
 verence^. Upon juft occafions Pfa/,ii9* 
 46. Aw. 28.58. 
 
 Q. What) in [wearing by Gods 
 name 1 
 
 A. 
 
a 6 8 A fhort Cateehifm, 
 
 -^.Swearing by the Name of God, i. 
 In truth, 2. Judgement, 3. And equity, 
 4. Being lawfully called thereunto, fer. 
 
 4.2. 
 
 Q^ What in the frofejfun of Religi- 
 on? 
 
 4. With an outward profeffion of 
 Religion, joyning an unblameable con- 
 versation. PMi.27,1 Pet.f.l&.TsttZ* 
 
 10. Matt. 5. 16. 
 
 £). What is the general fin forbidden ? 
 
 a.i. 3Dmff ting !l t&e Dntp fterebp re- 
 tjutrea .-2. mffngfttef jjaame tofcen 
 tae oug&t not, oz ottjrru?ffe tban toe 
 ftotAfe 
 
 Qi When is the Name of God taken 0- 
 therwife then itjhould \ 
 
 A. Wlben ft te ufe&, 1. fgnorantty, 
 a. faperttittottflp, 3, tottjout faf t^ , 
 4- rattlp,^ not to a ilgbfcnM.fcp* 
 pocrtttcallp, 7,falftlp,S. agatnff eon* 
 f cfencc, 9, and iofjtn men name t^tm- 
 felted C^tdfan0> bat Ute fcanta- 
 loaflp. 
 
 Expof.|| & what are the facial fins 
 ofom>ffion here forbidden ? 
 
 A. The fpecial fins forbidden, are 
 omiflion or negleft> 1. To know, 
 
 Tfal 
 
with m Expofition upon the fame. 2 5p 
 Pfal.^.^&c^iyToobCcrY^Zeph.^, 
 5. C3) To meditate, (4) Or to make 
 ufeofthe titles, properties, ordinances, 
 or works of God, Matth, 13.19. and 7, 
 26 > &c\ and 10. 
 
 Qj_ What is forbidden in refpetl of 
 our thou ohtsl 
 
 A+ 1. Leight, 2.Unreverent,3. Vain, 
 4. falfc, 5.Superftitious, Or 6. wicked 
 thinking thereof > MaL 2.17, PfaL 50, 
 21. 
 
 Q. What is forbidden in praying > 
 
 ^.(1.) Praying without undemand- 
 ing, 1 Cor. 14. 15. (2.) Without defire, 
 (3»)Orcare to fpeed, Mat>6.y* (40O f 
 without faith in Gods promises, Rom. 
 10. 14, 
 
 Q^ what in hearing the word t 
 
 A. Hear 1. without attention 2. 
 Of care to get good thereby, £2^. 33. 
 30.^^28.21, 22. 
 
 {? , what in re&eiving the Sacrament ? 
 
 A. Receiving the Sacraments, 1. Ig- 
 norantly, 2. For cuftom, 3 . Without a- 
 ffe&i<in required) 1 Cor.i 1.17, &c. 
 
 cd What infpeakjng of God ? 
 
 A. ( 1.) Wicked blafphcmy againfl: 
 Goq> Leviticus 24, 11,2 Kings 1 9. 22. 
 
 00 
 
270 A fart Catechifm-i 
 
 (2.)Curfing and banning, 1 Sam.iy.^. 
 
 6. What is forbidden in the ufe of the 
 a eatttr*s > 
 
 . A. Abufing the creatares 1. Inex- 
 cefs, Amos 6.i,(2v. Or. 2. in fuperftition. 
 
 Col. 2. 20, 21. Geu.%2, j2. 
 
 Q. What is forbidden in the profcjfnn 
 of Religion f 
 
 A.\. Making a fport of fin, Prov. 
 14.9.7^.11.15. And. 2. living fcan- 
 daloufly in the profeflion of Religion, 2 
 Sam. 12. 14. 
 
 O. Which is the fourth Command- 
 ment ? 
 
 J. Remember tbe Svabbatb sap 
 
 &c. 
 
 <9. What is the general duty here re- 
 quired j 
 
 A. SEbattfte tofcolt* &abbatl> *l 
 ilo^s-uap be fet apart from all com* 
 mon ntcy as bolp to tf)t lLo#h botij 
 publfquelp sp'tfutelp in tbe practice 
 of tbt Dntte* of nccefat^feoltntf* anD 
 merer* 
 
 Expof. * Q^ What be the particular 
 x duties here required^going before the ftib- 
 lique affemblies ? 
 A. In this Commandment it is en- 
 
 joyned 
 
With anTLxfiofiiion upon the fame. 271 
 joyued,(i.")That we finifh all our world- 
 ly bufinefles in fix days? Vent. 5. 13. 
 (2.) And that we rife betimes in the 
 morning upon the Sabbath, Marl^. 1 .35 . 
 compared with vet. 58,39. Exod. 32. 
 5 3 6. Pfd' 9 gz. 2. And. (3.) prepare our 
 (elves for the publique congregation. 
 
 Q^ How muft we prepare our [elves 
 for the publtque affembly 1 
 
 A. 1. By Prayer, 2, Meditation, 
 3. Thankfgiving , 4. Examination of 
 our hearts? Ecc/efq.. 17. PfaL 93.5. 
 2 Timothy 2. 19.(5.) Going about the 
 works of mercy, and inftant neceftity , 
 with heavenly mindes, Mat. 12. 1, &c. 
 Lftkei%. 15. 
 
 Q^ What are the duties of the Qnb-* 
 I. que ajfemb/y? 
 
 A, it is required thatwejoyn with 
 the people of God in the publique 
 Congregation, 1. Hearing the Word 
 readd and preached, 2. Calling upon 
 Gods name, 3. Receiving the Sacra- 
 ments-, 4. praifing God for his mercies y 
 5. Singing of Pfalms* 2 Kings 4.23 .Aft. 
 13. 14.15,44, and 15.21.&1613 and 
 i7.2#and 20. 7* 
 
 Q. How mnfi we be employed in theft 
 exercifesf 
 
 A An 
 
A jhort C Meek: fa 
 A. Inthefeexercifes werouft (i.)Be 
 all the while attentive, Acts 16. 14. 
 (2 J Reverent, I fa .66.2.(3.) And eager 
 to get good, Pfalm 42.1, 2. (4.) Not 
 departing till the Blefling be pronounced, 
 Eaukj 46. 1, 2, 10, Afts 10. 33. 1 Gw. 
 
 14. 16. 
 
 £K How mufr the day be [pent after 
 thefnblicjue affembl^ 
 
 J. The whole day,after,is tobefpent 
 with delight and chearfulnefs, I. In re- 
 ligious meditation, 2. Reading, 3. con- 
 ference. And 4 works of neceflity and 
 
 mercy, //&.58.13, H Ads l 7' llm 
 
 Pfalm i.2. Luke 2±i4> iy l Car *^' 
 2. 
 
 Q. Vthatis the general fin here for- 
 bidden ? 
 
 ^. ail neglecting II of tbe tmtfe* of 
 tbattfme>tP*opt>anlug of tbat W> 
 m toijolc 02 In part , bi> neeMete 
 tooi&s 02 tbougbt0 about our calling* 
 oj recreations. 
 
 ExpoCH QJVhat are the fins of omij- 
 fion here 'forbidden f 
 
 A Here is forbidden idlenefs or a 
 negligent omiflion of any duty required, 
 cither 1. Inwhole,2.0rinpart,3.For 
 matter. 4 Or manner. ^^ 
 
pyith an Expofnion upon the fame. 273 
 Q.V^hat parties lars may be named? 
 A, 1. Sleeping out the Sabbath in 
 the morning, 2. Sleight preparing our 
 felvesforthe publique afTembly) 3. Ab- 
 fence from it, 4* Coming late, 5. Sleep- 
 ing there? 6. Scaring about, 7. Going 
 forth before the Blefling, 8. Mifap- 
 plyingthe word, Matthew 20,6. Alls 
 20.9. 
 
 Q^ what are the fins of commiffwn 
 forbidden > 
 
 f A. All prophanation of the Sab* 
 bath, or any moment of that precious 
 time with worldly, 1. Cares 2. Words> 
 3. Or bufinefles, is condemned, //tf.58. 
 
 (J. What particulars may be name A \ 
 A. As (1.) Travelling journeys, Exo* 
 16 .29, 30. (2) Keeping fairs, Nth. 1 3 . 
 15, id, 17. (3J Labouring in feed-time 
 andharveft, Exod. 34.21.(4) Going 
 on trifling errands, &c. (5) Vain re- 
 creations ; as 1. Bowling, 2. Shooting^, 
 Hunting, 4. Stooll-ball, &c. on this day 
 are unlawfull. 
 
 Q*lVhich day is to be fet apart as holy 
 totJ0hord> 
 
 Jf 3t f moial ant) perpetual to 
 ke*p m **v fn fetyn a* ^olp * 
 
ji jbort Catecbifrn, 
 from ifce creation to «e refarrectfon 
 ofCWlMljtftDentl) Dap toast tnttt* 
 ffltutcfc : after Ctattt l)te refurre* 
 tttom t6e tfirftfcapo* tljetoetktoa* 
 o:Dataet), ano is to be ftept fo; 
 efcer. 
 
 (?, Why was the fir ft day of the we ek^ 
 ordained fine e Chrifis re fur region ? 
 
 t ^. (t The work of our redempti- 
 on is the greateft work that ever was, 
 John^. i £. Andf 2 ) byChrifts refur- 
 re&ion from the dead, a new Creation 
 was (as it were ) finifhed : Wherefore 
 feeing that he rofe again the firft day, it 
 was ( as Divines agree) meet,the Sabbath 
 fliould be changed to the firft day, A%s 
 20.7. 1 Cor. 16.2. 
 
 Q^ Which is the fifth Command- 
 mem ? 
 
 A. ^ono^ ftp JFatyer an&t&p 
 9rtfter, f c 
 
 Q^ Who are meant by Father and 
 Mother ? 
 
 a. jgotonelt) nataralparetit0 > hnt 
 alfo i! all &a period tn office? age > ano 
 
 Expof. || Q. Why are all Suye+prs 
 called by the name of Father and Mo- 
 ther > 
 
 A>h\\ 
 
With an Expojitionupon thefjme. 275 
 A. All Superiors are called by the 
 name of Father and Mother, 2 Kings 2 . 
 12.and5.13. J fa. 19. 13. (i)B;xaufe 
 they are fweet and pleafanc names , 
 ape to iignifie both .the affection 
 that Superiors ought to bear towards 
 their Inferiors ; and alfo to per- 
 fwade inferiors chearfully to perform 
 their duty. (2) Houlhold fbciety 
 alfo, is of all others the firft , from 
 which all others fpring* by the en- 
 creafe of mankinde 9 Gen. 4. 1,2. and 
 
 Q^ Vl r hat is it t(f honor ? 
 
 A, SCoacfcnotble&ge tfte crcellemg 
 tbat to in men bp fce^tue of tfcetr 
 place , ano acco^fnglv to pUlo it to 
 tfceim 
 
 Q. Are the duties of inferior? onely 
 here intended? 
 
 A. j])o : but of Capert 0^0 anD equals 
 alfo. 
 
 Q. W^f rte /J the general duty re- 
 quired in this Commandment ? 
 
 A. %W toe carefnllp * obfertte 
 fyato^erfljatcBotJftatfiappotateD a* 
 mottgtt mtn, ano ao tfje DutfeB tobfcQ 
 toe otoe onto tbem^Ur rtfpectof tfeeir 
 place* ano Degree. 
 
 T a ExpoG 
 
i 7 * 
 
 jffhortCAtecbifm, 
 Vvnnf * O. What is require* of Ml 
 JStlnjl^ i ^ lM:0Hanet0an ' 
 ^ ? Ofallmen,asthey ftand in re- 
 
 h "K fiSS iSSw with gift; 
 Letfor their place,* ^»j»-»5- ^. 
 j ft - in2 their duties modeMy , Joe. 31 
 doing tneir deraC i nin bearing 
 
 l3 -^„th diafof others, G./.6 i.(70 
 I„d^i1or S the ra atuangoodofa. 
 
 ^Stthe Amy of inferiors t, 
 their fuvenorsi terent , antt 
 
 Oftfe t» the Magnate > 
 
 ' ^ fO The wholfom laws. 01 wu 
 
With an Expofttion upon the fame. 2 7 7 
 cuftom is freely and willingly to be 
 payed, Rom.i$. 6, 7. 2 Sam. 18.3. and 
 21. 17. 
 
 C?. What is the duty ofpeofle to their 
 Minifter > 
 
 A. (1.) TheMiniftersoftheGofpel 
 muftbe had in lingular love for their 
 works fake, 1 Tbef.5.13. (2.) Their 
 Do&rine muft be received with glad- 
 nefsof heart, Heb.i^.ij. Luke \o 16. 
 1 Tbeff.2. 13. C30 Themfelves muftbe 
 defended againft the wrongs of wicked 
 men, Rom % \6.^. And (4.) be made par- 
 takers of all good things for this life, 
 Gal. 6. 6. 
 
 QgJVhat is the duty of wives to their 
 husbands ? 
 
 A. Wives muft after a (pedal man- 
 er,( 1 ,)Lo ve 5 ( 2 . )Fear,and( 3 )Qbey their 
 Husbands » yea though they be fro- 
 ward ; (4.) This muft be manifefted in 
 word and behavior, Epbefiaxs 5. 33.22. 
 23, 24. ColoJf^.iS. 1 Pet. 3-i. 1 Satit* 
 25.3.(5.) They muft be helpers to them , 
 in t. Godlinefs > And 2. in the things 
 of this life, G^.2.18. 1 Pet. 3. i.Prev. , 
 
 Si- 
 
 Q: What is the duty of children to their 
 far enu 1 
 
 T 3 -A Chil- 
 
2? g AfhortCfitechifm, 
 
 J. Children muft, i. Imbrace the 
 inftrueYions of their Parents, 2. Con- 
 tinue in fear and obedience to the end 
 3. Not beftow themfelves in marriage 
 without their confent, Eph.6.1. Ln\e 
 2. $ 1. Exodus 18. 19. Ruth. $.^]udg. 
 1 4. 2. And 4 minifter freely unto 
 their rteceflities, 1 Tims thy 5.4. Gen. 
 47. 12. 
 
 Q t What is the dmy of fervants to 
 their maflers ? 
 
 A. (1) Servants muft 1. Wifely , 
 2. Faithfully, 3 Willingly, And 4. pain- 
 fully beftow their time appointed in 
 their Governors fervice, 7/7.2.9, 10. 
 E/^.6.5 6. Gen. 31. 38. 1 Tim. 6. 1. 
 (2) Submit themfelves toholy inftru- 
 ftions, (3.) Bear rebukes and chaftife- 
 ments, though they be unjuft 5 1. With- 
 out grudging, 2. Stomack, 3. Sullen 
 countenance, 4. Anfwering again , or 
 5, Refiftance, Tit. 2. 9. 1 Fit. 3. 18. 
 until they can ufe fome juft and lawful 
 remedy. 
 
 Q. What is the duty of weal^ Chrifti- 
 uns > 
 
 A. Weak Chriftians muft not cen- 
 fure the ftrong, for ufing their liberty, 
 Rom. 14. 2 ; 3. 
 
whh an Expofnion upon the fame. 279 
 
 Q^ J&hat is the duty of 'you no- men > 
 A. Young men muft give due rcfpeft 
 to the aged, asking their counfel, rifing 
 up before them, giving them leave to 
 fpeak before them, &c.Tu.i.6. i Pet. 
 $.<>.Lcv. 19.32.^32.46. 
 
 Q« What is the duty of Inferiors in 
 gifts? 
 
 A. Inferiors in gifts, i- Muft not 
 grudge or difdain their fnperiors, but 
 2. Seek to make benefit of the gifts that 
 God hath given them, John 4. 1 9. Rom. 
 16. i, 2,3,dv, 
 
 Q_ How muft all the fe duties be 'per- 
 formed > 
 
 A. All thefe duties are, 1. Chearful- 
 Iy ? 2. Diligently, And 3. Faithfully to 
 be performed to fnperiors, though they 
 be wicked and ungodly; in refpeft of the 
 commandment, will, and authority of 
 God, who hath fo appointed, PfaL up. 
 4,14,32,117. 
 
 Q^ what is the duty of Super iors <? 
 
 A. %o carry ffcemfelfces! * gratjety, 
 meeklp, and after a feemlp manner 
 totoar&s ifjtfr i nferf or0. 
 
 ExpoG * Q. what is the duty of the 
 Magiftrate ? 
 A. Magistrates opght by all good 
 T 4 means 
 
2 80 A JW* Catechifm, 
 
 means to procure the goo4 of their 
 
 fubjetts, (2.) Making holy and juft laws 
 
 . for the Maintenance of piety and ju- 
 
 (Hce, (3.) appointing officers that be 
 
 1. YVife, 2. Couragious., and 3. Fear- 
 ing God,to feek juftice executed.(4.")La« 
 boring to root out fin by pnnifhing 
 offenders juftly. And (5) incouraging 
 the godly, 1 Jim. 2. 2. zChron. 19. 
 5, &c m Romans 13.4. Vent, 7. l8, 19. 
 Tfalm 101.6^738. l Pet. 2.13. Ifiu 
 
 49**3. 
 
 Q^ What is the duty of the Minifler > 
 
 A. Minifters muft 1. Labor in pri- 
 vate reading, meditation, prayer ; and 
 
 2. Inpublique teaching, by inftru&ion, 
 exhortation , rebuke and comfort : 
 
 3. Keeping the holy things of God 
 from contempt , And 4 watching over 
 their flocks , that their people be not 
 corrupted, 1. By falfe Do£trine,Or 2* 
 by fcandalous converfation > 1 7f**»4h 
 13, 16. and 3. 2, &c, 1 5;zw. 12. 23. 
 Dext. 33 p, 10. Ez,ek* 33. ?,&<■'• and 
 34. 4,Atts :o. 28. Matuj%6.Prov.2j. 
 
 .23.^^44-3 2 4- 
 
 0^ Wk at is the duty ofh .sbands ? 
 A* Husbands muft 1. Choofe reli- 
 gious^ wives, 3. Dwell with them as 
 
 men 
 
With an Expoption upon the fame. 281 
 
 men of knowledge. 3. Love them 
 dearly. 4. Bear with their infirmities : 
 4. Protect them. 6. Provide things 
 neceflfary for their (late and calling. 
 7. Allow them competent mainte- 
 nance, imployment, and liberty, fpe- 
 cially for the ferviceof God. 8. Re- 
 joy ce and delight in them. 9. Pru- 
 dently admonifh them in great love 
 and tendernefg. And 10 prai(e them 
 for their faithfulnefs , 2 Conn, 6. 14. 
 I Pet. 3. 7. Eph. 5.33. Gen. 34. 67. 
 and 20.16. 1 Sam. 30.5,8. Eph. 5. 
 285 29. Exod* 11.10, Proverbs 5.18. 
 Gen. 26.8. {^.62.5 , 6"^. 30 2, Job i. 
 10,13, 
 
 Q^ JFjW x\5 *£* ^/j of Parents } 
 A, (ij Fathers muft bring their 
 Children to holy Baptifm, Gen. 2.1.4. 
 (2.) Mothers muft nurfe their own chil- 
 dren if they be able, 1 Tim. 5.16. 6>/?. 
 21. 7. 1 Sam. 1. 22. (3.) Both muft 
 bring them up in inftru&ion, and fear 
 of the Lord, Eph, 6 4. Bern. 6. 6, 7, 
 20. Exod, 12. 26. C4) They muft keep 
 them in fubjc&ion* (5) Train rhem 
 up in (brae honeft labour and cal- 
 ling, Genejis 4. 1, 2, (6) 1. Loving- 
 ly, And 2. feafonably correft their 
 
 faults^ 
 
2 8 2 -A fiort Catechifm^ 
 
 faulty. Not without commpaffion and 
 furrow, Prov. 2^. 13. and 19- 18. and 
 22.15. and 29. 15, 17. Eph.6.3. (7) 
 Beftow them fitly in marriage, and that 
 in due time, 1 Cor. 7.36, 38. Jer.26. 
 6. And (8) lay up fome thing for them, 
 as ability will furTer 3 2 Cor. 12. 14. Prov. 
 19. 14. 
 
 O. IvhatisthedHtyoftntfters 7 
 
 A. Mafters muft (1) choofe into 
 their houfv 8 true and religious fervants; 
 (2.)Andwhen they are entertained, take 
 care to inform them privately, (3) And 
 iee that they (erve God in publique al- 
 (b, Pfalm 10T.6, Alls 10. 2. Jolh. 24. 
 15. Genefis 18- 1&. Exod. 20. 10.(4) 
 Provide and give them fit meat, lodg- 
 ing, wages , work, time of refreshing 
 Prov, 27.27. I Cor.y.y. Detit.z^. 14, 
 15. Prov. 31. 15. (5) Take care of 
 them when they be fick, that theype- 
 ri(b not for want of good attendance, 
 Mvt.%.6. And (6)admonifh, rebuke, 
 and corrett them, if need require, Prov. 
 29. 19. Eph.6.9. C°l*\- !• 
 
 Whm is the duty of flrong Chrlfli-. 
 Ansf 
 
 A. Strong Chriftians muft 1. Bear 
 with the infirmities of the weak , 
 
 2. Seek 
 
With a,nExpcjition upon the fame. 283 
 2. Seek to build them forward, 3. life 
 their liberty aright, for edification and 
 not for offence ; 4. Forbear even things 
 lawful £or the good of their neighbor , 
 Romans 1^.1^2. and 14. 13115, dtc. 
 l Cor. $.3. ' 
 
 Q^_ what is the duty of old men ? 
 
 A, (1) Old men mould be examples 
 of 1. Patience* 2, Sobriety, and 3. Bo- 
 linefs. (2) Sound in faith. (3) Able to 
 give good counfel and direction, Tit. 2. 
 
 »> h 4- 
 
 Q^ What is the duty of fitch as excel 
 
 in gifts > 
 
 A. Such as excel in gifts, muft 1. Not 
 defpife others, But. 2. imploy their gra- 
 ces for the good of them. 
 
 Q^ What is the du / of equals $ 
 
 A. C£qdal0 muft regard tfce dig* 
 nttp and toozib of eacfc sttier, tno« 
 deftly carrp tftemfeltjes one totoarda 
 anot&ei > and tn gifcf * 3 tjono^ to go 
 one before another, Eph. s»2i t Rom, 
 12.10. 
 
 Q_ WW Kf ffo yw& Command* 
 
 mem ? 
 
 A. ^onftsie^io^arfljjen 
 
 C^ fl^t is b* general dmy of this 
 Commmdmtnt t 
 
a 8 4 ^ fyort Catechifm, 
 
 A. ffi&at bv ail meang latofal trie be* 
 fire ano ftuiv to p^cfcrti? ottr I! olon 
 perron0,anD t!*e t perf on of oar m f gb- 
 bo,?* 
 
 Expof. || Q. WlW <*> e the facial 
 duties of this Commandment* inrefpefb 
 of oar fe Ives > 
 
 ^. The fpccial duties of this Com- 
 mandment in refpeft of our felves, are 
 i. Love, And. 2. Care to preferve the vi- 
 gor of minde , and ftrength of body, 
 that they may be ferviceable to the 
 Lord, and fit for our brothers good, Eph. 
 
 Q, By what means is vigor of minde 
 and body pre ferved i 
 
 u4 m (i.)Bychearfulnefs, Prov. 17.22. 
 (2) By fobriety in 1. Care, 2. Meat 
 3. Drink, 4. Apparel, 5. Recreation, 
 6. And ufe ofPhyfick, Afat.6*3^.Prov. 
 25,26. & 23.2X3) And by moderation, 
 1. In labors, £07.4. 8. And 2. deep. 
 
 £K What means of refuge muftbe H- 
 fed again ft violence and dan qerl 
 
 A. Lawful means of refuge from 
 violence and danger, a? (1.) Giving 
 (oft words, (2.) Courteous anfwers, 
 JWjr^g. 23. Prov. 15.1(3.) Flying 
 and (hunning the company of angry 
 
 per- 
 
With an Expofition upon the fame. 285 
 
 perfons, Prov.22.2q. a6.(4)Ufing the 
 benefit of Law, Deuteronomy lj.%,&c. 
 and weapons for our neccflary defence , 
 &c. 
 
 0. what are the inward duties of this. 
 Commandment in refpeil of our neigh* 
 horl 
 
 t A. The inward duties in refpstt 
 of our neighbour are^( 1 . )Love, Rom. 1 3 . 
 8.(2.) Rejoycing at the good of their 
 perfonsj 1 Cor. 12.25,26. Romans 12. 
 
 Q. What if our neighbors be in di- 
 firefs? have done us wrong*, or have in- 
 firmities ? 
 
 A. We muft ufe 3 (i. )Compaffion and 
 tendernefs of heart towards them, Eph. 
 4.31,32. (2) Patience, bearing wrongs^ 
 forgiving injuries, CoL 3. 12, 13. (3) 
 Pacing by fome wants in mens words or 
 attions, Ecclefj.21. Prov. 17. 9. (4) 
 Covering them with filence, (5) Taking 
 all things in the bcft fenfe, 1 Cor. 1*3; 
 
 5>7« 
 
 Q^ What is required in refpett of 
 
 fpeech and behaviour ? 
 
 A. Qi) Courteous behaviour 3 Eph. 
 4.32. ("2) Eafinefs to be intreated, Jam. 
 3.17, (3) Gentle Anfwers, Prov. 15. ii 
 
 (4) 
 
2 8 £ A fhort Catechifm, 
 
 (4) Hearing our inferiors fpeak in their 
 juft defence, 7^31.13. (5) Avoiding 
 all occafion* of ftrife Q6) Parting with 
 our own right fometimes for peace fake , 
 Gen. 13. 8 ; 9. (7) Not neglecting any 
 duty of love and friendfhip, though we 
 be forced to go to Law for our right , 
 Rom. 12. 18. 
 
 Q. What is our duty to the poor di - 
 ftrejfedor wronped? 
 ^.(1.) Relieving the needy,(2.)Vifit- 
 ing the flck, (3 .) C loathing the naked , 
 (4.) Lodging the ftranger, &c h Heb m 13. 
 2 > 3* Jffjfi *9> 10 - (5 ) Pleading for 
 the life and perfon of the poor, and 
 fuch as be wronged.(6.) And delivering 
 them alio, if it ftand in our power, Prov. 
 24. 11, 12. 
 
 Q. What is our duty to them that be 
 under our power ^ and offend f 
 
 A. tlfingi. Mildnefsin rebukes* 2. 
 Moderation in correction, GV.6.1. Yet 
 3. according to the quality of the off- 
 ence* JW* ^.22,23. 
 
 Q. VVhatis the duty that we owe to 
 all men in refpett of our aft ions 1 
 
 A. (1.) Tobeharmkfs and inno- 
 cent towards all men, Pfat. i$-3*C 2 ) 
 Taking eare that they .fuftain no harm 
 
 by 
 
With dn Sxpofition upon the fame. 287 
 byusor ours, Exod.n$. in their per- 
 form taunt, Matth.5. 22. Rvipe, or ill 
 handling, Lev. 2 4, 1 9 . 
 
 Q^ What is our duty towards our own 
 or oar neighbours cattel ? 
 
 A. To our own and our neighbors 
 cattel we muft (hew mercy, Prov. l2 . 
 10. 
 
 O. Which is the general [inhere for* 
 
 bidden* J 
 
 A. ail 1. jSsglect of joorii ofomo* 
 
 Hereof our otono^t^r tmrt, con- 
 cetto In fteart, o; aeciarta bp foorfc 
 
 Expof. || (^ what are the facial fins 
 rrbereby the vigor ofmmde and health of 
 body is impaired > J 
 
 > A. I n re f pe a f our felves,by this 
 Commandment is forbidden, (1.) Ex- 
 ccffive forrow, /W 17.22. ( 2 .) Diftra- 
 fting care, (3.) Thoughts againft our 
 felves, (4O Solitary mufing on the tem- 
 ptations of Satan ; ( 5 .)NegIeaof meat, 
 drink, apparrel, recreation, phyfick, 
 peep, labor, &c. ( 6 .) Or excefs ther<- 
 in. 
 
 Ql What facial fins be forbidden , as 
 oc capons ofhw or danger} 
 
 A. 1. Me- 
 
287 A fbort Catechifrr.^ 
 
 A. ( 1 ) Medling with other mens mat- 
 ters, Amos 4. 1. Prov. 23.21. and 26.17. 
 (2) defperate adventures- (3) compa- 
 ny ing with them thqt b& makebates , 
 qtiarrellous , and furious, &c. Prov 26. 
 20,21. (4) doing that whereby we are 
 or may be ftirredup to anger. And^<>) 
 rehiring to crave the aid of the Magi- 
 ftrate. 
 
 Q^ what imvard fins are forbidden lit 
 resell of our neighbour? 
 
 f ^. In refpeft of our neighbour , 
 (1) hatred, 1 John 3.15.(2) envy, 
 Prov, 14. 30. (3) unadvifed anger, 
 ^^.5.22.(4) pride* Prov. 13.10- 
 (5) defire of revenge > (6) foolifh 
 pity- 
 
 Q. What fns in word are condem- 
 ned? 
 
 A. (1) Reproching for fin or any 
 other infumity > as poverty^ bafenefs of 
 bloud , ftammcring, Lev. 10.149 &c. 
 (2)chidings, brawlings, crying with 
 an tmfecmly lifting up of the voice , 
 ■£/>/>. 4. 3 1 . O) complaints to every 
 one of the injury we have received , 
 ( 4 ) breaking jefts upon our neigh- 
 bour. 
 
 Q. what fns ?n behaviour f 
 
 P: A. Dif- 
 
PTithan Expopiion upon the fame. ^Sg 
 
 A. Difdainful or fcornfull carriage* 
 as (i) Deje&ednefs of countenance > 
 Ge #4.5(2) Nodding the head(3 ^Point- 
 ing with the finger , C)r (Ruling a- 
 any other provoking geiture , Prov t 
 6.17. 
 
 Qj What fins in refpeB of them that 
 have done us wrong ? 
 
 A. 1. Stubbornnefsj And 2. knplaca- 
 blenefi; ^w.1.31. 
 
 Q^ What In refpett of the fdor and 
 dt fire fed? 
 
 A. (1.) Oppreflion, Levit. 19 13. 
 (2.) Withdrawing corn from the poor, 
 Prov. 11. 26. (3) Detaining the hire- 
 lings wages, Levit. 19.13. Jer.2 2.\$ 
 (4.) Not reftoring the pledge, Exod. 
 
 12. 2^. 
 
 Q^ What deeds are condemned in re* 
 fpeftofd/l men in general $ 
 
 ^ n f' 0-) Quarrelling, 77ms ^ 2. 
 (2) Striking, (3 .)VVoundingj Exo<Lz\. 
 18,22, 26. (4.) Placing manhood in re- 
 venge or bloodfhed, Proverbs 20. 22, 
 (5) Extremity of punifhment , Dent. 
 25.2.(6) All taking away of life, o- 
 therwife then in cafe of 1. Pablipk 
 juftice; 2. Juft war 5 and 3. NecejJary 
 defence; Ex9# 1 . 1 2 . Gen, 9 $ f And (7) au 
 V fpa- 
 
29 o A jbort Catechtjm, 
 
 fparing thofe the Lord commandeth to 
 bepunifhed, Fjjtf.17.15. 
 
 Q^ What is the feventh Command- 
 ment ? 
 
 A. S^ott (bait not commit atml* 
 ten?. 
 
 Q^ Wto is the general duty of this 
 Commandment ? 
 
 A, Sftat foe ft onto * feecp oar felte* 
 pare in foal art* bofcg > botfc totearoa 
 oarCeltiesaflOotljer*. 
 
 Expof * 0^ What is the inward duty 
 herereqtiiedl 
 
 A. Purity of heart, 1 The Jf 4.3 4. 
 
 Q. What is commanded in re fall of 
 car words > 
 
 A, Speech favouring of Sobriety , 
 CV.4. 6. 
 
 Q. What are the means of chafiity? 
 
 A. (\) Temperance in fleep, recrea- 
 tion , and diet both for quantity and 
 quality, Lnkevu 34.1 77?*/. 5.6.(2) 
 convenient abftinence, (3) watching, (4) 
 and falling, (5) modefty in apparel > 1 
 Tim.2.$ m (6)gravity inbehaviour, T*tA* 
 3. (7) making a covenant with our fight, 
 hearing, and other fenfes,?^ 31.1. FfitU 
 119.37. 
 
 Q± what duties are required in refpetl 
 of action ? A.i* 
 
With an Expofition upon the fame. 
 ■A. (i) Poffefling our vefTels in holi- 
 nefle and honour, i Thejf.^.^. (2) In 
 fuch as have not the gifc of continency > 
 holy manage, 1 with fuch as be fit, 1 
 0?r.7 #2 .p 39. and 2. therein due benevo- 
 lence, 3 . fidelity, and 4. confidence each 
 to other 3 1 Gr.7.5. 
 
 CL VVhat. ts the qeneral fm here for- 
 hldden > " J 
 
 ■*♦ £11 uncleannelTe of \\ fearf , 
 JPfecft, gcffure, o* action , tcg^er 
 
 %rte0 hereof. 
 
 Expof.|| a What in^^d fins b e for- 
 hidden $ J 
 
 ■f. 1. Filthy imaginations, and. 2. 
 Lulls, Co/. 3. 5. 
 
 QU. *F%i *£#y* c y y^y w ^ cof$m 
 demned ? 
 
 -*. CO Speaking, (2) or giving ear 
 to rotten or corrupt communication , 
 
 h /^5'3j4-i^^.i5-33-(3)wantonnelTe 
 ot the eyes, Mat.<$ t 2$ (4) giving them 
 liberty to wander, and to rove about, 2 
 
 Q^ What be theoccafionsof unclean- 
 nejfe f 
 
 *. ) Idleneflfo E^. 16.49, (2) in- 
 
 temperance in deep or diet, Jer. 5. 18. 
 
 V a (3)ex- 
 
 2rTt 
 
2p 2 -A flwrt Catecbifrriy 
 
 (3) Excefs, Eph.^. 18. (4)Newfan- 
 glenefs , 2efh. 1. 8. (5) immodeftncfle 
 in apparel, Efay 3.16, 8tc. (6) Wearing 
 that which agreeth not to our fex, Dent. 
 22.5.(7) Lafcivious pictures, iThejf. 
 5.22. 
 
 Q^ What fins be forbidden in behavi- 
 our } 
 
 A. 1. Impudency, 2. Leightnefs in 
 countenance or behaviour, Prov t 7. 13, 
 (3. Painting the face 5 2 iw#gj 1-9. 30. 
 (4. llnneceflary companyings with lewd 
 perfons, Prov, 5. 8. (5) Promifcuous 
 dancing of men and women, Mat.6.2 2. 
 Q^ /^to y/;7.r 0/ ^i2^/o» £* condem- 
 ned? 
 
 A, CO Fornication, DW22.28. 
 (2) Adultery, IW. 22. 32,(3) Inceft, 
 Lev. 18. 6. (4) Abhorring of marriage, 
 (5) Or unlawfull entrance into the 
 fame. 
 As 1. When the parties are within 
 the degrees of affinity prohibited. 
 Lev. 18. 6. (2. Formerly contra- 
 cted, Dent. 22. 23. Or 3. married 
 to fome other who are yet alive, 
 Rom.j.2. 
 (6.) Unfiafonable or intemperate 
 abufe of marriage bed , Lev, 18. i& 
 
VVith an Expofition upon the fame. 202 
 Heb. 13.4. And.(7) all unnatural luft. 
 Lev.l%*22i2'$. Rom. 1.26327. 
 
 Q. what is the eighth Command- 
 ment ? 
 
 A* SSonffialtnottteal. 
 
 Q^ What is ihe general duty of this 
 Commandment ? 
 
 A 4 Sftat bp all gooo means toe far- 
 mer foe outfoar&t effateofonrfeltte* 
 an&efoiirndgbboar. , 
 
 Expof. f What be the fpecial duties 
 of this Commandment be Ion (ring to all 
 men? 
 
 <d. The fpecial duties of this Com- 
 mandment are, (i)Anhone(t calling, 
 1 Cor. 7. 20. Gen. 4. 2 . (2. Faithful la- 
 bouring, £^4. 28. (3. True and honeft 
 dealing therein, Pfalm 15. 2, (4. Fru- 
 gality. 
 
 As 1. Honeftly keeping what we 
 have gotten , 2. Wifely ordering 
 our expences , And. 3. convenient- 
 ly ufing what God hatn given , that 
 we may 6e helpful toothers, Prov. 
 21. 20. 
 (5) Contentation with our eftate, be we 
 never fo poor, 1 Tim.6»6f/fi. 
 
 Q± VVhat is the duty of the bor* 
 rower 1 
 
 V 3 A. We 
 
94 ^ fyort C atec bifrrr> 
 
 A .We muft borrow, i . -For need, 2. 
 for good end?, 3. What we are able to 
 repay, And 4. make payment with (1) 
 Thanks, (2) Gheerfulnefs , Exod. 22. 
 x 4> I $-(3^ Ac time appointed, Pfil. 
 1 5 . 4. Or (4) if we cannot keep day , 
 then by all other means contenting the 
 creditor. 
 
 jg. V/hctt Is the duty of the pjver ? 
 A. We muft give (i.)Freely, Luke 6. 
 ' 20. (2 ) Juftly, Efay 58. 7. (3) cheer- 
 fully, 2 C^r.9.7. (4) According to our 
 ability, and our neighbours neccflity 3 2 
 Or.8.13. 
 
 Q^ What is the duty of the lender ? 
 
 A. We muft lend, 1. Freely, 2. Not 
 requiring our own before the day ap- 
 pointed, 3 . Not compounding for gain , 
 4. Foibearing or forgiving , 1. The 
 whole, 2. Or part of the iumme lent 5 
 if it cannot be paid without the ha- 
 zard of undoing the borrower, Luke 
 6.tf. 
 
 Q. What is the duty in buying , fel- 
 ling, &c1 
 
 A. We muft ufe, 1. Truth, 2. Faith- 
 fulnefs, 3. Juflice, And 4. indifferency in 
 buying, felling, letting, hiring, partner- 
 fhip, &C. .flfat.j- 12, 1 Thejf^.6, 
 
 d. Re- 
 
with an Exposition upon the fame. 2^5 
 
 Q^ Rehear fe fome particulars. 
 
 A. 1. Not concealing the fault of 
 wares, or other commodity > 2. Or not 
 taking advantage of the neceflity or un- 
 skilfulnefs of the one party, 3 But e- 
 qually refpcfting the good of each other, 
 GW.5. 13. 
 
 Q. VPhat is the dt ty of men in refpeft 
 of things fotwdy and committed to our 
 truft &c ? 
 
 A. 1. Seafonable , 2. And faithful 
 reftoring , CO ^ th.ngs committed 
 to our truft, Exod. 22.7, 8. (2) of 
 things found , Deuu 22. 2, 3. (3) And 
 of things unlawfully gotten, Levit.6.2. 
 &c. 
 
 Q. What is the duty of men in tyre- 
 tijbip ? 
 
 A % 1. Good advifedneffe in under- 
 taking fuertifhip, 2. That it be in mat- 
 ters not above our ability. 3, And for 
 fuch as are known and approved 
 Chriftians, Proverbs n 15. and 17. 
 18. 
 
 Q^ What if we be compelled to recover 
 our own > 
 
 A. Moderation in recovering that 
 which is our own? muftbeufd, Philem. 
 
 4.$. 
 
 V 4 Q: wha 
 
2p 6 -a j^arr l Mecmjm, 
 
 Q. what is the duty of Minivers that 
 receive Tythes ? 
 
 A- Minifters that receive the Tithes 
 muft feed the flock committed to their 
 charge, £^^.34.2. 
 
 (9. What is the dutie of Lawyers in 
 refpech of their Clyents ? 
 
 A. Lawyers muft (1 ) Take no 
 Caufe into their hands, which they fee 
 can have no good end with equity , 
 Efay 5. 20. Pfat. 1 5. 5. And. (2) they 
 muft follow thofe which they under- 
 take to defend, with all honeft, 1 . Dili- 
 gence, 2. And faithfulneft, 3' For love of 
 equity, 4. And not ofgam t (3) They 
 muft end fuitt with all poflible dif- 
 patch and good expedition, Exod. 1 8. 1 3 > 
 &c. 
 
 Q. what is the general [inhere for- 
 bidden ? 
 
 A #11 |] neglect to fnrtfcer oar ofew, 
 02 our t neighbours toealtb , al tnv 
 peaefcment at bfnberamce thereof, arm 
 alenereafe thereof bp anjafl an&fn* 
 
 tired Dealing. 
 
 Expof.|| Q. what be the facial [ins 
 againfi this Commandment in refyeti of 
 enr [elves t 
 
 A, A&ual fins of Commiifion , here 
 
 for- 
 
With an Exposition upon the fame* 29 7 
 
 forbidden a/e> I. Idlenefs* 2. Inordi- 
 nate walking, Prov. 12. II. 2. Thef. 
 3» ii.^.GovetoiifhefTe, iTim.6. 10. 
 (4.Miferable pinching, and defrauding 
 our felves of the good things which 
 God hath given us, Eccle/,6. 1 . &c. and 
 2 4 26.(5. Waftefull confuming of our 
 fubftance. 
 
 Q^ //en? dk w<?# waflefiilly fpend and 
 lavi\h their ft* bftance ? 
 
 ^. By lavifh fpending in 1 . Meat, 2. 
 Drink, 3. Apparel, 4. Buildings > %. 
 Unneceflary gifts, 6. Sports, &c. Prov. 
 21.17.Eph. 5. 18. Andy, by unadvifed 
 faretfthip, Pjw.23.13. 
 
 Q^ What fins are condemned in refpeft 
 of our neighbour ? 
 
 'A. t In refpefl: of our neighbour , is 
 condemned grutching at the psofperity 
 of others. 
 
 Q, How do men Jin in borrowing X 
 A. By borrowing, 1. To maintain 
 idlencfs, 2. To defraud men of their 
 right, 3, Borrowing what we are not 
 able to repay, £^£18.7.(4. Borrow- 
 ing upon intereftS unlefs it be in cafe of 
 neceffity, 5. Denying what we have bor- 
 rowed, 6* Or repaying unwillingly* Pfal * 
 37.2i.£tw'M?,i3» 
 
 q« How 
 
2 9 8 -^ /fc*Jtf Cateebifrri) 
 
 O, How do men fin in lending f 
 
 A. (i) Lending upon ufury, Exod. 
 22.25. Exa&ing increafe meerly for the 
 loan, £2^.18.8. (2) Cruel requiring all 
 a mans debts, Efay 58,3. without mercy 
 or companion. 
 
 Q Hondo wen fin in bargainings 
 buying^ &c i 
 
 A. By ufing in bargaining, buying , 
 felling , letting , hiring, partnerfhip, 1. 
 Injiiftice, 2. Craft, 3. Fraud, Or. 4. 
 Falfhood, iThef+e. 
 
 Q^ What particulars may bt given 
 hereof* 
 
 A, As 1. Making things litigious 
 and doubtful^ 2. Refpe&ing a mans 
 own commodity onely , 3. Parting 
 with bad wares for good, Amos$. 5. 
 Or 4. good at an exceffive rate ; 5. En- 
 haunfing the juft price, meerly becaufe 
 We fell for day, 6. Ingroffing wares 
 , into our own hands, that we may fell 
 
 them at our own pleafarc, 7* Dif- 
 praifing what we are to buy? Prov. 
 20. 14. Or 8. raifing what we are to 
 (ell without juft caufe , and for our 
 meerc advantage , 9. guying under- 
 foot , especially of fuch who fell for 
 need, 10, Abufing mens fimplicity and 
 
 un- 
 
With An Ex pop ti on upon the fame. 299 
 
 unskilfulnefs, 11. Ufing falfe weights, 
 balances, meafure, and light?, to deceive* 
 Leviticus 19.35. Vrov. 11. 1.(12. Sell- 
 ing things hurtful], and not vendible; 
 as 1. Difpenfations for fin 2. Charms, 
 
 3. Church livings, Prov. 20.25. Mal.%. 
 8. (4.GrucifixeS)&c. 
 
 <? . How do men fin in keeping things 
 founder laid to pled? e^ &c f 
 
 A. By detaining(i.)Things ftrayed, 
 
 (2) Found, Exod.2%,^. Dent. 22. 1,2,3. 
 
 (3) Or the means of our neighbours 
 living layed to pledge, Exod.22.26> 27. 
 
 (4) As alfo things committed to our 
 truft and cuftody, Deut.2y.19> ■ 
 
 Qj_ How do men fin in going to 
 Law} 
 
 <d. 1 . By prolonging of fuits, 2. De- 
 fending bad causes , 3. Immoderate, 
 
 4. Or uncivil contending at Law for 
 our own right, 5 . Selling juftice, Prov, 
 15. 27. 
 
 Q, what other kinds ofinjufiice or 
 wrong be forbidden ? 
 
 A, fi.) Removing ancient bounds; 
 Deut n 19. 14. (2) Robbery by Land , 
 or Sea , Zach. 5. 3,4, 5. whether it be 
 ftealing, 1. Goods, 2. Cattel, Exod. 
 22. i- (3, Servants, 4. Or children, 
 
 Exod* 
 
300 A]hoYt Cattckifm^ 
 
 Exod f i\.ij,DeHt,2^ r j. with or with- 
 out colour of Law , (3 .) Receiving of 
 things ftollen, Prov. 29. 2\.P[al. 50.. 
 i8> 19, 22. And (4) all unapproved and 
 unprofitable trades of life or callings > 
 C if they may be (b termed ) as Jefters , 
 Juglers , Parafites , Carders > Dicers , 
 Gamelters, Players, Fortune-tellers > 
 Figurecafters, Sturdy Rogues > and fuch 
 as be makers of the proper inftru- 
 tnents of unlawful Games 5 ]er. 10. 2. 
 job 50. 1 9 2) 3. 2 Tbeffal. 3, 1 o. AEts 
 19.19. 
 
 O. Which is the ninth Command- 
 ment* 
 
 A. Efjottflmlt not bear falfr left* 
 mffe agafntt tfy? nefgftbonr. 
 
 Q^ whatis the general duty here re- 
 quired ? 
 
 A, Hbat bp nil means toe feefc to 
 mafntafn ottr * oton, and our jl nefgb* 
 boar* good name > according to trntb 
 anfc a good c onf cf ence 
 
 Expof. * J0. What be the facial da- 
 ties of this Commandment ? 
 
 A. The fpecial duties of this Com- 
 mandment are > 1. To fpeak fparingly , 
 Prov. 10. 19* And ^ ^ to fpeak the truth 
 from the heart, Pfal, 15.2. 
 
 QzJVhdt 
 
With an Expojltion upon the fame. 301 
 
 Q. What is commanded in refpeti of 
 our [elves} 
 
 A. In refpeft of our felves , 1. Is 
 commanded rightly to know and judge 
 ofourfelves, Gal. 5, 26. 2^r. 13. 3* 
 f2. To procure our own good name, 
 Pr ov. 2 2. 1. 
 
 Q^ // ctv ^<? roe procure our own good - 
 name .? 
 
 **. 1. By feeking Gods glory firft 
 and principally, Maith.6.23 Hebr. 
 1 1. 2.39. (2) Judging well and (peaking 
 well of others , Matth.j.2. (3. Walk- 
 ing unblameably, Ecclefiafi. 10. 1,8. 
 Luke i,6- Job 1. 1. (4. Defending our 
 good name when n^ed requireth, but 
 1. Modeftly, and. 2. in a fort unwil- 
 lingly, 
 
 Q. What be the inward duties' of this 
 Commandment^ in refpeti: of our neigh" 
 bow* 
 
 || A. Inrefpeft of our neighbour we 
 are commanded to, 1. Defire* 2. re- 
 joyce in his good name, Rom.%. i 9 8. 
 Gal. 1. 23, 24. (3. To forrow for his 
 infirmities, Pfab 1 19. 136. Ez.ra 9* $. 
 (4)To cover them in love, Prov. 17. ?• 
 1 Pet.q, 8. (5. Hoping the beft with 
 patience, 6. And fo judging, 1 Cor. 
 13.5,6,7. Q. What 
 
3 O 2 A fbort Cdtechifrriy 
 
 Q. What duty do we owe to our 
 neighbour in refpett of his infirmi- 
 ties ? 
 
 An.\ m Not bewraying his fecrets be- 
 fore we have admonimsd him, Prov.n. 
 12, 1 3. and 25.9, io. yea, though we do 
 it wich grief, and to fuch as we defiie 
 might help and redrefs them, 2. Rebuk- 
 ing him- 
 
 (J. How is rebuke to be given f 
 A, ( 1 • ) To his focz , Matt/% 18 1 6 . 
 Gal. 2. 11. (2.) When juft occafion 
 required), (3 ) Lovingly, (4.) meekly , 
 GaL6.\* Prov.25.12 (5.) With remem- 
 brance of what is praife worthy in 
 him, 1. Corinth. 1.4, 10. Reve/,2.2, 
 
 3>4. r 
 
 Q^ What duty do we owe to oar neigh- 
 hours in refpett of his vertues ? 
 
 A, (1) Commending him where he 
 deferveth well, yet rather in his abfence 
 then prefence, 1 The ([a 1 . 5. 22. (2) de- 
 fending the good name of him,whofe un- 
 Hameable carriage is known unto us, by 
 1. Teftimony, 2. Handwriting, and 3. 
 Oath,if neea require,j/V.>;/<r0*,io,i 1 . &c. 
 (3 ) Not receiving idle? or falfe reports a- 
 gainft our brother, PJa! % 153. Prov. 2 5 . 
 23. and 26. 20, 
 
 Qi What 
 
VVhh an Sxpofition upon the fame. 30 J 
 
 Q^ What is the general fin forbid- 
 den* 
 
 J. 311 faflfng to ^ocure, tic* 
 feno 1 an& farther our t oton , one 
 !i our neighbours trthit : all un~ 
 jaft Defence, toejongfull utfpttion , 
 e* accafatfon of oar feltos oj o* 
 tfcer*, 
 
 Expof. f Q. What are the facial fins 
 forbidden in refpell of otir felves? 
 
 A. Hzreis forbiJden,(i.) An over, 
 or under weening of the good things 
 in our felves, LukeiZ 95IO511. Exod. ¥ 
 4.10,13. Je rem, 1.7.(2.) Bearing our 
 (elves above our worth, Phil. 2.3.(3.) 
 Boafting, Prov.2y.i. (4.) Ejfcufing our 
 felves unjuftly, 1 Sam.i^.x^.Gen. 3.12. 
 (5 + )Debafing our felveSj(6.)Diffembling 
 that others may praife us>(7«) Procuring 
 our felves an ill name. 
 
 Q^ How do men procure an ill name * 
 
 A. 1. By walking undifcrectly or 
 ©ffenfively, 2 Sam, 12.14-.&M0.2. 23, 24. 
 And. 2. by a needlefs leffening the good 
 opinion others have of us, by bewrayiag 
 ourweaknefs ; as want of learning, &c. 
 to the carper. 
 
 0. What are the inward fas dga'mfl 
 this Command™ entl 
 
304 A l^ ort c *techifm, 
 
 J) A % Here are condemned i. Evil 
 fufpitions, Matth,y.i. i Sam. 1.13. 
 (2. Want of defire. 3. Care. And. 4. re- 
 joycingin our neighbours good name, 
 1 Pet.*. 1.(5. Rejoycing in his infir- 
 mities, 6. Contempt > Or 7. foolift 
 admiration of others, -/2#j 12.22. Tro. 
 
 27.14. 
 
 Q. W&*# fins of word be condem- 
 ned > 
 
 J, i. Unjuftly renewing the me- 
 mory ofour neighbours crimes , which 
 were in trattof time forgotten > Prov. 
 17.9.(2. Calling good evil , or evil 
 good, Efay$. 20. (3. Flattery, Prov, 
 27. 14. Job 17. 5. (4- Forbearing to 
 ipeak in the caufc or credit of our 
 neighbours, Prov. 2^. n, 12. and 31. 
 8, 9. (5, Ram cenfuring , Matth. 7. 
 
 1,2. 
 
 0. what fins of gefinre be condemn' 
 
 ed? 
 
 A. 1. Nodding the bead, 2. Wink- 
 ing with the eye, 3 Pointing with the 
 finger, Or 4. any other vilifying or de- 
 riding geftures, Mat^ji 2. 
 
 Q^ How elfe do men offend again]? 
 this Commandment r 
 
 A. 1. Speaking the truth with de- 
 
 firc 
 
VPith an Exposition upon the fame. 505 
 
 fire of our neighbours difcredit, * Sam- 
 22,14,15. with ^^zi)^ OOLift- 
 ning ro tale-bearers, Proverbs 25,23. 
 
 (3) Railing falfe reports, Levtt 19 16. 
 
 (4) Relating mens words to their dis- 
 grace (5) Or contrary to their mean- 
 ing, l Sam t 22.9, Io. .^^.26.60, 61. 
 (tf) Spreading abroad flving tales, Pro. 
 26.-0,21,22. libels, falfe preferments 
 and citations ; 7) Giving falfe evidence, 
 And ^8) pronouncing falfe lentenceX^'. 
 
 r 9* T 5? 3S* £*^« 23. 6. IW. 19. 1 6. 
 Proif.19.5. 
 
 Q. tf^rff ft f >^/ -y n in refpeft of our 
 f elves and our neio labours ? 
 
 A. In refpeft of our felves and our 
 neighbours , here is forbidden, 1. Lying, 
 An J. 2. equivocating, Evhef.^. 25. Col. 
 3<9,ie>. 
 
 O. what is the tenth Commandment \ 
 
 K 2Sou (bait not ecfor, $c. 
 
 Qi. What is the general duty here 
 commanded J 
 
 A, »at foe be fralp * contented 
 foftb our oton onttoara cnnmtton 
 ant brartflp beffre tbe o.odd z 0$ 
 oar neighbour , in all ttifns* be* 
 lonotfng unto Mm, great, ant fmall, 
 ziTm,6&i Cor.jr 9^0. /iStir 6,29. 
 
3o6 A fbort Catechifm, 
 
 Expof. * Q. Wloat are the fpecial 
 duties of this Commandment 1 
 
 A* In this Commandment we are 
 injoyned, (i.) To acquaint our felves 
 with thoughts of good towards our 
 neighbour , Efay 32.8. 3 John 2. Job. 
 31. 29, and that which appertained 
 to him 5 (2.) To re Joyce in the prefent 
 good eftatcot our felves and our neigh- 
 bours,/ 7 /^/^; 3 4. 2. and 119. 74.and (3.) 
 Chearfully to praife God for it. 
 
 Q^ What is the general Jin forbid- 
 den f 
 
 a. flutfcongMa of mint), totfbea 
 antj tieflrtg or tyart, ano DcltgbtfaU re« 
 uiemiuancea of ttulagatnllcontenUD- 
 neffe. Job 51.22., 
 
 Qu. X* a«7 »/** <?£/* ** ^/<?/> flto 
 
 LOW? 
 
 A. J5ot perfectly : f oj tbe a ©o&» 
 Ip often fall, tfct molt ftolp || fafle 
 bt aUtrafea fn tfeefr bell actions: 
 but tBc i IjUD of dDob ougbt, c mar, 
 ano ufuaty? both d toiik accojotng 
 to tbe . iiab ffncerelp* %Um> 3*2. 
 
 b Exad.2%. $6,579 38. C I John 2, 14. 
 John 14 15,231. d I King.1%.5. 
 
 Expof. || d % jfafrw « /> p roved that 
 the obedience of the faithful here is im* 
 ptrfi&i A. (1) 
 
With an Expofttion upon the fame. 
 An. (i) In the femnts of Chrift> 
 there remains fome root of bitternefs > 
 Heb 12. u Rom 7 . 23. (2) The fle/h 
 Julteth againft the fphit, Gal. 5. i 7 . 
 (3) Their knowledge is but in part, 
 1 CW.13.12. Pfalm. 11 9 . .1 8. their obedi- 
 ence therefore cannot be perfect, M>. 
 6. 14, 15. 2 £*«*. 12.9. 2 ££?**, 35, 22 " 
 Lukj.i. 20. 
 
 Q^ Howmanywa'.csdo the aodly oA 
 
 A. 1. Often in the matter, 2. And 
 in the maner of doing, Jofh. 9. 14, 153 
 3, Continually in tftemeafure of duty, 
 the moftholy do offend , Nehem. A. 
 22. J 
 
 Q. Should not a Chrifrian emit do- 
 ™g of good altogether, feeing- he cannot 
 dolt, in that meafure ihatljod remfa 
 reth > 
 
 A. $0, u *5ttt * fottfc c Dftf- 
 gence and (ftigieneffe of ftcart 
 Brtfte agafnft coirnptfon, a, Hoofc 
 ffoaft)* araftance of CP0&3 f pirf t , 
 3* #*t& labour to g groto fn grace, 
 e 2 Cor.7.1. f 2 Chron i6.9.PhiL 4f 15. 
 giPet.2.2.and2Pet.3.i& 
 
 Expof * Q. If fin cleave tothe i>efi 
 
 *»rii of 'the godly, hopfhonUiheyex- 
 
 X a ercife 
 
3 o 8 <A fhort Cdtecbifm, 
 
 ercife the mfe'ves in -well-doing } 
 
 A. i. The fin, which cleaving to the 
 workcbfilcsitj is by all means poflible 
 to be avoided, Afe6. 1,2^3,4. &c. Pfat. 
 37. 27. 2 Bat the work it felf is not to be 
 for born. 
 
 Q. why m ft we Hot forbear the doing 
 of aooiworhj , notmthjlanding the cor- 
 ruption that cleaves unto them f 
 
 A. (1) Becaufe we have anabfolate 
 charge from God , to exercife our felves 
 in all good works, Efay 1. 17. 1 Pet. 
 $.ii.Colo(f t i. 10. 2Pet.i.j. (2) And 
 a merciful promife , 1. That he will 
 forgive the infirmities , which our cor- 
 ruption doth faften upon them. 2. And 
 favourably accept our fincere endeavour 
 to walk in all holy obedience* though 
 now and then we through weaknefs do 
 
 t ftep awry, Job 42.7. zChr.^o. 29 , 30. 
 
 ' Efa. 40. II. Cant. 2. 14. Nam* 23. 21. 
 £2^.34.16. 
 
 {K What means fhould a man ufe to 
 grow in (Trace r 
 
 A. 1? $e tmitt tteon&Wp ®M* 
 mine 11 Ijte h toate* , «♦ t 3&&G$ 
 i 6tmteif,3. «tttfc + ot)er1)f0i)eart at 
 stt tfmefc in all place* ? occaflona 
 ana con&ftfona s 4 JUoifl»e 
 
 Hi 
 
ftyitbaH Exposition upon the J awe. « 309 
 t&e !l ttm , $> &to# frf* f fteart 
 tottfi gocti, 6. #na p^eferto I fcte 
 * fAftti, h Hag* i. 5,7. i i Con n, 31. 
 k 2Tim.V5.Eph.5, 16 lHeb. 10.35. 
 36,38. 
 
 ExpofJ 0. What Is examination > 
 
 -<*#/". Examination is 1 . A diligent 5 
 2. An exquifiteV, 3. And an impartial 
 (earch of our hearts , thoughts , and 
 wayes 5 Lam4.40.by the word of God , 
 Rom. j. j. as in his pretence. 
 
 0. What are the benefits of exami- 
 nation ? 
 
 d. It is a means, 1. To prevcu eviL _, 
 2. To procure good. Its of IT' 
 
 Ch What evils are prevented by ex- 
 amination ? 
 
 A. It is a fpecial means to preferve To prevent 
 from 1. Pride, 2. .Security, 3. Hardnefs will. 
 of heart, 4. And falling into fin, Heb.* % 
 
 Q; What good doth it procure ? 
 A.£g.}\t doth quicken to prayer, To promt 
 Gen. 24. 63. /7^/. 19. 12.(2) Itisa^oA 
 goodftepto repentance, ' PfaL 119. ^9. 
 /f^.1.5. (3) It fetleth in a Chriftian 
 courfe, Pfal. 39. 1 . (4) It provokes for- 
 ward ingodlinefsj Ffd. 119. 5?, 6o - 
 
 (5) 
 
j I o A fbort C*teebifrr? y 
 
 ( 5 ) And it makes us' charitable toivard 
 others, GaL 6. 4- 
 
 Q, What is it to judge a mavsfelf? 
 
 +. A. To judge a mans felf , is to 
 paffe an impartial fentence againfl: him- 
 felf, agreeable to the word of God, accor- 
 ding to the mcafure of that iniquity 
 which by examination he findeth in him- 
 felf 5 E^zckj 1 6. 6 1 . and ao. 43. Dtta.p. 8% 
 Luke 15.18 ip. 
 
 0. What benefits come thereby ? 
 
 ^.(i.)This awakeneth the heart, 
 E*.^. 36.31. (2) It maketh us afraid 
 pf fin, Gen.$ 9 9 . (3 ) It fpurreth us to fue 
 to the throne of grace, 1 /C/^8.38. (4) 
 And it preventeth the judgement of God> 
 3 C V.i 1.31. 
 
 (X What is watchffilnefs > 
 
 A % Watch fill nefs > is i- A narrow, 
 2. A careful, 3 . And a continual keeping, 
 obferving, and over-feeing of our hearts 
 and all our ways, 7V01/.4..23. 
 
 O . How is watchftitnefs neceffary ? 
 
 ~^n. It is (1) Exceeding neceffary, 
 becaufe i. Of our felves we are apt to 
 errc, PfaI.%9.io* 2. And have many ©o* 
 pafions befides to draw us away from 
 godlinefsj Luke 14. 18, 20. (2) And it is 
 
 excee- 
 
With an xpofmon upon the fame. 3 1 1 
 
 exceeding profitable. 
 
 Q. How may it appear to be p'ofi- 
 table 1 r J 
 
 A, It is profitable, (1) To prevent 
 orwichitend Satan, i ^.5.8. Mat. 
 26.41.(2) To keep under lufts, 
 
 (3) To avoid and cut off ftrayings 
 and wandrings of minde and life, 
 2 Ttm.^i Cor.16.13. Pfal. 101.2. 
 
 (4) To keep the heart in good order, 
 
 (5) And to efchew dangerous, 1. De- 
 cays , 2. Falls, 3. And difconoforts , 
 which otherwife men (hall run into, 
 2 Sam. 11. 2 . 1 Tim. 2. 14. 2 Corinth. 
 ■ I.J.' 
 
 Ck Wbatfis it to redeem time 1 
 . A "- To redeem time, is f© to husband 
 xt, that every moment thereof may be 
 fpentforourbeft advantage, Ephx. 16. 
 2Cor 9 u. 3. 
 
 Q; Why is time to be redeemed. > 
 -<*». 1. Becaufe Time is a precious 
 thing, 2. Being loft it is unrecoverable, 
 though God may pardon it to the peni- 
 tent, Efay 1. 16,18. Therefore*we muft 
 redeem it. 
 Q. what thme is to be redeemed ? 
 4- 1. The time of youth, Ecclef. 
 X 4 ia. 
 
312 4 fhort Catechifm, 
 
 I2.(?/)0f the Gofpel, 2 to.hnh 6. 2* 
 (3.) The Sabbath ,Ex>d.to. 10. (4.) The 
 time of ficknefs.(5.)Of health,(6.)^nd 
 the time of vacancy from bufineffe 
 in our callings? &c. ^^k» 19.42* ]°hn 
 9.4 Gal 6. 10 fy§9* 10 «;. 
 
 Qu. Why muft the heart be flored 
 with good} 
 
 f 4p* Becaufe when r^ans heart is 
 emptied of evil, it will quicklv gather 
 tilth again ( as garments will duft, ) un- 
 lefsitbe fraught with good, Mat. 12. 
 
 43*44 45- r 
 
 J?ueft. #% »«*/? /<*/>£ & prefer- 
 red? 
 
 * /*♦ Becaufe if faith decay in 115, 
 ( as needs it muft, unleffe it be carefully 
 fiirred up, prefeived, and excrcifed, 
 z.Tim. 1. 6 ) godlinefs muft needs wi- 
 ther, 1 Tim. 1.5. 
 
 Qu. Why muft godlinejfe Wither if 
 faith decay? 
 
 A. Bwcaufc ( 1 ) Faith is the victo- 
 ry whereby we overcome the world, 
 j fnhn 54 ( 2 ) Thereby we wreftle 
 aeainftfin, by the Almighty power of 
 Tcrfus Chnft, Gal, 2. 20. ( 3 ) And our 
 lives muft n^eds be full. i> Of doubt- 
 
 ings 
 
with an Expofition upon the fame. 313 
 
 ings 2.0r fecurity, 3. Drowned with 
 carnal delights .> 1 Kings n. 4. and 
 finful pictures , (4) The word will 
 lofe its efficacy, Heb.^2. (5) And the 
 exerciks of religion their fweetnefs, if 
 faith d cay. 
 
 Queft. How is faith to be prefer* 
 ved ? 
 
 A* To the end that faith may 
 be prefcrved , we muft, (1) Value ic 
 above Gold and Silver ? 2 Peter 2.1. 
 (2) Often meditate upon the 1. Sweet- 
 nefle, Pfalm 119. 103. and 139* 17. 
 2. Conftancy , Revel. 1.5. 2 Corinth. 
 1.20.(3. And. perpetuity of the nioft 
 precious and free promif es , which 
 are the grounds of faith 3 Hof.i^.^. 
 E**i. 36, 22. (3 ) VVe muft walk 
 according to the rules thereof y (4) 
 learn to exercife it > living thereby , 
 Hebr. 10. 38. Romans 1. 17. (5) And 
 1. Sincerely 9 2. Gonftantly, 3. And 
 Confciombly ufe all thofe means , 
 whereby faith is wrought or nouri- 
 flied. 5 
 
 Q. Howelfe? 
 
 J. 7 1$* mnft tafce munta fjfm 
 tft« toftsle armour II of ©o& , 
 *. ana UM& n tm, wprfjfttneffe » 
 
 arm 
 
314 A fi°rt Cdtecbifrn, 
 
 «nD conffancp, ufe He tmnns of 
 grace before p;ercr(beo, In one o e* 
 ffate as toeil a* anotber, m Eph,*> 
 
 I3j Mf n Prov.2. 3,4,5.001.4. 2. Job 
 27. 10. 
 
 Expof. J] O. W% ,w*/? 4 Chrifiian 
 take unto him the Chrifiian armonr f 
 
 A . Becaufe allChriftians are called 
 to be fouldiers, Rev.i z.y. to fight under 
 Chrift Jefus their Captain. 
 
 ,0. Againfi what enemies mufl we 
 fight > 
 
 ^.Againft,(i.) Thefle(h,^w.8. 13. 
 
 (2) The world, 1 .M.2. 10.(3) And the 
 Devil, 1 ^.5.8,9. 
 
 Q^ What are the properties of this 
 enemy > 
 A. Heis(i) Spiritual, (2) Subtile, 
 
 (3) And a malicious enemy, £ph.6. 12. 
 Rev.io.i. Mat, 13.28,29. (4) That 
 can never be appeafed: they had need 
 therefore take unto them the whole ar- 
 mour of God. 
 
 Q^ JVhat is implyed m this, that we 
 mttft take pinto us the Chriflian *r± 
 wour ? 
 
 An. Wemuft 1. Daily put it on, 2. 
 Continually keep it on, 3 And at all 
 times have it ready for ufe. 
 
 £.For 
 
WithtnExpofition upon the fame. 315 
 
 Q. For what end muft it be put on > 
 A., 1 . To repel, 2* And to quench the 
 fiery darts of the Devil. 
 
 Q. What are the parts of this ar- 
 mour ? 
 
 A. The parts of this armour are, 1. 
 Sincerity? 2. Love of righteoufnefs ^ 3- 
 The Gofpel, 4. Faith, 5. Lively hope, 6. 
 And the word of God, £pf.\6. 1 4,15, 1 6, 
 17518. 
 
 Q_ How is it f^ept on > 
 
 A. It is kept on, 1. By earnest pray- 
 erj2.byWatchfulnefs,3. And by holy 
 meditation. 
 
 Q. what privileges doth God af- 
 ford unto his children in this life^wbo U- 
 hour according to his will to grow in 
 grace ? 
 
 A* ii 1. 2&ep map be q aCTartd 
 t of big fatjon* , anD ». .tfatljerlg 
 *care r oUer t&em, 3. 2E&e aire* 
 ctton f of fcte Spirit , 4- 2Lfteir 
 c gro'tetl) fn || grace , and u % Per- 
 fet>erawe (0 tlje en& $ 1. Jofh, 3. 14 
 
 and 4. 1 3. John t. 12. r 1 Tim. 4. i'o. 
 Mat.10,39. /Pfil. 143. 10. *Gol i>9, 
 10.* Phil.i-6. 
 
 Exjpof. || Q^ What is to be obfgrved 
 touching the enjoying of thefe privi- 
 Udges I A. It 
 
gi£ A Short Catechifm, 
 
 A. It is fh ft of all to be obferved that 
 none of thefe priviledges can be enjoyed 
 without great ftrife and labour, i C r. 
 16.30. 
 
 (). What fffjfKffce of Gods favour 
 may b? obtained ? 
 
 f A; i: Not onely fome uncertain 
 hope, or dim fight of Gods favour, 2. 
 Bnt aflurance thereof may in this life be 
 obtained, jfa£ 19.25. 2^.5.1. 2 Tim. 
 4.8. and 1. 1 2. 
 
 Q. How is that proved ? 
 
 A. Becaufci. The Scripture exhorts 
 lis to make our calling and election 
 fur*, 2 Peter 1. 10. 2. It layeth ma- 
 ny fufficient grounds of affurance, 
 1 John 4.13. and 3. 14. Philip. £ £. 
 3. And propofech divers examples of 
 them, who have attained thereunto, 
 Rom 8.34,3s, 39. £,*£* 2. 29. Hebr. 
 H9j 10 ' 
 
 Q. #*w may it af fear that this is a 
 rareprivi/edfe ? 
 
 Anf This Is a rare and precious 
 priviledge , 1 1 . Becaufe it may con- 
 stantly be enjoyed, 2. With an increafe 
 thereof, Hof. 13.14. Ma/4.6. 1 Thef 
 4. 1, 10. Q. It is alwaies accompanied 
 with joy -un^eakablc, and (Weet con- 
 tentment 
 
Wtth m Expofition upon the fame. 317 
 tenement, Cam.x. 1. PfaU^^. John% 
 f6.i /Wi.8.( 4 . The longer itispof- 
 idied, the Tweeter it is. 
 
 Queft. I snot O'ods favour mojtfweet 
 when it is fir ft apprehended * 
 
 Anfw. Dainty meats may become 
 loathfome, but we cannot ftirfeit of Gods 
 favour, Pfdl.iy.i^. 
 
 Q. What particulars are compre- 
 hended in this that Cod would have 
 his children affured of his fatherly 
 care t 
 
 * A nf God would have his chil- 
 drcn know , CO That in every ftatc 
 hewiJI fave and uphold them, Pfalm 
 9- 10. and 32. 6, 7 . even when his 
 wrath doth burne againft his ene- 
 r mi f'%33.4 )M ^. and 27.7,8. 
 W lhat he will teach them the 
 good way, which they ought to 
 follow, Pfalm 25. 12,1 4 . /W3.3. 
 (3) That he will give his Angels 
 charge over them , (4) And carry 
 them in his bofome , Pfalm 91.11,1a; 
 occ* 
 
 Q: How may they be affured of his 
 fatherly care * 
 
 r "^Li^ hc amiaWe > fiwet and com- 
 fortable titles , that Chrift giveth 
 
 to 
 
a 1 8 A fi m Cat ccbifm> 
 
 to his Spoufe, calling her i. My love, 
 2. My dove, 3- My filter, 4. ! My 
 Spouic, 5. My underiled, doth (hew 
 wfctt great regard he hadi ot every 
 Chriftian, Cant. 1.^,6 and 2 14. Deuu 
 33.11,27,28,2* Camq.6. 
 
 n How may it be proved that the 
 faithful **AJ ajfure themselves of their 
 {row thin ([race t 
 
 A. || Became (0 TIie Servants °} 
 Chrift are exhorted , and command- 
 ed to grow in grace and godlinefs, 
 t 7^/7:4.1, 10 Co/. 1. 10. (2) There 
 are patterns of holy men lett unto 
 us in Scriptures , that have grown 
 rich in wildome and holineffe, Rev. 
 
 q // God command us to prow tn 
 grace , how doth it thence follow that 
 we may beajfuredefh? 
 
 A. What God commandeth in the 
 Gofpel, that Chriftians mould believe 
 he will inable them to do, John 6. 63. 1 
 
 John ^.%. 
 
 0. If other* have grown riches Wi$ 
 
 any aftarance to us ? 
 
 An. What ordinary graces any of 
 the faithful did obtain, the fame may 
 all the faithfallook ior 9 Zach. 12.10. 
 
 Eph 
 
With an Edition upon the fame. 319 
 E t h *fr i /v '- l - x -If itbcfor their good* 
 
 Q. How is that pr wed > 
 
 ^«.B £ caufe(i.) They'are aiiunder 
 the fame covenant, (2.) Have the fame 
 Redeemer and Sanger, (5.) And have 
 the fame promifes made unto them. 2 
 Cor 6.12.1 Tim. 2. 5, 6 Ephef. 4. 50. 
 and 2. 12. -n 
 
 ' Q. JVhm other privlledges doth God 
 afford unto them f 
 
 Anf. (6) Sftep are || i. itepf; 
 w from, *♦ Comforted to, and 5 
 fctllfccred one x of ntanp troubles 
 ( 7) 2Dangbt to y nfe aft eifate* 
 mm , ( S ) p^eferteD 2 from 
 fonl offence* , (9) Enabled h to 
 *rffe agate, if tftep b f afi , ( I0 > 
 amtrncted to f iftc go&ip, (i ,) ^no 
 fcatfc c po£ef*fon *- of tfe a>o#> , 
 wPfal.32ao.Aas 16.27. xProv.i 1.8. 
 
 y t?T "?' 27 * PhiL 4- ia. 2 Lnke 1. 6. 
 a?k\. 37. 23,24. b Eph, 2. 10. c Luke. 
 8.15. 
 
 Expof- |) Oil. How are the aodly 
 freed from the tronblesthat others rnn 
 tnto\ 
 
 *• r -;ll !l€ S odI y Awn the fins which 
 others follow with greedinefs , Gen. 
 
 199* 
 
3 2 <> ^fbort Cattckifa 
 
 39.9 and 42. \%.Neh.<$. 15. Job$\.t. 
 (2^) They order their affairs with godly 
 wifdome,^?.r 23.6. and 12 26. and 18. 
 11. with 19. 57. (3) And they forefee 
 the evil to come, and hide rhemfelves, 
 ProV.2i.$. and 26. 12. therefore they are 
 preferved from many troubles that others 
 fall into. 
 
 Q. Do not the codly oft run into ma- 
 ny troubles from which they m$gkt be 
 
 ce 
 
 fi 
 
 A. For want of care and watch- 
 
 fulneffe , they often draw no fmall 
 grief upon their heads , from which 
 they might be free, if they would care- 
 fully fubdue they p^ (lions, and look unto 
 their ways » Cam. 5. 25354,5,6. 2 Sam. 
 H.2,3 Pfat.tji.S. 
 
 O. How a e the godly taught to ufc 
 prefperitv ? 
 
 f J. In profperity the godly are 
 taught, (1.) Toedifieth mfelve?, AUs 
 9.3i.(2.)To walk inmeeknefs,(3)Low- 
 Knefs, (4.) Fear ^Comfort of the 
 Lord,(60And be doing good, Job. 14. 
 
 15 21, 
 
 q^ How are they taught to ufe ad" 
 
 verfty \ 
 An. In adverfity > they arc taught 
 
 1. To 
 
With an Expofitton upon the fame. 22* 
 0) To be humble, COPacienc, (3) 
 To pray, 1 Pet. 5. 6. lb 1. 22. Pfaim 
 39-9- and 30. 7, 8. (4) To grow ouc 
 of love with this worlds 2. Corinth. 5. 
 h 2 >3> 4- (5) To prize the Lords fa- 
 vour* Pfal. 73 . 26, 28 (6) To cleave 
 clofe unto God, Efayi . 20. (7) To 
 examine their hearts. And (8) to reform 
 thdr ways, Lam.^.^o.Zeph.2. i.Efay 
 27.9. J 
 
 Q. How dre they taught to ufe their 
 callings } 
 
 J.\ [n their callings they are taught: 
 (0 To take trial of their 1. Wifdom, 
 2. Faith, 3. Sincerity, 4. Love of righ- 
 teoufnefs, and 5. Patience 5 (2) And 
 to go about the fame, with hearts affe* 
 cting the things that be above, Pfalm. 
 H2.5. Gen. 31.38,39,40. GaUthians 
 $. 22. Gen. 17. 1, 2. Zach. 8. 16. Luke 
 
 21- Ip. 
 
 Q. Be not the godly fometimes over* 
 taken with reproachful evils > 
 
 A. If the godly be overtaken 
 with fome reproachful evil, Gev. 9. 21. 
 and 19. 33- it is fi) Not ordinary, 
 Rom. 8. I. 2 Corinth. 5. 7. but for a 
 time, P/4/.37.34. (0 When they have 
 Y call 
 
$12 A Jbort Cateebifm, 
 
 caft off thdr armour , and negleft their 
 viz ch zSarn.ii* i 2. Matthtw 26* 
 40 41. 
 
 Q^ why doth the Lordfujfer them to 
 fill ? 
 
 iy, The Lord fufferMhcm to fall, 1. 
 To let them de iheir weaknefle, 2. To 
 correft th.ir Ccirelefneffe, 3. To cure in 
 them pride of heart ? and contempt of 
 others : And 4 he orders their flips 
 for the 1 . Glory ot his great Name , 
 2. For the comfort ot the weak , 3. 
 And for the good of the party fallen ; 
 afrer that by repentance he is rifen a- 
 
 Q. How is it proved that the righte* 
 otts may be affured of their perfeve- 
 rtince ? 
 
 4". fi.) The righteous may fall > 
 but the Lord will not fuffer them to 
 F crifli, John 10 28. (2.) Chrift hath 
 jpraved for them 9 John 17 20. Luke 
 22 32/3 )The immortall feed abideth 
 in ih n^ 1 John 3 9. (4.) The fpirit of 
 God doih quicken them> &w.8.2 3 n. 
 fo that afterward they take heart and 
 courage again to fight againft fin and 
 Satan. 
 
With an Exp option upon the fame. 323 
 
 Qu. Are not the godly fomeiimes 
 thrown down ? 
 
 A. Yes : but they can never be utter- 
 ly vanquifhed , though for a time they 
 be thrown down, 2 C<?r. 4. 839. Mar. 
 16.18. 
 
 Q. How are the faithful inputted to 
 llve^odly \ 
 
 t >*• If the faithful feek unto the 
 Lord, he will teach them with 1. De- 
 light , 2. And with comforc to live 
 godly in all places, and callings* Prov* 
 2.3 4,9. EJ ay 30.21. 
 
 Q. Do they notfinde much rebellion in 
 themfelves ? 
 
 A- They do finde the fle(h rebelling 
 againftthe Spirit, GW.5.17. <J J fal.$i, 
 
 Q. tVhy> 
 
 -A* (1.) That they might not truft 
 to themfelves* but in the Lord , Prov: 
 3i 5> 6. (2) That they might no longer 
 live, then finde need to pray, Lord 
 ftrengthen me, 1 ThejT.^.ij. (3) That 
 they might be thankful to God for 
 the mercies they have received 5 PfaU 
 54.6,7.(4) That they may -tiot trU 
 umph before the victory , mt w^fc 
 Y 2 in 
 
324 A fhort C/ntechtfiw, 
 
 *p fecurir<% is (bough they had no ene- 
 my, i 5 % 9 Ai.n(5 )rhat by how 
 much the tight is more, i. Painful, 
 2. Sharp, 3 And difficult \ by fomuch 
 the victory fh ->uld be the more, i. De- 
 lightful, 2. Sweet, 3. And glorious* 
 Rom.\6.20. Rev.ii.io. ' 
 
 O. What is it topoffefs the word t 
 
 * A* The word of God is poffef- 
 (ed, when it is I. Received truly as 
 our own. And. 2. is kept and laid up 
 fafely, as a treafure in our minds and 
 hearts. 
 
 Q^ why is the word to bs laid up in 
 the he ^rt ? 
 
 A. So that we may have it in rea- 
 dinefs i. For our direction , 2. For our 
 comfort. And 3 . to rule over us with 
 an holy and universal foveraignty, Lukj 
 2.51.C0/.3.16, 17. Pfal. 119.111,112, 
 
 33>34- 
 
 Queftion. Do all the godly 9 or any 
 
 at all times 9 enjoy all thefe friviled- 
 ges> 
 
 i.igm- A. j&o : fome are ignorant of 
 ranee. ^ em , n ot belfetrfng > oj at Uaft 
 z jV nk ' fatntlp beltetrtng tfcat tftert are 
 Vmpti'tob* ot & cwl are awWa • tolia 
 
With an Expofnion upon thefa'^e. 3 2 5 
 P^tf e tftem not , and fo take not 4. /to/>. 
 pains fo£ ttefe Wngs , as tfttp 
 ongljt. 
 
 Qneft. frpJta* w£<?r hinder an ess do 
 deprive Chrifl^ns of thefe privlkd- 
 ges > 
 
 A* d 3no#inafe pafffons* a* $. inorfc 
 feats anger, felf iot)e> puttie, lotem* j>«/j- 
 of pleature, cares of tbe toorlD»ow. 
 ant) eartftlg incumbrances ; ana govern- 
 fnconffancp in goo* H>utles ^"^V 
 temptations 'alto to fctttrnft &o# dm7 /,, 
 keepe nncer manp > d James 4. #>o</. 
 
 Queftion. How (hottld a man bri- % ° ' 
 
 die and reform thefe tr,;, my pafsi- 
 ons? 
 
 Anfwer. ilet 1. ©fm WrcMt? e« 
 ftttm a Cijrtffian life , 2. J3rap 
 rarnettlp , 3* feet tjimfelf mote 
 agafntt tfte conniptions tljat be 
 flrongett in ty m , 4. g>htm tifc 
 occattons of (In, 5* ^ta* the 
 c Commandment tn ijfs fieart. 
 6, «j^nd applp f tfje ceatlj of 
 Cfcttt fba tbe killing of cojrnp* 
 tion> c Pfalm 119* $ u f 1 John 
 5,4. 
 
 Y 3 (^How 
 
3 2 6 <* ]v ort C^techfnfj 
 
 Q^ Horv may a man overcome his 
 temptations to di first ft } 
 
 A. i. 1£* waft not fitte creMt 
 to &atana fnggedfon* agafnft 
 <5ofcs trotfi > *♦ But tonfl&tr of 
 <Eoda h || i. IDototr , i «♦ dDoofc; 
 neffc , k g. mncfcangsabletteffc > 
 4* ifoimer t mercies ? $♦ #no free » 
 m grace in gtfcfag as ty* Con ; t fo 
 tftat totafeneffe > imtoo^tbfmffe » 
 fcmnt of fetlfng comfort, focala not 
 Utfmap Wm, g Mat 4*3, 4. h Mat* 8* ?♦ 
 Efay40.28. iPfal.5i.i2.k Jcr.31.3.1 
 Pfal.77.1i.rn Rom. 5. 8 9. 
 
 Expof || Q. How are wt to covfider 
 ef Gods power and love t 
 
 A. That God is in power all fuffict- 
 cntj fo that he can help us, Eph. 3. 20, 
 And in love, everlafting , John 13. j. 
 2 Thejf. 2.16. Jer. 31.3. 
 
 Q^ What ttfe are we to make there- 
 
 If* 
 
 A* Seeing that he hath once loved 
 
 us, we may be afliired that he will never 
 leave us, Phil. 4.1 9. 
 
 Q^ To whom doth God pve Chrift ? 
 
 t A * 1. God gives Chrift to them 
 (1) That are loft in thcmftlves , Efay 
 
 61. 
 
With An Expofition upon the fame. 327 
 61. 1, 2. Mat 9,12, 13. And (2.) the 
 we«tk as well as the fti ong are partakers 
 ofhis merits, 1 Iohm.\. 
 
 Q. Have not Cbriflrians reafon to 
 doubt tn refpett of their rveakeneffe ? 
 
 A f. Strength of grace in us, and 
 fbundnffVof aChriftun convert t ion , 
 is not th root of comfort; neither fhould 
 weaken (T , or unwonhineM.' in us 
 breed doubting of our falvation, Heb* 
 10 22. 
 
 Qucft- What is the ground of com- 
 fort. 
 
 A. The grpqnd of all comfort is , 
 that God of his free grace hath given 
 hie Son to in miferable finners even to 
 as many as b-leeve in him, 1 Iohn 2, 2. 
 and fjhr^. 16. 
 
 Qu. Cm the wea'^e faith lay hold tip* 
 
 onChnp 
 
 An. The weake faith doth lay hold 
 uponChrife 1. As truly, though :. Not 
 fo comfortably as the ftrong doch,i job. 
 2.12,13,14.. 
 
 Ou. what elfe mu (I be done f 
 
 An %. Cnnfffcrr to'tat pjomtfe* 
 
 tfcc 11 d^n ^atb tn**t. to n IseepeanO 
 
 apboto u*> 4* W^t o Uuoarage- 
 
 Y 4 rmntg 
 
3 s8 ^ fhort Catecbifm, 
 
 mints tje fjatb gtfcen u* to fatlfetJc ; 
 |i$. and boto acceptable a ttjtngtttsp 
 tbat toe (bonis fo do, n Mat. i<5, 18* 
 Luke 22. 32. o 1 John 3. 23. p Matth.8- 
 10. and 1 5 . 28. Rom.4 3 20. 
 
 Expof. || Q^ what ihconrdgements 
 hath God riven hs to believe ? 
 
 A. (1) God commandeth, perfwa- 
 deth and intreateth the thirfty and 
 burdened to believe , (2) God hath 
 bound himfelfby covenant unto them, 
 Efay 43. 25. (3) He hath fealed it by the 
 Sacraments, (4) And confirmed the 
 fame by oath, Gen. 22, i6>\j.Pfa\.iQ<). 
 9. Luke 1.73. 
 
 Q^ What if our mlfery be deep > 
 
 A. The deeper our mifery is, the 
 more we glorifie his name by refting up- 
 on him for fuccour, Pfalm 22. 1 . Rom.^. 
 18,20. 
 
 Q. what other things are to be lear- 
 ned-, for the overcoming of thefe ten;* 
 p tat ions ? 
 
 Anfo* 6. Wit mnft lodge oar 
 felfce* q not bppjefent t teltag » 
 ^2 bp oar oton r dffcernfng He 
 \fvnits of grace , bat br tbat tofeUfc 
 <M I tiate felt , atfd tit t fraft* 
 
 of 
 
With m Zxpofition upon\tbe fame. 
 of grace tofttcft appear to otfterg 
 
 q Pfalm u 6. n. pfalm 13. i. r Pfalm 
 5 1. io. f Pfalm 77, 1 1, 1 2. 1 2 Corinth. 
 
 IO.II. 
 
 Expof. f Q. Why mufi not aChri- 
 (tim judge himfelf by his 4wh feel- 
 ing? 
 
 "~Jbffl# 1. Becaufe a man may 
 have faith , that feels no comfort ; 
 And. 2. grace, that fees not the 
 fruits of grace, Pfalm 22. 1. and 77. 
 «)?. /y 
 
 Q. Why may a man that hath -or ace 
 feel no fruits thereof f 
 
 . $£&) * ecaufe the foul is fome- 
 )T/ 1C ? 5 r E ^ 34^6. d»,. 3 5. 
 C2) And fometimes in a fwound ; 
 U !f' r ^'(3) Sometimes we judge 
 amifsof our eftate, Pfal. 116, 10, 11. 
 and 77. 1 g. * 
 
 Q#<w do we judge amifs of our own 
 ejtatei J J 
 
 ^'J'/ 7 .? 6 [ ervi "g what motions 
 we have toevil, but nothow we refill 
 them; *. By fuppofing we have no 
 grace. 
 
 -;-** '-■ - A. Be- 
 
 3 2 ?. 
 
3 JO -* Jbort Cdtechifmy 
 
 A. Because we have not i. What 
 grace we drfire, 2 Or becaufe we find 
 not our felves at all times alike atfe* 
 fted and comf >rted, or clil- 3 B_ca>ife 
 we want what others fuve 3 or we con- 
 ceit them to have. 
 
 Q^ Mo rv is thts tnalerreoneons ? 
 
 A. Bccauf:Gjd gives not all graces 
 to one man, nor to all in the fame mea- 
 sure, Eph. 4.7. Zach.il S. 
 
 Q^ What other things occafio* thts 
 miftakjng ? 
 
 An. 1. It is the property of men In 
 affiiftion> to admire fmall things in o- 
 thers 9 and deny great and many graces 
 in themfelvcs : 2« Likewife the vaftnefs 
 of defire caufeth that which is much in 
 comparifon, to feem nothing ; And. 3. 
 Satan works upon the timerous difpo- 
 fition of fome. 
 
 Q. How doth Sat art wor^ upon their 
 timer oh s Adoption > 
 
 A, 1. H: perfwades them that they 
 have fearfully confented to thpfe fug- 
 geftions, which they alwaies abhor- 
 ed, and in which they never took de- 
 light, 2. Or that they wilfully off?nd , 
 when Tome finful motions arife in thdr 
 
 hearts ; 
 
Wtw An tLXMfitton upon the fame. 3 J i 
 hearts ; to which they do not con- 
 fent, but which they refift, praying 
 to God for forgiveneffe and affift- 
 ance. 
 
 Q. Is there any other reafon of ohy 
 mifla\ing ? 
 
 A. Yes, becaufe we in temptation 
 want one grace \ which accompanies 
 faiths to wit, joy, Job.%.^6- 1 Pet 1. 8. 
 we conclude that we have no faith at 
 all. 
 
 Qti. Doth not joy ever aecomfany 
 faith } 
 
 A. Faith and joy be not infepara- 
 ble companion*, fob 13.15. Heb. 1 1. j * 
 Pfal.yy.iy 3. the violence of temptati- 
 on hindring the (en(e of mercy, when 
 God doth with-hold comfort. For which 
 6aufes, we rniift not overmuch truft 
 our felves, or credit our feeling but give 
 credit to the teftimony of the godly and 
 faithful. 
 
 Q^ what may be a further help be~ 
 fide? 
 
 A. 7- 3(t f* fiooD to txmlnt our 
 * beart0, ana ntc tfte a&fctce w of q> 
 tber* f but foe mutt Imoto aiftftal, 
 ttet groaning after, atfe* labour* 
 
 Ina 
 
3 j 2 -^ /&w* Catechifm, 
 
 fag to reft oar tDtarfeft fouls upon 
 tbe pjomtfe* of grace > being ijt* 
 tier fattefteft until our Doubtfulrref g 
 be remotes , totll bring a gooti end > 
 u Pialm 4 4 w iThcfT. % 1 4. x Mat. 1 1.- 
 28. 
 
 Expof. * Q. Why fhott/d a man exa- 
 mine h'ij heart in that cafe f 
 
 Anfw % Becaufe God withholdeth, 
 or with-draweth comfort fometimes 5 
 1. By reafon of fome fecret fin, not 
 5?ec repented of ; 2. Or he fuffereth 
 Satan to buffet us, that we might more 
 ferioufly repent of fome corruption , 
 J^^ 40 3^5, 6. with 42. 6. 2 Corinth. 
 12.7. 
 
 Qi what doth G od teach m by fuck 
 temptations ? 
 
 A % Hereby the Lord doth 1 . Correct 
 our not prizing comfort at a high rate y 
 Cant 5 .3,4, 5. And 2 our forgetfulnefs to 
 praife him for it. 
 
 Q^ In -what manner muft a man try 
 himfelf? ^ , 
 
 A. VVe ought wifely to make tri- 
 al of our waiesj i» Neither fparing any 
 fin \ 2. Nor cenfuring that to be fin 
 whieh is juft and lawful ,3. Nor ma- 
 king 
 
With m Expofition upon the fame. 3^3 
 
 king leight account of any fin : 4. Nor 
 yet Calling our repentance inco quefti- 
 on, becaufe 1. Either fome things have 
 beenamifs 2. Orwc have not attained 
 to perfection. 
 
 Q. Do th* fruits ofthefpirii alwaies 
 appea* in the faithful ? 
 
 Xnf. j$o : 2Dtyp are y obfcurefc 
 it 3n oar ftrft * contortion, *♦ Jn 
 tfte toy*\ of 2 fecurftp; 3. Wjentoe 
 a leate oar ftrtt lot)e> 4. 3n Unit 
 of b temptation * oj Come || relapfe 
 c into fin > y Luke 5. 37, 38. z 1 Cor. 
 3.1. ^ Rev.2,4. b Pfal. 6. 1,2,3. c P &*- 
 51. 10. 
 
 Expof. * Qu. Why are the graces 
 ofthefpirit obfcure in our fir ft conver- 
 sion > 
 
 -^*,(i.}l$ecaufe at our firft conver- 
 fion we are as new born babes who 
 have the truth of mans nature, but 
 the perfection of it groweth with 
 age, 1 Corinth, 3* 1. Heb.5.13. (2) Oar 
 knowledge is fmall and confuted, 
 Pfa/myq. 22. and 119. 33>34* 100. 
 (3.) Our fight of Gods love is dim, 
 (4.) Many doubts arife in our minds, 
 hi'ke 24. verfe 38. Becaufe of our 
 
 weak- 
 
334 ^ ft* m Cttechtfmy 
 
 weakncfs and unworthinefsj (5) Many 
 lufts are untamed, (6) We are unexperi* 
 enced to put on, or wear the Chriftian 
 armour and therefore are of: foyled of 
 ouradverfaries. 
 
 QU. Do not fame Chrlftians more 
 plentifully abound in the graces of the 
 fpirlt at their Hrfl converfion ? 
 
 A. Some few at their firft converfion, 
 abound in the fruits of the Spirit more 
 fenfibly, that they might be prepared for 
 fome future combates, wherein God will 
 fit them forth to be examples to the 
 weak. 
 
 Q. PVhat is the re a fan why our joy is 
 afterward dimimjhed ? 
 
 A. If our comfort and joy that we 
 felt in our firft converfion be diminiQi- 
 ed, it is either by rcafbn of I. Se- 
 curity , 2. Or temptation, 1 Sam. u. 
 2,3. &c. with Pfalm$t.io. PfaL 77. 
 8,9,10. 
 
 jg. Why are the graces of the fpirh ob- 
 jured 'n tke dales of (ecurity ? 
 
 A. Becaule 1. Good ground will 
 bring forth Weeds if it be not tilled , 
 and fire will die if it be not blown j 
 fa the graces of Gods fpirlt will de- 
 cay 
 
With an Sxpofftion upon the fame. 333 
 
 cay if they be not ftirred up by prayer, 
 reading, &c. 1 />*,/. 5. 19. ,, Tim. 1. 6. 
 And 2 lufts, wor!dlinefs,and drowfineft, 
 &c. will creep upon the belt, and over- 
 grow them, if chey be not diligent to keep 
 them under, and root them out, Luke 
 21.34535^3^- 
 
 Or }Vh ) is g rac * obf cured when we 
 leave o-rr firfi hve | 
 
 A. || Bxaufeas our love to God doth 
 decay, (b thefenfeand feeling of Gods 
 love to us, doth die and decay alfo, Rev. 
 24,5. 
 
 <£. What evils follow the abatement 
 of our love to God f 
 
 A. When our love to God is aba- 
 ted , (1) The fpirit of God, which is 
 The comforter of the heart and the 
 ftirrer up of that joy which paffeth 
 all undemanding is grieved, Epk. 4. Jo. 
 (2} Our faith is weakned , \ nm. 
 \ 5- (3) O^ prayers muft needs 
 be cold and faint, (4) We muft needs 
 be dull , heartlefs , and uncheerful , e- 
 ven a burden to our felves, (5) And 
 untoward to any holy duty, Pfil.it fj 
 174. 
 
 Am Be- 
 
3 3 ^ ^ fhort Cattehifrn? 
 
 Anfw. Becaufe love is the wheel of 
 the foul , and firft affettion j Dettter. 
 6. 5. Matth. 22.37. and if that be 
 difordered , no other can be of a right 
 temper. 
 
 Qjfhy are graces ob [cured in time of 
 temptation ? 
 
 * Ak(w. Becaufe in the time of tem- 
 ptation, 1. The minde is mil of diforder 
 and confufion. And. 2. the heirt, in 
 fear, Exod. 6. 9. Pfalm 77. 2,7,8,95 10 
 as the aire is troubled in a tempeftuous 
 feafon. 
 
 Q. Why fo \ 
 
 Anf. 1. Many mifts being caft between 
 the eye of our understanding and the pro- 
 mifes of God, as clouds that obfeure the 
 Sun .* 2. Satan having then leave to try 
 and buffet us. 
 
 Q^ What is the benefit that comes by 
 temptations} 
 
 A. By temptations, fi)Wc are fit- 
 ted to grow in grace, Pfal. 3 2.4, 5. (2.) 
 Thereby alfo the graces of Gods fpirit in 
 us are tried, Rom^. 5. 7^.1.2,3.(3.) 
 Butitisnofitfeafon for us todifcernor 
 judge of them. 
 
 CXtfhy is grace obj cured in time of 
 fomerelapfe? " [| -&• 
 
VVitb an Expofition upon the fame. 337 
 
 II <**[. When corruption gettetfi 
 ground, grace muft needs be weakened, 
 for thefe two are oppoftce the one to the 
 other. 
 
 Q± How fhonlda man recover out of 
 a relapfe > J 
 
 i fl2 f ** fpeel) P d t(m * Oration 
 tof totatfte tjaffc done, a, fttntto* 
 W fcteereptntanee tufty fo^rafo 
 arm Qmme> brtoaflfng lite fin be* 
 fo^ed&oo,?* IRefojmtngbte Ufe,am> 
 4. taping ftoto npoti tie p^omtfea 
 of mtftfc*, <* Revel, a, 5. e Jcr f 31. 
 18,19. 
 
 Expof. t Qu. What grounds be 
 there -why frch as have fallen into 
 grofs fin after repentance j ft mid not de- 
 Jpavr ? 
 
 A. Such as have fallen into fome 
 grofs fin after repentance , muft not 
 utterly defpair, 1 John 5. 23. Efaj<*.u- 
 ■Matthew 11. 28. For (1) The Pro- 
 phets call upon wicked revolters frorp 
 God, to repent, and promife them 
 pardpn, Efay 1. 18. Jeremiah 3.1,12, 
 13, 14, 8cc. (2 ) And in the Law fa- 
 crihees were daily offered, not one- 
 ly for ignorance , Leviticus 5.15,^ 
 Z but 
 
a}8 jipon **MC(,w)Wy 
 
 bu* for fins, committed willingly, and | 
 againft confciencej Leviticus 6, l»*j 3. 
 (3) We are commanded daily to pray 
 for remiffion of fins without excep- 
 tion , Lnke 1 1. 4. (4.) No (in is unpar- 
 donable, bat the fin againft the Holy 
 Ghoft , Mapih. 12. 31, 32. Mark 3. 
 28,29. from which a man that fins 
 grofly after repentance may be free. 
 (5) God is able to heal the latter wound 
 which fin makes , as well as the for- 
 mer i Hof. 1 4.4. (6.) Without Chrift no 
 offence can be forgiven > and in Chrift 
 all offences may be done away, 1 John 
 1 7. (7.) Mercy in us is as a drop of a 
 bucket, -in comparifon of that infinite 
 Tea of mercy which is in God • If by 
 his- commandment man muft forgive 
 his brother feventy times feven times , 
 will not he forgive them that humble 
 themfelves before him \ Matthew 18. 
 
 21,22. 
 
 Q^ what priv; ledges daxhcgtUy en- 
 joy as faon as this life is ended t 
 
 A. 1. S&etr glon? tften begin* » 
 m tleir botife^ ramatn II in fte 
 f graDe , as in a beD of tpfce* s 
 a. Stio tWt fonli being petted 
 
 gfreeo 
 
mth an hxpofitton upon the f ami. -$* 9 
 
 g freea t from 0w> are rcceftfc& fa* 
 
 to feeaton , to t&e be&olfcfag h of 
 
 <25o& ano Cfeifff fmme&fatelp , ft 
 
 Theff4.i5.^Rev.i4.i3.^Mattb.^S. 
 i Cor. 1 3, 12. 
 
 Expof. H Qu. Wherein fiands the 
 happinefs of the Saints, in re ft eft of their 
 bodies when they be feparated from their 
 fouls ? ~ J 
 
 An Death feparates the foul from 
 the body , but it doth not Separate the 
 foul or body of the godly from Chrifh 
 ^.8.38,39. 1 C.r.3.22. and 15, 
 54>5$ 9 56. PhiLi.2i. for when the bo- 
 dy heth in the grave, and is diffolved 
 into dult, it is yet united unto ChrifK 
 John ,5.5, £^.5.30. and doth a 
 
 and look for a future and glorious change, 
 * ^.1538,42,4^44. 
 
 (^ Wherein fiands their happinefs in 
 refpeft of their fouls after this life, above 
 tv hat they had in this life ? 
 
 . "*" "*•/• from the guilt and domi- 
 nion of fin, the godly are delivered in this 
 
 thereof Ut *** fr ° m ^ ftain 
 
 . *\ But after this earthly tabernacle 
 
 is laid down , they are 1, DeliveBed 
 
 Z z £rem 
 
3 4^ -^ J^* C*tuhifm, 
 
 ^/ . ? 
 
 A, Cij2lft t tfce flora an* tiitag 
 of tSje Cburctj, i fetyo (baft come in 
 a mod glo2toa* anu stable nran^ 
 ner ) m fcetcen&tng from ft&afcen 
 Wtft a (boat , ants foifft ftc tofce of 
 tbe 3rcbangei • and icftl) tbe tr nm* 
 pet of ©05 9 molt ropallp n attetus- 
 et> tottft fnnnmerafaie umltittuje* 
 of mtgbtp Angela, 1A&$ 10.41* ann 
 17,30. mi Theff.4. 16. »2 Theffal. 
 1.7. 
 
 Expof. f <9« fr not the power of judg- 
 ing common to the Father-) Son^andholy 
 Glofil 
 
 4-i. The decree of judging and 
 judiciary power, is common to Father , 
 Son, and Holy Ghoft, Genef 18.25. 
 2. Bit the vifible a& , promulgation , 
 and execution of judgement belongeth 
 toChrift our Mediatour, as God and 
 man , Atis 17.13. John 5,22923. Rom. 
 14.10,113 12. 
 
 £>. What earnings of Chrifi doth the 
 SiCriptHre mention ? 
 
 ^. Two. 1. His firft coming, which 
 was to work our Redeipptipn > when he 
 .Was judged. 2, His 
 
 
With an Expofition upon the fame. %aa 
 
 3. His (econd appearing, when- He 
 /ball come t6 judge. 
 
 O. To what JpccLtP office doth this 
 belong ? 
 
 A. This is the laft aft, and accom-i 
 plifhment of his 'kingly office, 1 Cor. 
 15. 25, 26^27. 
 
 Q^ Whenfiall Chrifl come to jj&fate* 
 mem t 
 
 A. ^e U>U1 mod fnrclp come, 
 trot tbe ttme is o unlmotnn, tbat tue 
 mfg^t etier p toatcb * an& prepare 
 
 f0£ bte COBltng , o Match, 24, 57, p 
 verfe42. 
 
 QJVhom rvill he judge > 
 
 A* 1$% elfft ana q "cbofen*. att& aU 
 tfteir enemies botb etjCl r #ngela> aim 
 fotcfeet) merb q 2 Corinth 5. ro, r 2 Pet, 
 2.4.Jnde 6. 
 
 Q, Seeing many of Gods e/etJ people % 
 and wicked men are roticd in their graves \ 7 
 how can they be judged ? 
 
 A. JCfr t)crp fame f botife* in 
 fubffame * t&at at my tfate afeo* 
 (ball bpf&epotoer ol? <Bo& b* rat* 
 fed up, arm tfeetr fouls be united 
 to tbem tnfeparablp to abtoe toge« 
 tfter ft* tDermo^, T « Corinth, f$, 
 4M3>44- Z 4 Ex " 
 
2 42 ^ ty° n C*tubifm, 
 
 Queft- Wb° flail be judge at that 
 day? 
 
 A. Cfolfc t tfte Hor& at* t&fns 
 of tlje Ctyircfc, I tofco ©all cotne in 
 a tnoft Btoilou* ant) titfible man- 
 uer > m aefcemrfng from ijeafcest 
 toitt) a Cliont , ants toft!) the fcofce of 
 tie 3rcb<utgel » and iDttb ttje t rnm* 
 pet of (Son j inott rcpallp n attend 
 el) tottt) innumerable nrnltitntje* 
 of tnfflbtp Stogete, lAfts 10.4a* anu 
 17,30. w 1 Theft 4. 16. «2 Theffal. 
 1.7. 
 
 Expof. f ^ ^ not the power of 'judg- 
 ing common to the Father •> Son^andholy 
 Ghoft> 
 
 A. 1. The decree of\ judging and 
 judiciary power, is common to Father , 
 Son, and Holy Ghoft 5 Genef. 18.2$. 
 2. Bfct the viiible *& , promulgation , 
 and execution of judgement belongeth 
 toChrift our Mediatour, as God and 
 man , Atis 17.13. John 5,22923. Rom. 
 i4.io 3 n, 12. 
 
 Q. what comings of Chrift doth the 
 Scriptwe mention ? 
 
 A. Two. 1. Hts firft coming, which 
 was to work our Redenipt'pn , when he 
 lyas judged. 2, His 
 
mth an Expofition upon the fame. 3,4 
 
 3. His fecond appearing, when- He 
 ftall come to judge. 
 
 O. To what fpecial' office doth this 
 belong ? 
 
 A. This is the laft aft, and accom-» 
 plifhment of his kingly office, 1 Cor. 
 15.25,2^27. 
 
 Q^ ivhenfhall Chrijl come to jx?'ge- 
 mem i 
 
 jf> <£e Urtti moa furelp come, 
 oat tbe time te o un^noton T tijat toe 
 tnfgtjt eUer p toateb * an& prepare 
 fQ2 bte comtilg , o Match, 24* 37, p 
 verfe42. 
 
 QWhom will he judge ? 
 
 a7 l£* elfft an* q djofen,. am aU 
 tftefr enemfe*> both etjfl r &ngel0> ami 
 tofefeet) men> q 2 Cor/nth 5. jo, 1 2 Pet, 
 2.4.Jude 6. 
 
 Q, Seeing many of Gods elett people , 
 and wtck^d men are rotied in their graves -, 
 how can they be judged ? 
 
 A. %ty t)crp fame f bosfe* in 
 fnbffance * tbat at anytime &fe& 6 
 ft all bp ffie potoer of Cot) b* rat* 
 f€D np> aim t&etr fouls be united 
 to tbtm Meparablp to abfoe togt* 
 t^er ft* iterator f 1 Corinth, !*♦ 
 4M3>44- Z 4 Ex- 
 
344 -^ JbortCatecbifnt, 
 
 Espaf. * i?. Why mtojt the body rife 
 a? din ? 
 
 An. Bseaufe juftice requirech t that 
 the fame bodies which joyned with 
 the foul , in working good or evil in 
 this life, (hould be raifed up to (hare 
 with the foul at tjie day of the Lord, 
 
 Q. lYtoat an we to believe concerning 
 thofe who fhall be found, alive at the com* 
 ing ofChrifi > 
 
 A* 23jcp (ball bet cfcangefc in tit 
 ttotncHling of an epc, and Co patented 
 before il tfce judgement (eat of £fctft , 
 ti Cor.1^51,52. 
 
 Expof. j| (J. By what means (hall quick^ 
 and dead be gathered i 
 
 A. The means whereby quick and 
 dead (hall be gathered to judgement ^ 
 are^i.^The powerful voice of ChrinS 
 John 5. 28- (2.) And the Miniftery of 
 Angels, Matthew 1 3 . 40, 41 . ( 3 .) The 
 brute and fenfelefs creatures furren- 
 dringup their dead, Revelations 20 
 13. 
 
 Qu. In what manner [hall he judge 
 them> 
 
 A. ^oft t ttrtctlp, t. SBotb in 
 
 refped: 
 
with an Expojition upon the fame] 345 
 
 retpect of fte u perrons judges 
 2, Slnti tbe tbtngtf fin tobtclj, but 
 pet fce (ball JtiDge molt w rtgWe* 
 ens judgement, u 2 Corinth, 5* «o.* 
 Afts 17.31. 
 
 E^pof. I 2; ^° w ^ appear ? 
 ^4. Every man muft appear in his own 
 perfon before the Judge, Romans 14, 1 i 
 Rev.ictTi. 
 
 Q What account muft every man 
 give I 
 
 A. He muft give an account, 1. Both 
 generally as a man, oraChriftian. And 
 .2. fpecially as a Magiftrate , Minifter, 
 Mafter, Servant, &c. 
 
 (?. For what things muft men give 
 account ? 
 
 A.i. For all the things which they 
 have received of the Lord, And 2. 
 for all the things which they have 
 done ; even all thoughts, words, and 
 atti ons ? j^ 3 4. 1 1. Pfal 62.12. Vrov. 
 24. 12. £^^33. 20. Rom. 2. 6. 2 Co- 
 rinth. 5. le 9 U* I Pet. I. 17. A focal. 
 32. 12. 
 
 Q^ What u fe are we to make here-' 
 off 
 
 A. We&ould therefore be, i.Con- 
 
 fcionable, 
 
34$ <* W*rt Catechifm, 
 
 y fdonable, 2. Patient, 3. And watch- 
 ful, taking care that all our acVions 
 here be approved by the Word of 
 God* 1 ujcjfdomans 4. 18. 2. Peter 3, 
 
 Q. What (halt be the jj[nt ef this 
 judgment to the wielded ? 
 
 A. etjerlattfrtg x perMtfon from 
 tfce pretence af tfte &02& , to ad 
 tfyofe tono tgno^antlp or fotlfob 
 Ip contemn tie CDofpei > x 2 Theff, 
 
 1.7,8,9. 
 
 Q^ What {halt be the ipte hereof to 
 the god'yl 
 
 J. Clear * toittou of p ©00 ami 
 Cb:f(l , cnfclefs z tbmmnnion toftb 
 i&rm ; eberlattfng a peace au& glo= 
 rp , botb in foul and I bo&p , i n ful* 
 ler meafare tban tbe beart of man 
 can nolo appacbenfc > 0^ anp of f&e 
 &afnt0 enjopefc before > y i John 
 3.2.2 John 17. 24. Phil. 1 .23. a Mat. 
 25.34. 
 
 Expof. * Q. What isfpirihtd or fit - 
 ■per natural biejfednefi ? 
 
 ^. Spiritual or fupernatural bleffed- 
 nefs of the Saints, is the immediate 
 fruition of the 1. Chief, 2. Perfeft, 
 
 3.Su£. 
 
With mYZxpofition upon the fame. 347 
 3. Sufficient , And 4. unchangeable 
 good ,. even God in Ghriit , Matth, 
 . 5. 8. with 19. 17. 1 Thejf. 4. 17. Mat. 
 
 25.34. 
 
 Queft. What moves God to aive him- 
 (elf to be enjoyed of the Saints ? 
 
 A* Of his meer goodnefs he doth 
 give himfelf unto his Eleft, to be i.Seen, 
 2. Loved, and. 3 . PoffefTed, that is, to ba 
 enjoyed by them. 
 
 Q. What are the means whereby God 
 is enjoyed t 
 
 A. The means by which God is in- 
 joyed, is i.Theunderftanding, 2. The 
 will, 3. And the arTe&ions. 
 
 Oueft. How doth the minde behold 
 God? 
 
 A f The minde 1. Clearly, 2, And 
 immediately doth behold, 1. God in 
 Chrift ^ And. 2. his exceeding glory and 
 goodnefs , as it were face to face > Exod. 
 35. 20. 1 Cor. 13. 12. 2 Cor; 5 6, j. 
 ljohn^.2. 
 
 Qudk. How doth \the will embrace 
 him ? 
 
 A. The will with as great 1. Love* 
 2. And joy? doth imbrace that infi- 
 nite good ? as there is knowledge 
 
 thereof 
 
34,8 * jbort Catecbifm, 
 
 thereof in the minde, Rev. 19 3,4 
 
 Q^ Do the Saints in glory fee God 
 abfelutely as he is in himfelf f 
 
 -4. The Saints in glory 1 . Do not 
 abfolutely fee God as he is in himfelf ; 
 for that which is infinite cannot be 
 comprehended of that which is limi- 
 ted j But. 2. God doth manifeft himfelf 
 unto them, fofar forth as a creature 
 is capable for to know him , Pfalm 
 16.15. 
 
 (^ How is it, that the Saints do not 
 wax dull at the glory of f great 4 
 light* 
 
 Anfvo. To the end that the Saints 
 ftouldbe fully contented, and not wax 
 dull at the glory of fo great a light j 
 God doth 1 Perfeft the powers of 
 the foul, 2. Perfectly repair his Image 
 in his Ele&, And. 3. by his power en- 
 large the capacity of the foul , fo far 
 as the nature of man will bear, 1 John^ 
 
 Q^IVhyfo} 
 
 A. i. That it might always be fully 
 fatisfied with the beholding of him, 2. 
 And that without wearinefs at any time, 
 
 Pftl.17.1^1 
 
 Q^What 
 
With an Expoption upon the [Ante. 34^ 
 
 Queft* What is the [ubyft of happi* 
 Kefs? 
 
 || ^. The fubjeft of happinefs is the 
 whole man, Rev.zo.6. & 2 2.1 4. 
 
 Q, Wherein funds the happinefs of 
 the body t 
 
 Anfw. In this eftate of bleflednefs 9 
 
 1. The body is united to the foul; 
 
 2. And laying afide corruption and 
 mortality, is changed to 1. An incor- 
 ruptible, 2. Immortal, And. 3. fpiritu- 
 al body? 4. Like to the glorified body 
 of Chrift our Saviour, 1 Corinth, 15* 
 4i 5 42>43. iJohn 3 . 3 . 
 
 O. what followeth from all this > 
 
 ~A. Hence followeth 1. Perfe&iorr 
 
 of the whole man, 4. Conformity with. 
 
 God, 3. tlnfpeakable joy, And 4, end- 
 
 lefsglory,^^>2.5. 
 
 FINIS. 
 
 Th: 
 
 it 
 
w 
 
 m 
 
t*lff.« *1 
 
 THere is lately publifhed feverall Excellent 
 and ufefull Treatifes, Written by the Author 
 ofthisGatechifme 9 Mr John Ball-, Containing 
 
 i. 
 
 A Difcourfe of the properties of a godly 
 
 life. 
 
 2- Of the parts of a godly life. 
 3. ATreatife of the Affe&ions. 
 j 4. Of the Spiritual! Gombate. 
 
 15 . Of the Goverment of the Tongue* 
 6. ATreatife of Prayer. 
 ^7. An Exposition of the Lords Prayer, 
 
 All gathered together in one Volume, and pufc- 
 lifhed ( from the Coppy written by Mr. Bali's 
 owne hand ) by Mr. Simeon A (he , to whom 
 Mr. Bal committed the care of all his written 
 Bookes. 
 
 To be fold by George Sawhridge at the 
 Bible on Ludqate Hill. 
 
I 
 
 It 
 
 1